Engine Control System: Section

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
HR12DE Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor ...................................39 F
Brake Pedal Position Switch ....................................39
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ..................... 23 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .......................40
Cooling Fan .............................................................40 G
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................23 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ..........................40
Information .............................................................. 23 DC/DC Converter ....................................................41
Door Switch .............................................................41
PRECAUTION .............................................. 24 ECM .........................................................................41
H
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................24 EGR Temperature Sensor .......................................41

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System EGR Volume Control Valve .....................................42
Electric Throttle Control Actuator .............................42 I
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................. 24 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................43
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 24 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ..............................43
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine Engine Restart Relay ...............................................44 J
and CVT .................................................................. 24 EVAP Canister .........................................................44
General Precautions ............................................... 25 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service ............... 27 Valve ........................................................................44
K
Fuel Injector .............................................................44
PREPARATION ........................................... 28 Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (Fuel
Pump) & Fuel Pump Relay ......................................45
PREPARATION ..................................................28 G Sensor .................................................................45 L
Special Service Tools .............................................. 28 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (With Heated Oxygen
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 28 Sensor 2 Heater) .....................................................45
Hood Switch ............................................................46 M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 29 Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) .......................46
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........46
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................29
Knock Sensor ..........................................................46 N
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 29 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................46
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
Component Parts Location .................................... 29 ture Sensor) .............................................................47
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................47 O
STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................. 32 Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................48
STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- Stop/Start Indicator Lamp ........................................48
tion .......................................................................... 33 Stop/Start OFF Switch .............................................48 P
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 37
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 (With A/F Sensor 1 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 49
Heater) .................................................................... 37 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................49
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ................................ 38
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera- SYSTEM ............................................................ 50
ture Sensor) ............................................................ 38 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................50
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor .............................. 39
Revision: 2012 July EC-1 N17

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 89
tion .......................................................................... 50 Diagnosis Description ............................................. 89
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ... 52 GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 89
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe .............. 55
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 90
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ............... 58
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 90
tem Description ....................................................... 59 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ........................ 90
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ................................ 61 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De- Frame Data ............................................................. 90
scription .................................................................. 62 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ...... 91
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ........ 94
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 63
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
Test (SRT) Code ..................................................... 95
Description .............................................................. 63
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 64 tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 96
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 64 On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 97
CONSULT Function .............................................. 100
EGR SYSTEM ........................................................... 65
EGR SYSTEM : System Description ...................... 66 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 109
THROTTLE CONTROL ............................................. 67 ECM .................................................................. 109
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description ........ 67 Reference Value ................................................... 109
Fail Safe ............................................................... 120
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 68
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 124
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Description .............................................................. 68 FOR THAILAND ...................................................... 126
FOR THAILAND : DTC Index ............................... 126
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 69
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- FOR HONG KONG .................................................. 130
scription .................................................................. 70 FOR HONG KONG : DTC Index .......................... 130
Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 133
ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLT-
AGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 70 DC/DC CONVERTER ....................................... 141
ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLT- Reference Value ................................................... 141
AGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description .............................................................. 71 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 143
STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................ 71 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 143
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 143
(For Thailand) ......................................................... 72
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 149
(For Hong Kong) ..................................................... 79
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 149
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 85 Work Flow ............................................................. 149
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 85 Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 152
OPERATION ...................................................... 86 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-

ING ENGINE PARTS ........................................ 154
STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................ 86 Description ............................................................ 154
STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch Name and Func-
tion .......................................................................... 86 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
ECM .................................................................. 155
HANDLING PRECAUTION ................................ 87
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM ................................ 155
FOR THAILAND ........................................................ 87
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Description ........ 155
FOR THAILAND : Precaution for Stop/Start Sys-
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure. 155
tem .......................................................................... 87
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM ......................... 156
FOR HONG KONG .................................................... 87
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Description . 156
FOR HONG KONG : Precaution for Stop/Start
System .................................................................... 87

WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Proce- B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 189
dure ....................................................................... 156 DTC Logic .............................................................. 189 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
TION LEARNING .............................................. 157 B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 191
EC
Description ............................................................ 157 DTC Logic .............................................................. 191
Work Procedure .................................................... 157 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 191
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 193 C

LEARNING ....................................................... 158 DTC Logic .............................................................. 193
Description ............................................................ 158 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 193
Work Procedure .................................................... 158 D
B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 196
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 159 DTC Logic .............................................................. 196
Work Procedure .................................................... 159 E
B1904 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 199
AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING ............ 161 DTC Logic .............................................................. 199
F
Work Procedure .................................................... 161
U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 200
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE DTC Logic .............................................................. 200
CLEAR .............................................................. 163 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200 G
Description ............................................................ 163
Work Procedure .................................................... 163
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 202
DTC Logic .............................................................. 202
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 202 H
STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR .. 164
Description ............................................................ 164
Work Procedure .................................................... 164
U1040 ENG COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 203
DTC Logic .............................................................. 203 I
CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CUR- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203
RENT CLEAR ................................................... 165
U1042 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 204
Description ............................................................ 165 J
DTC Logic .............................................................. 204
Work Procedure .................................................... 165
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 166
U1043 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 205 K
Work Procedure .................................................... 166
DTC Logic .............................................................. 205
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 170 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
Work Procedure .................................................... 170 L
U1044 ENG COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 207
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 172 DTC Logic .............................................................. 207
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 173 M
P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 208
Work Procedure .................................................... 175
DTC Logic .............................................................. 208
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 177 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209
Component Inspection ........................................... 210 N
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
VALUE .............................................................. 177 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ........ 211
DTC Logic .............................................................. 211 O
Description ............................................................ 177
Component Function Check .................................. 177
Component Inspection ........................................... 212
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 213 P
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 185
DTC Logic .............................................................. 213
ECM ......................................................................... 185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 185 Component Inspection ........................................... 214
DC/DC CONVERTER .............................................. 187 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 215
DC/DC CONVERTER : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 187 DTC Logic .............................................................. 215

Component Inspection ...........................................216 P0139 HO2S2 ................................................... 262
DTC Logic ............................................................. 262
P0101 MAF SENSOR ...................................... 217 Component Function Check ................................. 264
DTC Logic ..............................................................217 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................217 Component Inspection .......................................... 265
Component Inspection ...........................................219
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 222 TION .................................................................. 268
DTC Logic ..............................................................222
DTC Logic ............................................................. 268
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................222
P0107, P0108 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
TION .................................................................. 272
SENSOR .......................................................... 226 DTC Logic ............................................................. 272
Component Inspection ...........................................227 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ........................... 276
DTC Logic ............................................................. 276
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 229 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 276
DTC Logic ..............................................................229
Component Inspection .......................................... 277
Component Inspection ...........................................230 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 278
DTC Logic ............................................................. 278
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 231 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 278
DTC Logic ..............................................................231
Component Inspection ...........................................232 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE ........... 280
DTC Logic ............................................................. 280
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 233 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281
DTC Logic ..............................................................233
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................233 P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 286
Component Inspection ...........................................234 DTC Logic ............................................................. 286
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 235 Component Inspection .......................................... 287
DTC Logic ..............................................................235
Component Function Check ..................................236 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 288
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................237 DTC Logic ............................................................. 288
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 239 Component Inspection .......................................... 290
DTC Logic ..............................................................239
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................239 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 291
DTC Logic ............................................................. 291
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 241 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 291
DTC Logic ..............................................................241
P0400 EGR FUNCTION ................................... 294
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 243 DTC Logic ............................................................. 294
DTC Logic ..............................................................243
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....... 297
P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 247 DTC Logic ............................................................. 297
DTC Logic ..............................................................247
Component Function Check ..................................249
Component Inspection ...........................................251 P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ........................ 300
DTC Logic ............................................................. 300
P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 254 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 301
DTC Logic ..............................................................254
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................258 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.. 303

Component Function Check .................................. 304 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305 A
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 335
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME DTC Logic .............................................................. 335
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 308 Component Function Check .................................. 335
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336 EC
DTC Logic ............................................................. 308
Component Inspection .......................................... 309 P1225 TP SENSOR ......................................... 339
DTC Logic .............................................................. 339 C
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 311 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 339
Description ............................................................ 311
DTC Logic ............................................................. 311 P1226 TP SENSOR ......................................... 340
DTC Logic .............................................................. 340 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 312 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 340
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 313 P1402 EGR FUNCTION .................................. 341 E
DTC Logic ............................................................. 313 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 342
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 313 P1512 STARTER MOTOR .............................. 344 F
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 315 Description ............................................................. 344
DTC Logic ............................................................. 315 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 344 G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 315 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 345
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SEN- DTC Logic .............................................................. 345
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 345 H
SOR .................................................................. 317
DTC Logic ............................................................. 317 Component Inspection ........................................... 346
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 317 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN-
Component Inspection .......................................... 319 I
SOR ................................................................. 348
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 321 DTC Logic .............................................................. 348
J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 321 Component Inspection ........................................... 349
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 323 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 351
DTC Logic ............................................................. 323 DTC Logic .............................................................. 351 K
P0607 ECM ....................................................... 324 L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 324 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 354
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 324 DTC Logic .............................................................. 354
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 325 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355 M
Description ............................................................ 325 Component Inspection ........................................... 356
DTC Logic ............................................................. 325
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 325 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE
N
SENSOR .......................................................... 357
P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 327 DTC Logic .............................................................. 357
DTC Logic ............................................................. 327 Component Inspection (Battery Temperature O
Component Function Check .................................. 328 Sensor) .................................................................. 358
P1575 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 359 P
P1040 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR ............. 331 DTC Logic .............................................................. 359
P1576 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 362
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 334 DTC Logic .............................................................. 362

P1577 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 365 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Logic ..............................................................365 ACTUATOR ...................................................... 389
Component Inspection ...........................................366 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 389
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2 .............. 368 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 391
DTC Logic ..............................................................368 DTC Logic ............................................................. 391
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................369 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 391
Component Inspection ...........................................370 Component Inspection .......................................... 392
P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY ................. 371 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 393
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM . 373
DTC Logic ..............................................................373 P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 396
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY Component Inspection .......................................... 397
SPEED SENSOR) ............................................ 374
Description .............................................................374 P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 398
P1720 VSS ....................................................... 376
Description .............................................................376 COOLING FAN ................................................. 401
DTC Logic ..............................................................376 Component Function Check ................................. 401
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 378
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 403
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM .................................378 Description ............................................................ 403
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : DTC Logic ..........378 Component Function Check ................................. 403
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Proce- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 403
dure .......................................................................378
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Component In- ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ......... 405
spection .................................................................379 Component Function Check ................................. 405
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM .........................380 Component Inspection .......................................... 406
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : DTC Logic ..380
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 407
Procedure ..............................................................380 Component Function Check ................................. 407
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 407
Inspection ..............................................................381 Component Inspection .......................................... 408
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 409
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 382 Component Function Check ................................. 409
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................382 Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ..................... 411
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Relay) ........... 411
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION ....................................................... 384 HOOD SWITCH ................................................ 412
Component Inspection ...........................................386 Component Inspection .......................................... 413
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 387 IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 414
Component Inspection ...........................................388 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor) ............................................................. 416

Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 417 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 443 A
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 419
Component Function Check .................................. 419 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 419 (SDS) ............................................................... 443 EC
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 420 Idle Speed ............................................................. 443
Component Function Check .................................. 420 Ignition Timing ....................................................... 443
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 420 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 443
C
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 443
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT ........... 422 HR15DE (TYPE 1)
Description ............................................................ 422
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 422 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL .................. 444 D
STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP ................... 424 APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 444

Component Function Check .................................. 424 How to Check Vehicle Type .................................. 444 E
PRECAUTION ............................................ 445
STOP/START OFF SWITCH ............................ 425
Component Function Check .................................. 425 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 445 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 425 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Inspection .......................................... 426 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ............................................................... 445
G
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 427 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 445
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 427 and CVT ................................................................ 445
Symptom Table ..................................................... 427 General Precautions .............................................. 446 H
STOP/START SYSTEM ................................... 432 PREPARATION ......................................... 449

I
PREPARATION ............................................... 449
STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED ..... 433 Special Service Tools ............................................ 449
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 433 Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 449
J
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 435 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 450
Description ............................................................ 435
COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 450
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 436 K
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 450
IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 436 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Inspection .............................................................. 436 Component Parts Location .................................. 450 L
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component De-
IGNITION TIMING ............................................ 437 scription ................................................................. 453
Inspection .............................................................. 437
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................ 454
M
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 438 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 ......................................... 454
Inspection .............................................................. 438 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater .............................. 455
Battery Current Sensor .......................................... 455
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 439 Camshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 455 N
Inspection .............................................................. 439 Cooling Fan ........................................................... 456
Crankshaft Position Sensor ................................... 456
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 440 ECM ....................................................................... 456 O
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ........................... 456
ECM .................................................................. 440 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 457
Exploded View ...................................................... 440 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor .................................. 457
Removal and Installation ....................................... 440 P
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ............................ 457
DC/DC CONVERTER ....................................... 441 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
Valve ...................................................................... 458
Exploded View ...................................................... 441
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...... 458
Removal and Installation ....................................... 441
Fuel Injector ........................................................... 458
STOP/START OFF SWITCH ............................ 442 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 459
Removal and Installation ....................................... 442 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ...................................... 459

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ..........................459 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .................. 478
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor .......................460 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System
Intake Air Temperature Sensor .............................460 Diagram ................................................................ 479
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve .........460 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System
Knock Sensor ........................................................460 Description ............................................................ 479
Malfunction Indicator .............................................461
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................461 ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN-
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp ..................................461 GINE OIL PRESSURE ............................................ 479
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor .................................461 ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN-
Stop Lamp Switch ..................................................462 GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Diagram ............ 480
Throttle Control Motor ............................................462 ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN-
Throttle Control Motor Relay .................................462 GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ........ 480
Throttle Position Sensor ........................................462 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 481
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION .................... 463 Diagnosis Description ........................................... 481
Positive Crankcase Ventilation ..............................463 GST (Generic Scan Tool) ..................................... 481
SYSTEM ........................................................... 464 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 482
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................464 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 482

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram..464 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ...................... 482
tion .........................................................................465 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ..465 Frame Data ........................................................... 482
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 483
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ..............468 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ...... 486
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
System Diagram ...................................................468 Test (SRT) Code ................................................... 487
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
tem Description ......................................................468 tor (MI) .................................................................. 488
On Board Diagnosis Function ............................... 488
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ...............................471 CONSULT Function .............................................. 492
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM :
System Diagram ...................................................471 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 498
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
scription .................................................................471 ECM .................................................................. 498
Reference Value ................................................... 498
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .....................472 Fail Safe ............................................................... 508
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 510
Diagram .................................................................473 DTC Index ............................................................ 510
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 512
Description .............................................................473
WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 520
CAN COMMUNICATION ..........................................474
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .....474 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 520
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 520
COOLING FAN CONTROL ......................................474
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ......474 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 525
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description..474
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 525
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ......................475
Work Flow ............................................................. 525
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 527
Diagram .................................................................475
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Description .............................................................475 ECM .................................................................. 529
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .......................477 Description ............................................................ 529
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Di- Work Procedure .................................................... 529
agram ....................................................................478 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- TION LEARNING .............................................. 531
scription .................................................................478
Description ............................................................ 531

Work Procedure .................................................... 531 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 570
DTC Logic .............................................................. 570 A
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 570
LEARNING ....................................................... 532 Component Inspection ........................................... 571
Description ............................................................ 532
Work Procedure .................................................... 532 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 573 EC
DTC Logic .............................................................. 573
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 533 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 573
Description ............................................................ 533 Component Inspection ........................................... 574 C
Work Procedure .................................................... 533
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ... 575
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE DTC Logic .............................................................. 575
CLEAR .............................................................. 535 D
Work Procedure .................................................... 535
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 578 E
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 536 DTC Logic .............................................................. 578
Work Procedure .................................................... 536 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 578
Component Inspection ........................................... 580 F
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 540
Work Procedure .................................................... 540 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 583
DTC Logic .............................................................. 583
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 542 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 583 G
Description ............................................................ 542
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 543
Work Procedure .................................................... 545 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 585 H
DTC Logic .............................................................. 585
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 547 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 585
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION Component Inspection ........................................... 586
I
VALUE .............................................................. 547 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 587
Component Function Check .................................. 547 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 587 J
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 555 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 590
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 555 DTC Logic .............................................................. 590 K
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 558
Description ............................................................ 558
L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 558 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 594
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 559 M
Description ............................................................ 559 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 597
DTC Logic ............................................................. 559 DTC Logic .............................................................. 597
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 559 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 598 N
P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 560 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 600
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 561 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 601 O
P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 605
P0014 EVT CONTROL ..................................... 564 DTC Logic .............................................................. 605
DTC Logic ............................................................. 564 P
Component Inspection .......................................... 566 Component Inspection ........................................... 608
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ......... 567 P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 611
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 567 Component Function Check .................................. 612
Component Inspection .......................................... 568 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 613

P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 619
DTC Logic ..............................................................619 P0500 VSS ........................................................ 664
Component Function Check ..................................620 Description ............................................................ 664
Component Inspection ...........................................622 Component Function Check ................................. 665
TION ................................................................. 625 P0520 EOP SENSOR ....................................... 666
TION ................................................................. 629 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ..................... 668
P0196 EOT SENSOR ...................................... 633
DTC Logic ..............................................................633 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 671
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................634 Description ............................................................ 671
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR .......................... 635
DTC Logic ..............................................................635 P0605 ECM ....................................................... 673
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 637 P0607 ECM ....................................................... 675

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 676
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS- DTC Logic ............................................................. 676
FIRE ................................................................. 640 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 676
DTC Logic ..............................................................640
P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 678
Description ............................................................ 678
P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 646 DTC Logic ............................................................. 678
P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR .. 681
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 648 DTC Logic ............................................................. 681
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................648 Component Inspection .......................................... 682
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 684
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ...................... 652 DTC Logic ............................................................. 684
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 687
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 656 DTC Logic ............................................................. 687
P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 688
DTC Logic ............................................................. 688
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 688
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 661 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 689
DTC Logic ..............................................................661
DTC Logic ............................................................. 689

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 689 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 720
Component Inspection .......................................... 691 DTC Logic .............................................................. 720 A
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- Component Inspection ........................................... 722
SOR .................................................................. 692
DTC Logic ............................................................. 692 P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 723 EC
Component Inspection ........................................... 724 C
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 695
DTC Logic ............................................................. 695 P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 726
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 695 DTC Logic .............................................................. 726 D
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 698
DTC Logic ............................................................. 698 COOLING FAN ................................................ 730 E
Component Function Check .................................. 698 Component Function Check .................................. 730
Component Inspection .......................................... 700 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) .......... 731 F
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay 3) ....... 731
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ...................... 701
Description ............................................................ 701 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 732
DTC Logic ............................................................. 701 Description ............................................................. 732 G
P1720 VSS ....................................................... 702 H
Description ............................................................ 702 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 734
DTC Logic ............................................................. 702 Component Function Check .................................. 734
Component Inspection ........................................... 735 I
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 704
DTC Logic ............................................................. 704 FUEL PUMP .................................................... 736
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 704 Component Function Check .................................. 736 J
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 706 IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 739 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 706 Component Function Check .................................. 739
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power L
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Transistor) ............................................................. 742
FUNCTION ....................................................... 709 Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 743
DTC Logic ............................................................. 709
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ......................... 744 M
Component Inspection .......................................... 712 Component Function Check .................................. 744
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 713 N
DTC Logic ............................................................. 713 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 745
O
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 747
ACTUATOR ...................................................... 715
DTC Logic ............................................................. 715
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 747 P
Symptom Table ..................................................... 747
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 717 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 753
DTC Logic ............................................................. 717 Description ............................................................. 753
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 717 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 754
IDLE SPEED ................................................... 754

Inspection ..............................................................754 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
Valve ..................................................................... 772
IGNITION TIMING ............................................ 755 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 772
Inspection ..............................................................755 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 773
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 ...................................... 773
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 756
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 773
Inspection ..............................................................756
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ...................................... 774
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 757 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .......................... 774
Inspection ..............................................................757 Ignition Coil ........................................................... 774
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 775
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 758 Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ......... 775
Knock Sensor ........................................................ 775
ECM ................................................................. 758 Malfunction Indicator ............................................. 775
Exploded View .......................................................758 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 776
Removal and Installation .......................................758 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................ 776
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................. 776
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 776
(SDS) .......................................................... 759 Throttle Control Motor Relay ................................. 776
Throttle Position Sensor ........................................ 777
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 759 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 778
Idle Speed .............................................................759 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ............................. 778
Ignition Timing .......................................................759
Calculated Load Value ..........................................759 SYSTEM ........................................................... 779
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................759
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 779
HR15DE (TYPE 2) ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram. 779
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 760
tion ........................................................................ 780
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 760 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram . 780
How to Check Vehicle Type ..................................760
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............. 783
PRECAUTION ............................................ 761 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM :
System Diagram ................................................... 783
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 761 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System tem Description ..................................................... 784
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .............................. 786
SIONER" ................................................................761
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM :
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..761
System Diagram ................................................... 786
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine .....761
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
General Precautions ..............................................762
scription ................................................................. 786
PREPARATION .......................................... 765 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .................... 787
PREPARATION ............................................... 765 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
Diagram ................................................................ 788
Special Service Tools ............................................765
Commercial Service Tools .....................................765
Description ............................................................ 788
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 766 CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 789
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 766 CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .... 789
Component Parts Location ..................................766 COOLING FAN CONTROL ..................................... 789
Component Description .........................................769 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ..... 789
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................770 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description . 789
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .....................770
Cooling Fan ...........................................................771 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 790
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................771 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
ECM .......................................................................771 Diagram ................................................................ 790
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ...........................771 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ....................772 Description ............................................................ 790

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ....................... 791 Description ............................................................. 843
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Di- Work Procedure ..................................................... 843 A
agram .................................................................... 792
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
scription ................................................................. 792 CLEAR ............................................................ 845
EC
Description ............................................................. 845
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 793 Work Procedure ..................................................... 845
Diagnosis Description ........................................... 793
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ...................................... 793 BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 846 C
Work Procedure ..................................................... 846
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 794
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK ............................. 850
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 794 Work Procedure ..................................................... 850 D
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ...................... 794 HOW TO SET SRT CODE .............................. 852
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Description ............................................................. 852 E
Frame Data ........................................................... 794 SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 853
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 795 Work Procedure ..................................................... 855
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ...... 798
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 857 F
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
Test (SRT) Code ................................................... 799
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
tor (MI) ................................................................... 800
VALUE ............................................................. 857 G
On Board Diagnosis Function ............................... 800 Description ............................................................. 857
CONSULT Function .............................................. 804 Component Function Check .................................. 857
H
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 810
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 865
ECM .................................................................. 810 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 865
Reference Value ................................................... 810 I
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 868
Fail Safe ............................................................... 819
Description ............................................................. 868
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 820
DTC Logic .............................................................. 868
DTC Index ............................................................ 821 J
Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 823
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 869
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 831 Description ............................................................. 869 K
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 831 DTC Logic .............................................................. 869
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 831 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 869
P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 870 L

BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 836
DTC Logic .............................................................. 870
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 836 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 871
Work Flow ............................................................. 836 Component Inspection ........................................... 872 M
Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 839
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 874
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Logic .............................................................. 874
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 874 N
ECM .................................................................. 840
Work Procedure .................................................... 840
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 879 O
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI- DTC Logic .............................................................. 879
TION LEARNING .............................................. 841 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 879
P
Work Procedure .................................................... 841 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 881
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION DTC Logic .............................................................. 881
LEARNING ....................................................... 842 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 881
Description ............................................................ 842
Work Procedure .................................................... 842 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 883
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 843 DTC Logic .............................................................. 883

Special Repair Requirement ..................................885 P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 930
DTC Logic ............................................................. 930
DTC Logic ..............................................................886 Component Inspection .......................................... 931
Component Inspection ...........................................887 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 932
DTC Logic ............................................................. 932
DTC Logic ..............................................................890 Component Inspection .......................................... 934
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................891 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 936
P0134 HO2S1 .................................................. 895 Component Inspection .......................................... 938
DTC Logic ..............................................................895
Component Function Check ..................................896 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.. 939
Component Inspection ...........................................897 Component Function Check ................................. 940
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................. 899
DTC Logic ..............................................................899 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................899 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 944
P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 901 Component Inspection .......................................... 945
DTC Logic ..............................................................901
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................901 P0500 VSS ........................................................ 947
Component Inspection ...........................................902 Description ............................................................ 947
DTC Logic ............................................................. 947
P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 905 Component Function Check ................................. 948
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................907 P0605 ECM ....................................................... 949
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER .................................. 911
DTC Logic ..............................................................911 P1065 ECM ....................................................... 951
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................911 Description ............................................................ 951
TION ................................................................. 913 P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 952
TION ................................................................. 917 P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Logic ..............................................................917 ACTUATOR ...................................................... 954
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 921 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 955
DTC Logic ..............................................................921
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................921 P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Component Inspection ...........................................922 FUNCTION ........................................................ 956
Special Repair Requirement ..................................923 DTC Logic ............................................................. 956
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS- Component Inspection .......................................... 959
FIRE ................................................................. 924 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 959
DTC Logic ..............................................................924

P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- DTC Logic .............................................................. 998
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 960 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 998 A
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................1000
DTC Logic ............................................................1000 EC
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 963
DTC Logic ............................................................. 963 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1000
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 963 Component Inspection .........................................1001
Component Inspection .......................................... 964 Special Repair Requirement ................................1002 C
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 964
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................1003
P1143 HO2S1 ................................................... 965 DTC Logic ............................................................1003
D
Component Function Check .................................. 966 Component Inspection .........................................1005
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 966 Special Repair Requirement ................................1005
Component Inspection .......................................... 967 E
P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................1007
P1144 HO2S1 ................................................... 969 DTC Logic ............................................................1007
DTC Logic ............................................................. 969 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1007 F
Component Function Check .................................. 970 Component Inspection .........................................1008
P2138 APP SENSOR .....................................1010 G
P1146 HO2S2 ................................................... 973 DTC Logic ............................................................1010
Component Function Check .................................. 975 Component Inspection .........................................1012 H
COOLING FAN ...............................................1014
P1147 HO2S2 ................................................... 979 Component Function Check ................................1014 I
Component Function Check .................................. 981 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ........1016
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 981 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ........1017 J
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................1018
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 985 Description ...........................................................1018
Component Function Check ................................1018 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 985
Component Function Check .................................. 985 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1018
FUEL INJECTOR ...........................................1020 L
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 989 Component Function Check ................................1020
M
FUEL PUMP ...................................................1022
P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 991 Component Function Check ................................1022
DTC Logic ............................................................. 991 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1022 N
IGNITION SIGNAL .........................................1025
Component Function Check ................................1025 O
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 993
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 993 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor) ...........................................................1028 P
P1706 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 995 Component Inspection (Condenser) ....................1029
Description ............................................................ 995
DTC Logic ............................................................. 995 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ........................1030
Component Function Check .................................. 996 Component Function Check ................................1030
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 996 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1030
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 998 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1031

Component Function Check ................................1031 PREPARATION ..............................................1050
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1031 Special Service Tools ..........................................1050
Commercial Service Tools ...................................1050
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ..........................1033
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .........................1051
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..1033
Symptom Table ...................................................1033 COMPONENT PARTS ....................................1051
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............1037 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................1051
Description ...........................................................1037 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location .................................1051
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .....................1038 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ......................1055
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................1055
IDLE SPEED ...................................................1038 Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Relay .............1055
Inspection ............................................................1038
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1056
IGNITION TIMING ...........................................1039 ECM .....................................................................1056
Inspection ............................................................1039 Electric Throttle Control Actuator .........................1056
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1057
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............1040 EVAP Canister .....................................................1057
Inspection ............................................................1040 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
Valve ....................................................................1057
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION .......1041 Fuel Injector .........................................................1058
Inspection ............................................................1041 Fuel Pump ............................................................1058
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 .....................................1058
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1042 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .........................1059
ECM ................................................................1042 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 .....................................1059
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .........................1059
Exploded View .....................................................1042
Ignition Coil ..........................................................1060
Removal and Installation .....................................1042
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1060
EVAP CANISTER ...........................................1043 Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........1060
Hydraulic Layout ..................................................1043 Knock Sensor .......................................................1060
Malfunction Indicator lamp ...................................1061
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1061
(SDS) ........................................................1044 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...............................1061
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................1061
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1061
(SDS) ...............................................................1044 Throttle Control Motor Relay ................................1061
Idle Speed ...........................................................1044 Throttle Position Sensor .......................................1062
Ignition Timing .....................................................1044
Calculated Load Value ........................................1044 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ...................1063
Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1044 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ............................1063
HR15DE (TYPE 3) SYSTEM .........................................................1064
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL .................1045 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................1064
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................1045 tion .......................................................................1064
How to Check Vehicle Type ................................1045
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ...........1065
PRECAUTION ..........................................1046 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram 1 . 067
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............1070

PRECAUTIONS ..............................................1046
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
tem Description ....................................................1071
SIONER" ..............................................................1046 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .............................1073
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover1046 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine scription ................................................................1074
and A/T ................................................................1046
General Precautions ............................................1047 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................1075
PREPARATION ........................................1050 Description ...........................................................1075

COOLING FAN CONTROL ...................................1076 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description 1076 TION LEARNING ...........................................1122 A
Description ...........................................................1122
THROTTLE CONTROL .........................................1077
Work Procedure ...................................................1122
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description .....1077
EC
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ...................1078
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System LEARNING .....................................................1123
Description ..........................................................1078 Description ...........................................................1123
Work Procedure ...................................................1123 C
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .....................1079
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ....................1124
scription ...............................................................1080 Description ...........................................................1124 D
Work Procedure ...................................................1124
CAN COMMUNICATION .......................................1080
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ..1081 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR ...........................................................1126 E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..1082 Description ...........................................................1126
Diagnosis Description .........................................1082 Work Procedure ...................................................1126
F
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) .........................1083 BASIC INSPECTION ......................................1127
Work Procedure ...................................................1127
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION .................................1083
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection FUEL PRESSURE CHECK ............................1131 G
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ....................1083 Work Procedure ...................................................1131
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
Frame Data .........................................................1083 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................1133 H
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ..1084
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ....1087 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica- VALUE ............................................................1133
tor Lamp (MIL) .....................................................1088 Description ...........................................................1133 I
On Board Diagnosis Function .............................1088 Component Function Check ................................1133
CONSULT Function ............................................1091 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1134
J
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ...........1098 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .1141
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1141
ECM ................................................................1098
Reference Value .................................................1098 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............1144 K
Fail Safe .............................................................1107 Description ...........................................................1144
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ...........................1108 DTC Logic ............................................................1144
DTC Index ..........................................................1109 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1144 L
WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................1111 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................1145

Description ...........................................................1145
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................1111 DTC Logic ............................................................1145 M
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1111 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1145
BASIC INSPECTION ................................1116 P0011 IVT CONTROL ....................................1146 N

DTC Logic ............................................................1146
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .....1116 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1147
Work Flow ...........................................................1116 Component Inspection .........................................1148
Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................1119 O
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................1150
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV- DTC Logic ............................................................1150
ING ENGINE PARTS ......................................1120 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1150 P
Description ..........................................................1120 Component Inspection .........................................1152
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ..........................1155
ECM ................................................................1121 DTC Logic ............................................................1155
Description ..........................................................1121 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1155
Work Procedure ..................................................1121 Component Inspection .........................................1156
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .........................1157

DTC Logic ............................................................1157 DTC Logic ............................................................1196
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1157 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1196
Component Inspection .........................................1158 Component Inspection .........................................1197
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................1159 P0500 VSS ......................................................1199

DTC Logic ............................................................1159 Description ...........................................................1199
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1159 DTC Logic ............................................................1199
Component Inspection .........................................1160 Component Function Check ................................1200
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1200
P0132 HO2S1 .................................................1162
DTC Logic ............................................................1162 P0506 ISC SYSTEM .......................................1201
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1162 Description ...........................................................1201
Component Inspection .........................................1163 DTC Logic ............................................................1201
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1201
P0134 HO2S1 .................................................1166
DTC Logic ............................................................1166 P0507 ISC SYSTEM .......................................1203
Component Function Check ................................1167 Description ...........................................................1203
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1167 DTC Logic ............................................................1203
Component Inspection .........................................1168 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1203
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................1170 P0605 ECM .....................................................1205

Component Inspection .........................................1171
P0607 ECM .....................................................1207
P0138 HO2S2 .................................................1172 DTC Logic ............................................................1207
DTC Logic ............................................................1172 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1207
Component Inspection .........................................1173 P1065 ECM .....................................................1208
Description ...........................................................1208
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER .................................1176 DTC Logic ............................................................1208
Component Inspection .........................................1177 P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....1209
DTC Logic ............................................................1209
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................1178 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1209
DTC Logic ............................................................1178 Component Inspection .........................................1210
Component Inspection .........................................1179 P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR ....................................................1211
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS- DTC Logic ............................................................1211
FIRE ................................................................1181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1211
DTC Logic ............................................................1181
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1182 P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION ......................................................1213
P0327, P0328 KS ............................................1187 DTC Logic ............................................................1213
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1187 Component Inspection .........................................1216
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ..........................1189 TOR RELAY ...................................................1217
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........1220
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .....................1193 DTC Logic ............................................................1220
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1222
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME DTC Logic ............................................................1222
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ......................1196

Component Function Check ................................1222 FUEL PUMP ...................................................1255
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1223 Component Function Check ................................1255 A
P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................1225 Component Inspection .........................................1257
DTC Logic ...........................................................1225
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1225 HO2S1 ............................................................1258 EC
Component Function Check ................................1258
P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................1226 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1258
DTC Logic ...........................................................1226 Component Inspection .........................................1260 C
HO2S2 ............................................................1262
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1227 Component Function Check ................................1262
DTC Logic ...........................................................1227 D
P1706 PNP SWITCH ......................................1229 IGNITION SIGNAL .........................................1266 E
Description ..........................................................1229 Component Function Check ................................1266
DTC Logic ...........................................................1229 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1266
Component Function Check ................................1230 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1230 F
Transistor) ...........................................................1269
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................1232 Component Inspection (Condenser) ....................1270
DTC Logic ...........................................................1232 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP .............1271 G
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1232 Component Function Check ................................1271
Component Inspection ........................................1233 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1271
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .........................1234 H
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1272
DTC Logic ...........................................................1234 Component Function Check ................................1272
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1234 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1272
Component Inspection ........................................1235 I
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ...........................1274
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .........................1237
DTC Logic ...........................................................1237 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..1274 J
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1237 Symptom Table ...................................................1274
Component Inspection ........................................1239
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............1278
P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................1240 Description ...........................................................1278 K
DTC Logic ...........................................................1240
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1240 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .....................1279
IDLE SPEED ..................................................1279 L
P2138 APP SENSOR .....................................1243 Inspection ............................................................1279
DTC Logic ...........................................................1243
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1243 IGNITION TIMING ..........................................1280 M
Component Inspection ........................................1245 Inspection ............................................................1280
COOLING FAN ...............................................1247 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............1281

Component Function Check ................................1247 Inspection ............................................................1281 N
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......1282
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) .......1249
Inspection ............................................................1282 O
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) .......1250
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................1251 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1283

Description ..........................................................1251 ECM ................................................................1283 P
Component Function Check ................................1251 Exploded View .....................................................1283
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1251 Removal and Installation .....................................1283
FUEL INJECTOR ...........................................1253 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Component Function Check ................................1253
(SDS) .........................................................1284

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS EGR SYSTEM ........................................................1305
(SDS) ...............................................................1284 EGR SYSTEM : System Description ...................1305
Idle Speed ...........................................................1284
IDLE SPEED CONTROL ........................................1307
Ignition Timing .....................................................1284
IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description ...1307
K9K
GLOW CONTROL ..................................................1308
PRECAUTION ..........................................1285 GLOW CONTROL : System Description .............1308
PRECAUTIONS ..............................................1285 COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................1310
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description 1310
SIONER" ..............................................................1285 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL ...........................1310
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover1285 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL : System De-
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ...1285 scription ................................................................1311
General Precautions ............................................1286
OIL VAPOR REBREATHING .................................1311
Cleanliness ..........................................................1288
OIL VAPOR REBREATHING : System Descrip-
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .........................1290 tion .......................................................................1311
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................1312

COMPONENT PARTS ....................................1290
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...1312
Component Parts Location ..................................1290
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ......................1292 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..1313
Barometric Pessure Sensor .................................1292 Diagnosis Description ..........................................1313
Camshaft Position Sensor ...................................1292 CONSULT Function .............................................1314
Cooling Fan .........................................................1292
Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................1293 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ...........1318
ECM .....................................................................1293
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1293 ECM ................................................................1318
Fuel Injector .........................................................1293 Reference Value ..................................................1318
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ...................................1293 Conformity Check ................................................1328
Fuel Pump ...........................................................1293 DTC Index ............................................................1341
Fuel Temperature Sensor ....................................1293
Glow Relay ..........................................................1294 WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................1343
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...........................1294 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................1343
Knock Sensor ......................................................1294 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1343
Malfunction Indicator ...........................................1294
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...............................1294 BASIC INSPECTION ................................1347
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................1294
Turbocharger Air Temperature Sensor ................1295 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ......1347
Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve .......1295 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1347
Turbocharger Boost Sensor ................................1295 Work Flow ............................................................1348
Water In Fuel Sensor ...........................................1295
BASIC INSPECTION ......................................1351
SYSTEM ..........................................................1296 Basic Test Procedure ...........................................1351
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1296 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- ECM ................................................................1358
tion .......................................................................1296 Description ...........................................................1358
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram .1298 Work Procedure ...................................................1358
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM ................1300 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGIS-
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System TRATION ........................................................1359
Description ...........................................................1300 Description ...........................................................1359
FUNCTIONS PERFORMED ...................................1302 REPLACING FUEL INJECTORS ...................1360
FUNCTIONS PERFORMED : System Description
Description ...........................................................1360
1302
FUEL FILTER .................................................1361
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL ................1304
Description ...........................................................1361
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System
Work Procedure (Air Bleeding) ............................1361
Description ...........................................................1304

Work Procedure (Water Draining) .......................1361 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1383
Component Inspection .........................................1384 A
CHECKING SEALING AFTER REPAIR ........1362
Description ..........................................................1362 P0200 FUEL INJECTOR ................................1385
DTC Logic ............................................................1385
TIGHTENING THE HIGH PRESSURE PIPES 1363 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1385 EC
Description ..........................................................1363
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC-
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................1364 TOR ................................................................1387 C
DTC Logic ............................................................1387
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT .......................................................1364 Component Inspection .........................................1389
Description ..........................................................1364 D
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1364 P0225 APP SENSOR .....................................1390
DTC Logic ............................................................1390
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..1365 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1390 E
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ..............1368 P0231 FUEL PUMP ........................................1392
DTC Logic ...........................................................1368 F
DTC Logic ............................................................1392
G
P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR ..........................1394
VALVE ............................................................1370 DTC Logic ............................................................1394
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1370 H
Component Inspection ........................................1371 P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 FUEL INJEC-
TOR ................................................................1396
P0070 IAT SENSOR .......................................1372 DTC Logic ............................................................1396 I
Component Inspection ........................................1373 P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) .......................1398 J
DTC Logic ............................................................1398
P0089 FUEL PUMP ........................................1374 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1398
DTC Logic ...........................................................1374
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1374 P0340 CMP SENSOR ....................................1400 K
DTC Logic ............................................................1400
P0100 MAF SENSOR .....................................1375 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1400
DTC Logic ...........................................................1375 Component Inspection .........................................1401 L
P0101 MAF SENSOR .....................................1376 P0382 GLOW RELAY ....................................1403
DTC Logic ...........................................................1376
DTC Logic ............................................................1403
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1376 M
P0110 IAT SENSOR .......................................1377 P0400 EGR FUNCTION .................................1405
DTC Logic ...........................................................1377
DTC Logic ............................................................1405
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1377 N
P0115 ECT SENSOR .....................................1379 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....1407 O
DTC Logic ...........................................................1379 DTC Logic ............................................................1407
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1379 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1407
Component Inspection ........................................1380 Component Inspection .........................................1408 P
P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR .......1381 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic ...........................................................1381
CONTROL POSITION SENSOR ....................1409
DTC Logic ............................................................1409
P0190 FRP SENSOR .....................................1383 Component Inspection .........................................1409
DTC Logic ...........................................................1383
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....1411

DTC Logic ............................................................1411 Symptom Table ....................................................1431
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1411 CHART 1: NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE
Component Inspection .........................................1412 ECM .....................................................................1431
CHART 2: THE ENGINE DOES NOT START .....1432
P062F ECM .....................................................1413 CHART 3: THE ENGINE STARTS WITH DIFFI-
DTC Logic ............................................................1413 CULTY OR STARTS THEN STALLS ..................1434
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1413 CHART 4: STARTING DIFFICULT WITH WARM
ENGINE ...............................................................1435
P0651 APP SENSOR .....................................1414
CHART 5: ROUGH IDLE SPEED (PUMPING) ....1436
DTC Logic ............................................................1414
CHART 6: IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH/TOO LOW ..1437
CHART 7: UNEXPECTED ACCELERATION/DE-
CELERATION AND ENGINE OVERCHARGING 1437
P0685 ECM RELAY ........................................1416 CHART 8: RESPONSE MALFUNCTION .............1438
DTC Logic ............................................................1416 CHART 9: ENGINE STOP/STALLING .................1439
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1416 CHART 10: ENGINE JERKING ...........................1440
CHART 11: LACK OF POWER ............................1441
P2120 APP SENSOR .....................................1418 CHART 12: TOO MUCH POWER .......................1442
DTC Logic ............................................................1418 CHART 13: EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION .........1442
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1418 CHART 14: OVERSPEED WHEN LIFTING OFF
Component Inspection .........................................1419 ACCELERATOR OR CHANGING GEAR ............1444
CHART 15: ENGINE DIES ON PULLING AWAY 1445
P2226 BARO SENSOR ..................................1420 CHART 16: ENGINE BACKFIRES, ENGINE
DTC Logic ............................................................1420 NOISE ..................................................................1445
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1420 CHART 17: CLANKING ENGINE, NOISY EN-
GINE ....................................................................1446
P2263 TC BOOST CONTROL SYSTEM ........1421
CHART 18: SQUALLING NOISE .........................1447
DTC Logic ............................................................1421
CHART 19: VARIOUS MECHANICAL NOISES ..1447
CHART 20: EXHAUST ODOURS ........................1448
CHART 21: DIESEL ODOURS ............................1449
P2413 EGR SYSTEM .....................................1423 CHART 22: BLUE, WHITE OR BLACK SMOKE 1. 450
DTC Logic ............................................................1423 CHART 23: SMOKE (BLUE, BLACK OR WHITE)
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1423 ON ACCELERATING ...........................................1451
COOLING FAN ...............................................1426 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1453

Description ...........................................................1426
ECM ................................................................1453
Exploded View .....................................................1453
Removal and Installation ......................................1453
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1429
Component Function Check ................................1429 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1429 (SDS) ........................................................1454
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ..........................1431 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

(SDS) ..............................................................1454
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..1431 Idle Speed ............................................................1454

APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [HR12DE]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000007701558
EC
In this manual, “Idling Stop System” is referred to as “Stop / Start System”.
C

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR12DE]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000007784199
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000007701562
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000007701563
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-6, "Harness Connec-
tor".

PRECAUTIONS
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. A
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
EC
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000007701564
C
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- D
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is E
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
F
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM. G

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. So,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this H
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related I
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
PBIA9222J J
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values K
• When connecting ECM harness connector (A), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
L
1. ECM
C. Loosen
N
JMBIA0029ZZ
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or O

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors. P
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
PBIB0090E

PRECAUTIONS
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent
engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-109, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
JSBIA1315ZZ
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
SEF348N
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- A
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC
SEF709Y
D
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location. E
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. F
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller. G
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000007701565

H
CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always open the hood and
release the stop/start system. I

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HR12DE]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000007701566
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10120000 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter
JSBIA0410ZZ
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000007701567
Tool name Description

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

(PermatexTM
i.e.: when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
S-NT779

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000007701568
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT C
JSBIA1913ZZ
K
No. Component Function
EC-38, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sen-
1. Battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor*) sor)" L
2. ECM EC-41, "ECM"
IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the relay-
ON-OFF control according to the input signals from various sen- M
sors and the request signals received from control units via CAN
3. IPDM E/R communication.
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" (WITH I-KEY) or
N
PCS-42, "Component Parts Location" (WITHOUT I-KEY) for de-
tailed installation location.
EC-47, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen-
4. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) O
sor)"
Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position
5. EC-42, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
sensor and throttle control motor)
6. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-44, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve" P
*: Without stop/start system is not used for control.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
JPBIA3223ZZ
: Vehicle front

1. PCV valve EC-49, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
2. Fuel injector No.1 EC-44, "Fuel Injector"
3. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-46, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
6. Knock sensor EC-46, "Knock Sensor"
7. Engine oil temperature sensor EC-43, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
8. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-40, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
9. Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-43, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
10. EGR temperature sensor EC-41, "EGR Temperature Sensor"
11. EGR volume control valve EC-42, "EGR Volume Control Valve"
12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-40, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
13. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transistor)
14. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transistor) EC-46, "Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor)"
15. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transistor)
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
I
JPBIA3215ZZ
A. To engine assembly
J

1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC-37, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 (With A/F Sensor 1 Heater)" K
EC-45, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (With Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heater)"
L
BODY COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA1914ZZ
A. Left side of engine room B. Cooling fan assembly C. Periphery of pedals

: Vehicle front

EC-46, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
Malfunction indicator lamp Refer to MWI-7, "Component Parts Location" (TYPE A) or
1. Combination meter
(MIL) MWI-67, "Component Parts Location" (TYPE B) for detailed in-
stallation location.
2. EVAP canister EC-44, "EVAP Canister"
EC-47, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor Refer to HA-13, "Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location.
4. Cooling fan motor EC-40, "Cooling Fan"
5. Stop lamp switch EC-48, "Stop Lamp Switch"
6. Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-37, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
EC-45, "Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (Fuel Pump) &
Fuel Pump Relay"
7. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump)
Refer to MWI-7, "Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location.
STOP/START SYSTEM

COMPONENT PARTS
STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000007701570
A
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT
EC
JSBIA1921ZZ
I
EC-38, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sen-
1. Battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor) J
sor)"
ECM detects vehicle condition from each sensor and each unit,
2. ECM
and controls the engine stop/restart.
K
• Controls the integrated relay, and supplies voltage to the load
according to the request from ECM (via CAN communication).
• Transmits hood switch signal to ECM (via CAN communication).
3. IPDM E/R
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" (WITH I-KEY) PCS- L
42, "Component Parts Location" (WITHOUT I-KEY) for detailed in-
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle
speed signal (wheel speed) and ABS system operation condition
M
4. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ECM (via CAN communication).
Refer to BRC-19, "Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location. N
EC-47, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen-
5. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor)
sor)"
EC-39, "Brake Booster Pressure Sensor" O
6. Brake booster pressure sensor Refer to BR-181, "Exploded View" (vacuum sensor) for detailed in-
7. Hood switch EC-46, "Hood Switch"
P
EC-43, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
8. Engine coolant temperature sensor Refer to EC-29, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
EC-40, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Refer to EC-29, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.

COMPONENT PARTS
Electric oil pump maintains oil pressure of CVT during the stop/
start system operation.
10. Electric oil pump
Refer to TM-354, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location (RHD)" for detailed installation location.
• TCM transmits the signal related to CVT control to ECM (via
CAN communication).
11. TCM
• TCM controls electric oil pump according to the request from
ECM (via CAN communication).
Vehicles equipped with the stop/start system use a special battery
12. Battery designed for the stop/start system. This battery has upgrades in
charge-discharge performance and lifetime.
BODY COMPARTMENT
For Thailand
JSBIA1934ZZ
A. Behind of glove upper box assembly B. Behind of glove upper box assembly (or C. Periphery of brake pedals
(or instrument finisher B) left side instrument finisher B)
D. Periphery of accelerator pedals

COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Function A

ECM transmits the status signal to the combination meter via CAN
communication according to the stop/start system operation.
1. Combination meter (stop/start indicator lamp)
Refer to EC-48, "Stop/Start Indicator Lamp" for detailed installation
EC
location.
BCM detects vehicle condition from each switch and transmits sig-
nals to ECM (via CAN communication).
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts C
2. BCM
Location" (WITH I-KEY) or BCS-85, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM
: Component Parts Location" (WITHOUT I-KEY) for detailed instal-
lation location.
D
EC-41, "Door Switch"
Refer to DLK-12, "Component Parts Location" (WITH I-KEY)
3. Door switch (driver side)
DLK-206, "Component Parts Location" (WITHOUT I-KEY) for de-
tailed installation location. E
EPS control unit transmits EPS torque signal to ECM (via CAN
communication).
4. EPS control unit
Refer to STC-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installa- F
tion location.
EC-45, "G Sensor"
5. G sensor Refer to TM-354, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location (RHD)" for detailed installation location.
G
6. Engine restart relay EC-44, "Engine Restart Relay"

7. DC/DC converter EC-41, "DC/DC Converter" H
8. Brake pedal position switch EC-39, "Brake Pedal Position Switch"
10. Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-37, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor" I
11. Stop/start OFF switch EC-48, "Stop/Start OFF Switch"
For Hong Kong J

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA2547ZZ
Periphery of brake pedals Under of IPDM E/R cover Left side of engine room
Behind the grove box cover Behind the grove box cover left side Switch panel
Door switch (driver side) Inputs the door switching condition to BCM.
Detects and sends a steering condition to BCM via CAN com-

EPS control unit munication.
Refer to STC-6, "Component Parts Location"
BCM detects vehicle condition from each switch and transmits
signals to ECM (via CAN communication).
WITH I-KEY
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
BCM
Parts Location".
WITHOUT I-KEY
Refer to BCS-85, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Combination meter Stop/start indicator lamp EC-48, "Stop/Start Indicator Lamp"
Detects the tilt angle of vehicle and input the detected angle to
G sensor TCM. EC
Refer to EC-45, "G Sensor".
Inputs the operational condition of defroster to the combina-
tion meter.
• A/C auto amp. (automatic air conditioner) AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITION C
• Heater control panel (manual air conditioner) Refer to HAC-7, "Component Parts Location".
MANUAL AIR CONDITION
Refer to HAC-100, "Component Parts Location".
D
Stop lamp switch EC-48, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-37, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"

E
EC-45, "Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (Fuel Pump)
Fuel pump relay
& Fuel Pump Relay"
Brake fluid pressure sensor EC-39, "Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor" F

DC/DC converter EC-41, "DC/DC Converter"
Atmospheric pressure sensor EC-38, "Atmospheric Pressure Sensor" G
Engine restart relay EC-44, "Engine Restart Relay"
Stop/start OFF switch EC-48, "Stop/Start OFF Switch" H
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000007701575
I
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
J
L
JPBIA4615ZZ
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors M

are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
N
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals. O
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
PBIB1741E P
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 (With A/F Sensor 1 Heater) INFOID:0000000007701584
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

COMPONENT PARTS
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JPBIA4038GB
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 800°C (1,472°F).
JPBIA5443GB
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000008236338
The atmospheric pressure sensor is placed at DC/DC converter

bracket. It detects atmospheric pressure and sends the voltage sig-
nal to the ECM.
The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
JMBIA0877ZZ
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000007701592
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the neg-
ative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging cur-
rent of the battery.
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
JPBIA3262ZZ
value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltagev-
ariable control, refer to CHG-10, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : Sys-
tem Description".

COMPONENT PARTS
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con- A
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR EC
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures temperature around the battery.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature C
increases.
<Reference data>
D
Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258 E
*: These data are reference values and are measured between bat- SEF012P
tery temperature sensor signal terminal and sensor ground.

F
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000007701602
Brake booster pressure sensor is connected to brake booster. It detects brake booster pressure and sends the
voltage signal to the ECM. The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure. G
As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
ECM judges force to depress a brake pedal during the stop/start system activation according to brake booster
pressure sensor signal. H
Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000008236339
The brake fluid pressure sensor is installed to the brake piping. This I
sensor converts the pressure of brake fluid to an electric signal and
transmits the signal to ECM.
ECM activates the idling stop system when there is sufficient brake
J
force against a hill, according to a signal received from the brake
fluid pressure sensor.
JPBIA4269ZZ L
Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000007733807
When the brake pedal is depressed, brake pedal position switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned M
ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch N

Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON
O

COMPONENT PARTS
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000007701579
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIA9209J
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
JSBIA0523GB
NOTE:
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal timing varies with intake valve timing control.
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000007701589
Cooling fan operates at low and high speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.
Refer to EC-64, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000007701578
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the transmission

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the
fluctuation of the engine revolution.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIA9209J
the engine revolution.
JSBIA0523GB
NOTE:

COMPONENT PARTS
DC/DC Converter INFOID:0000000007701598
A
The DC/DC converter is installed at the behind of the glove upper
box assembly (or instrument finisher B) and supplies power to the
electrical equipment. EC
This converter is connected to ECM via the engine communication
line and includes an internal voltage converter. When restarting the
vehicle from the idling stop condition, the voltage converter boosts
the voltage conveyed from the battery and provides stable power to C
the electrical equipment to prevent reset from occurring. For further
details, refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion (For Thailand)". D
JPBIA4264ZZ
Door Switch INFOID:0000000007725304

E
Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
ECM INFOID:0000000007701572
F
• ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.
• ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input
and output and for power supply. G
• Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition
switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC
memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, H
the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
PBIA9222J
J
EGR Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007701587
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the

EGR passageway. When the EGR volume control valve opens, hot K
exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passageway
changes. The EGR temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies
a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then L
returns to the ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases,
EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis. M
SEF599K
N

COMPONENT PARTS
<Reference data>
EGR temperature Voltage* Resistance

[°C (°F)] (V) (MΩ)
0 (32) 4.59 0.66 - 1.00
50 (122) 2.32 0.068 - 0.089
100 (212) 0.62 0.012 - 0.014
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM
terminals.
CAUTION:
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a
ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5 V
SEF068X
EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000007701586
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
PBIA9376J
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000007701577
OUTLINE
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
JSBIA0270GB
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

COMPONENT PARTS
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- A
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR EC
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into C
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the D
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
E
PBIB0145E
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007701580

F
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant G
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. H
I
SEF594K
J
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) K
[°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.35 - 2.73
L
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM M
SEF012P
terminals.
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007726762
N
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera- O
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
P
SEF594K

COMPONENT PARTS
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4

20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
Engine Restart Relay INFOID:0000000007701600
The engine restart relay is installed at the left end of glove upper box assembly (or instrument finisher B) and
controlled by ECM when restarting the engine during the stop/start system operation.
EVAP Canister INFOID:0000000007732558
The EVAP canister is filled with activated carbon, and fuel evapora-
tive emission in the sealed fuel tank is conveyed to the EVAP canis-
ter and adsorbed by the activated carbon during engine stop or
fueling. On the other hand, while the engine is running, fuel evapora-
tive emission in the EVAP canister passes through the EVAP purge
control solenoid valve and absorbed by the intake manifold.
JSBIA1428ZZ
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000007701591
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to

control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
PBIA9215J
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000007701581
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J

COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (Fuel Pump) & Fuel Pump Relay INFOID:0000000007701582
A
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP (FUEL PUMP)
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine start
ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that EC
the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the
ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump C
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation

D
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds. E
Except as shown above Stops.
JSBIA0498ZZ
FUEL PUMP RELAY G

The fuel pump relay is controlled by ECM and controls the power supply of the fuel level sensor unit and
fuelpump (fuel pump).
G Sensor INFOID:0000000007736987
H
The G sensor has a semiconductor acceleration sensor and detects longitudinal G and tilt angle of the vehicle
based on gravitational acceleration. I
In addition, the G sensor converts a detected tilt angle into an electric signal and transmits it to TCM.
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (With Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater) INFOID:0000000007701585
J
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. K
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. L
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for M
engine control operation.
SEF327R
N
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. O
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF P
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

COMPONENT PARTS
Hood Switch INFOID:0000000007701603
Hood switch is located in the hood lock assembly. Hood switch detects open/close condition of hood and input
the hood switch signal to IPDM E/R.
Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000007701574
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
PBID0206J
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000007701590
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000007701588
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
JSBIA1432ZZ
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000007701573
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is located on the combination

meter.
The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL
remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an
engine system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-96, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc-
tion Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
JSBIA1315ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000007701576
A
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake EC
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the C
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
JSBIA1433ZZ
E
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temper-
ature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical F
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
<Reference data>
G
Intake air temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 H
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM
I
terminals.
SEF012P
J
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000007701593
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent K
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
N
PBIB2657E

COMPONENT PARTS
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000007701594
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp
switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used
mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being
driven.
JSBIA0308ZZ
Stop/Start Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000007701599
DESCRIPTION
The stop/start indicator lamp is located on the combination meter.
The stop/start indicator lamp turns ON when the stop/start system is
operating.
When a malfunction is detected in the stop/start system, the stop/
start indicator lamp blinks at a slow speed to alert the driver to the
malfunction. When a driver′s operation is judged as dangerous one
during stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator lamp
blinks at a high speed.
JPBIA4266ZZ
Stop/Start OFF Switch INFOID:0000000007726761
The stop/start OFF switch is mounted on the switch panel of the

driver side lower instrument panel. When the stop/start OFF switch
is pressed, the indicator lump turns ON and the stop/start system
can be deactivated.
For further details, refer to EC-86, "STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch
Name and Function".
JPBIA4265ZZ

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000007701604
EC
G
PBIB2962E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. I
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.
M
PBIB1588E

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007701606
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1915GB
*1: Without stop/start system is not used for control.

*2: With stop/start system.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls the engine by various functions. A
Function Reference
EC-59, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De- EC
Multiport fuel injection system
scription"
Electric ignition system EC-62, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-63, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip- C
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
Cooling fan control EC-64, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EGR system EC-66, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description"
D
Throttle control EC-67, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
EC-68, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip- E
Evaporative emission system
tion"
EC-70, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
Intake valve timing control
tion"
F
EC-71, "ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARI-
Alternator power generation voltage variable control system
ABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thai-
Stop/start system G
land)"
CAN communication EC-85, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"

SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000008713056
JSBIA2709GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA2710GB

SYSTEM
JSBIA2711GB
*1: 15A (with stop/start system) / 10A (without stop/start system)

*2: 1 (with engine coolant temperature gauge) / 8 (without engine coolant temperature gauge)
NOTE:
• The following parts are used for the vehicle with stop/start system.
- Starter control relay
- Engine restart relay
- Fuel pump relay (engine room)
- DC/DC converter

SYSTEM
• The fuel pump relay (with IPDM E/R) is used for the vehicle without stop/start system.
• The following parts are used for the vehicle with intelligent key. A
- Starter relay
- BCM
• The following parts are used for the vehicle with CVT.
EC
- Transmission range switch
- Brake booster pressure sensor
• The park/neutral position (PNP) switch is used for the vehicle with M/T.
• The following parts are used for Hong Kong. C
- Atmospheric pressure sensor
- Brake fluid pressure sensor
• The brake pedal position switch is used for Thailand with stop/start system. D
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000007701607
NON DTC RELATED ITEM E
Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode F
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-419, "Compo- G
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open Check"
by means of operating fail safe function. H
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC RELATED ITEM I
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve J
control does not function.
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0102
K
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
L
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F) M
or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
N
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running. O
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal P
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0197 Engine oil temperature Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
P0198 sensor
P0403 EGR volume control valve Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

SYSTEM
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not
exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
STOP/START SYSTEM
Stop/start system operating condition in fail safe mode

Stop/start system operating
DTC No. Detected items Idling or driving the vehi-
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
B1900 DC/DC converter Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
B1901 system operation tem operation from the
B1904 next time
B1902
— —
B1903
P0011 Intake valve timing control Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation — tem operation from the
next time
P0075 Restart the engine —
P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0038 control circuit system operation tem operation from the
next time

SYSTEM
A
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
EC
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0103 system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0107 Atmospheric pressure sensor cir- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- C
P0108 cuit system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0112 Intake air temperature circuit Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- D
next time
P0117 Engine coolant temperature sen- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- E
P0118 sor circuit system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0122 Throttle position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
F
P0222 next time
P0223
P2135 G
P0171 Fuel injection system Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
H
P0300 Misfire Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
—
P0302 next time
P0303 I
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time J
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
K
P0403 EGR volume control valve circuit Prohibit the stop/start
— —
system operation
P0500 Vehicle speed Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- L
system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0555 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
Circuit system operation tem operation from the M
next time
P0605 ECM Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0607
system operation tem operation from the N
— next time
P0643 Sensor power supply Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation tem operation from the O
next time
P0850 Transmission range switch Prohibit the stop/start
— —
system operation
P
P1040 Brake fluid pressure sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P1217 Engine over temperature Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time

SYSTEM
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
P1402 EGR function Prohibit the stop/start
— —
system operation
P1512 Starter motor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P1550 Battery current sensor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P1553 system operation — tem operation from the
P1554 next time
P1551 Restart the engine
P1552
P1556 Battery temperature sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P1575 Brake switch Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine or stall Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P1805 system operation the engine tem operation from the
next time
P1650 Starter motor relay2 Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine or stall Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation the engine tem operation from the
next time
P1651 Starter motor relay cut OFF Prohibit the stop/start Stall the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation (Does not start the engine) tem operation from the
next time
P1652 Starter motor relay2 control sys- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
—
tem system operation
P2100 Throttle control motor relay Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P2101 Electric throttle control function Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P2118 Throttle control motor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
P2123 system operation
P2127 —
P2128
P2138
U0298 Engine communication line — — Prohibit the stop/start sys-
tem operation from the
U1040 Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
next time
U1042 system operation
U1043
U1044
U1001 CAN communication line Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

SYSTEM
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007701609
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA0317GB J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator K

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Piston position
L
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature M
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
N
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Fuel injection
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch PNP signal & mixture ratio Fuel injector
Battery *2 control O
Battery voltage
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 2*
P
CAN communi-
EPS control unit EPS operation signal
cation
CAN communi-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
cation
CAN communi- • A/C ON signal
BCM
cation • Blower fan ON signal
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.

SYSTEM
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is change from N to D (CVT models)
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air fuel
ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air fuel
ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-37, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 (With A/F Sensor 1 Heater)". This maintains
the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-

SYSTEM
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. A
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
EC
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com- C
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation D
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING E
JSBIA0318GB
H
Two types of systems are used.
• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running. I
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all three cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. J
The three injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF K
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM L

SYSTEM
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007701611
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA4883GB
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Engine speed*
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Ignition timing Ignition coil (with power
Transmission renge switch (CVT models) control transistor)
PNP signal
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)
Battery Battery voltage*
Knock sensor Engine knocking
CAN communi-
cation
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 2 - 3
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.

SYSTEM
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
A
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007701613
SYSTEM DIAGRAM EC
I
JSBIA0320GB
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART J

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) K
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
L
IPDM E/R
Battery Battery voltage* ↓
A/C compressor
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Air conditioner relay M
request signal
↓
CAN communi-
EPS control unit EPS operation signal Compressor
cation
CAN communi- N
cation
BCM
cation • Blower fan ON signal O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. P
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.

SYSTEM
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007701620
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0321GB

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
IPDM E/R
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Cooling fan ↓
speed request Cooling fan relay
signal ↓
CAN communi- Cooling fan motor
cation
BCM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 2-step control [HIGH/OFF].

SYSTEM
Cooling Fan Operation
A
EC
JSBIA0415GB F
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
G
Cooling fan speed Cooling fan relay
Stop (OFF) OFF
Operate (HI) ON
H
EGR SYSTEM
I

SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007701622
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1649GB

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Engine speed *

Transmission renge switch (CVT
models)
PNP signal EGR volume
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch EGR volume control valve
control
(M/T models)
BCM
CAN communi-
cation
• High beam status signal
CAN communi- • Low beam status signal
IPDM E/R
cation • Rear window defogger con-
trol signal

SYSTEM
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
D
PBIA9610J
1. EGR volume control valve 2. EGR temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator E
This system controls the volume of EGR flowing from the exhaust manifold to the intake manifold. The EGR
volume control valve adjusts EGR volume by opening and closing the EGR passage. The step motor built in
the EGR volume control valve activates the valve, according to a signal transmitted from ECM. ECM deter- F
mines a valve angle, according to driving conditions, such as an engine speed, load, combustion state and
precisely controls EGR volume. EGR is deactivated under the following conditions to enhance drivability:
• Engine starting G
• Engine at idle
• Low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• High engine speed H
• Low intake air temperature
• Low battery voltage
THROTTLE CONTROL I
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007784268
J
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1917GB
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART P

SYSTEM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Electric throttle control
Throttle control
actuator
Ignition switch Start signal and ignition OFF
CAN communi-
cation
BCM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM calculates the value of signal transmitted from the accelerator pedal and activates the throttle valve by
transmitting a control signal to the electric throttle control actuator. This allows the optimum throttle angle and
improves drivability and fuel consumption. In addition, ECM learns the fully closed position every time when
the ignition switch is turned OFF to improve the accuracy in throttle valve position.
When a malfunction occurs in the throttle control system, the throttle valve is closed by the return spring and
maintains the minimum engine speed by holding a slightly opened condition which is close to the fully opened
condition. This allows the securing of brake system, power steering system, and electric system and the
ensuring of the safety.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007701624
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0322GB

SYSTEM
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Engine speed*
EC

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
purge flow control control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position D
CAN communi-
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal E
cation
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION F
K
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the L
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the M
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating.
N
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL

SYSTEM
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007701628
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA4760GB

Engine speed and piston position
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature Intake valve Intake valve timing control
timing control solenoid valve
CAN communi-
cation
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JSBIA1698GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, engine oil tempera-
ture and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve
timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open
timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYS-
TEM

SYSTEM
ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM :
A
System Description INFOID:0000000007784269
The alternator power generation voltage variable control system controls the amount of power generation,
according to a battery loaded condition. ECM judges a battery condition, according to a signal received from EC
the battery current sensor which detects a charge/discharge current. ECM then transmits a signal to IPDM E/
R to command power generation via CAN communication. IPDM E/R transmits a power generation control sig-
nal to the alternator so that the system can control the amount of power generation. The voltage of power gen-
C
eration is lowered during battery low-load conditions and boosted under heavy load conditions. In this way, the
system reduces the engine load through the adequate power generation control.
For details, refer to CHG-10, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Diagram". D
STOP/START SYSTEM
E

SYSTEM
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thailand) INFOID:0000000007701630
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1918GB
ECM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Input Signal Item

SYSTEM
Transmit unit Signal name Description A

Accelerator pedal position sen- Receives accelerator pedal position
Accelerator pedal position
sor (angle)
Engine coolant temperature EC
Engine coolant temperature Receives engine coolant temperature
sensor
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature Receives intake air temperature
Crankshaft position sensor C
Engine speed Receives engine speed
(POS)
Battery current sensor
• Battery current Receives battery current and battery
(with battery temperature sen- D
• Battery temperature temperature
sor)
Receives an operational state of the
Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch
brake pedal
E
Brake pedal position switch Brake pedal position
brake pedal
Brake booster pressure sensor Brake booster pressure Receives brake booster pressure F
Stop/start OFF switch Stop/start OFF switch (ON/OFF)
stop/start OFF switch (ON/OFF)
Vehicle speed signal Receives wheel speeds of four wheels G
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN com-
ABS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of ABS
(control unit) munication
ABS operation signal Receives an operational state of ABS
H
Receives engine hood status (open/
Hood switch signal
CAN com- close)
IPDM E/R
munication Receives an operational state of starter
Starter control feedback signal I
motor control relay
CAN com- Receives an operational state of EPS
EPS control unit EPS torque signal
munication system
Receives signal of TCM judges stop/ J
Stop/start enable signal start system enable according to vehi-
CAN com- cle condition
TCM
munication
Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position K
G sensor signal Receives vehicle tilt
• Receives an operational state of DC/
Engine L
Engine communication signal (DC/DC con- DC converter
DC/DC converter communi-
verter) • Receives a diagnosis information of
cation
DC/DC converter
Output Signal Item M
Reception unit Signal name Description

CAN com-
N
BCM Stop/start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
munication
CAN com-
EPS control unit Stop/start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal O
munication
Transmits a cranking enable signal to
IPDM E/R Cranking enable signal
activates the starter motor control relay
CAN com- Transmits a stop/start readiness signal P
TCM Stop/start readiness signal
munication to activates the electric oil pump
Stop/start readiness signal Transmits a stop/start readiness signal
Transmits a signal to display a state of
CAN com- Stop/start indicator lamp signal
Combination meter the system on the combination meter
munication
Transmits a signal to turn ON/OFF
Stop/start OFF switch signal
thestop/start OFF switch indicator lamp

SYSTEM
Activates the engine restart relay and
Engine restart relay Engine restart relay control signal
operate the starter motor
Engine
Transmits a signal to request communi-
communi- Engine communication signal
cations with the engine
DC/DC converter cation
Transmits a signal to activate the DC/
Voltage stabilizer signal
DC converter (Pressure rising).
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The stop/start system enables the engine to automatically stop/restart with a simple operation and reduces
unnecessary idling during stoplight or traffic congestion to improve fuel economy, reduce exhaust gas, and
minimize noise.
ECM detects a vehicle condition and driver′s operation condition based on signals sent from each unit and the
sensors to comprehensively control the stop/start system.
An operation condition of the stop/start system is indicated by the stop/start indicator lamp mounted in the
combination meter. (Refer to EC-86, "STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function".) If a malfunction
is detected in the stop/start system, the system control is automatically deactivated and the malfunction is
alerted to the driver by blinking the stop/start indicator lamp. When a driver′s operation is judged as dangerous
one during the stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator lamp blinks at a high speed and the buzzer
mounted in the combination meter sounds simultaneously to warn the driver of the dangerous operation.
NOTE:
Starting the engine from stop/start system operation is regarded as “Restart”.

SYSTEM
BASIC OPERATION
A
EC
JSBIA2696GB
P
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
When the stop/start readiness conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is moving, the system is ready.
When the stop/start system operation conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is in a stop condition, the
engine is stopped.
During stop/start system operation, the CVT electric oil pump is activated to supply oil pressure necessary for
starting the engine to the clutch and the pulley.

SYSTEM
When the engine restart conditions are satisfied at an engine start, the starter motor relay is controlled to
restart the engine. The DC/DC converter boosts the voltage during cranking to protect the electrical equipment
from low voltage.
The stop/start indicator lamp turns OFF after restarting the engine.
Stop/Start Readiness Condition
ECM judges stop/start system is ready when the following conditions are satisfied.
Item Condition
Stop/start OFF switch OFF (switch indicator lamp: OFF)
Stop/start indicator lamp Not blink (Malfunction non-detection)
Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more after start the en-
gine with ignition switch
Passes 2 minutes or more after start the engine with ignition
Driving history switch
Drive the vehicle at 8 km/h (5 MPH) or more after restart*1
Passes 5 seconds or more after restart*2

Vehicle Hood Close
System is normal
ABS
ABS not activated*3
EPS System is normal
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more
Battery voltage
Start the engine with ignition switch: 8 V or more
Battery
Battery temperature 5 °C (41 °F) or more
Charge condition Charged enough
Air fuel ratio initial learning Completion
Engine
Engine coolant temperature 45 - 100 °C (113 -212 °F)
CVT fluid temperature 20 - 110 °C (68 - 230 °F)
Selector lever position D position
CVT
Stop/start enable signal
Refer to TM-391, "STOP/START SYS- OK
TEM : System Description"
*1: Shift the selector lever to D position from R position and drive the vehicle, readiness condition is 10km/h (6
MPH) or more.
*2: After restart from P or N position, readiness condition is passes 30 seconds or more.
*3: If ABS system is activated, drive the vehicle at 12 km/h (7.5 MPH) or more after stop the vehicle.
Stop/Start Operation Condition
ECM stops the engine approximately 1 second later and stop/start indicator lamp turn ON when the following
conditions are satisfied.
Item Condition
Stop/start readiness condition Ready
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Steering wheel Not steer
Accelerator pedal position Release
Vehicle
Brake pedal position Depress
Brake Presence of sufficient negative pressure to a brake
Brake booster vacuum
force.
Vehicle angularity 3% or less

SYSTEM
Item Condition
A
Engine Engine speed 1,000 rpm or less
CVT Selector lever position* D, N or P position
*: Even if selector lever is shifted to the P position during the stop/start system operation, the engine continues EC
stopping.
Restart Condition
ECM restarts the engine and stop/start indicator lamp turn OFF when the following any conditions. C
Item Condition
Stop/start OFF switch ON (switch indicator lamp: ON) D
Brake pedal position Release
Accelerator pedal position Depress
E
Steering wheel Steer
Selector lever position* Shift the R position
*: When the select lever is shifted to N or P range after restarting the engine, the stop/start system is activated F
approximately 2 seconds later.
Stop/Start System Function By Selector Lever Position
×: Stop/start system is activate
G
Accelerator pedal posi- Selector lever position

Vehicle speed Brake pedal position
tion D N R P
H
ON/OFF ON
0 Km/h ON OFF × × ×
OFF OFF I
STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP STATUS

J
System condition Condition Stop/start indicator lamp Warning chime
Normal Illuminate —
Operate Door (driver side) open High speed blinking Sound K
Hood open High speed blinking* Sound*
Starter motor operation counter: L
Slow speed blinking —
Fail-Safe too much
Malfunction of stop/start system Slow speed blinking —
*: Stop/start system is cancelled and the engine cannot be restarted automatically. For this reason, the use of M
ignition switch is required to start the engine.
CANCEL OPERATION
• The stop/start system is deactivated when any of the following conditions is satisfied: N
- Stop/start OFF switch is ON (LED: ON)
- Hood is open.
- The engine is started with the ignition switch with the hood open. O
CAUTION:
The stop/start system may be cancelled when the battery is weak or if a battery other than the stop/
start system specific battery is used.
• The stop/start system is cancelled and the stop/start indicator blinks to alert the driver when ECM judges any P
of the following conditions:
- Hood is opened during the stop/start system operation.*1
- The number of starter motor operations exceeds the specified times.*2
- A malfunction is detected in the stop/start system.*2 (Refer to EC-120, "Fail Safe".)
*1: Since the engine is stopped after warning for approximately 1.5 seconds by blinking the stop/start indicator
and sounding the buzzer, the engine must be restarted with the ignition switch.

SYSTEM
*2: The stop/start indicator blinks slowly.
VOLTAGE STABILIZER FUNCTION
ECM transmits a voltage stabilizer signal to the DC/DC converter during cranking at an engine restart. The
DC/DC converter temporarily increases the voltage to prevent the electric equipment from reset due to low
voltage. The adoption of the DC/DC converter enables a stable power supply to the electric equipment con-
nected to the DC/DC converter and permits a substantial lowering of the voltage. For the electrical equipment
connected to the DC/DC converter, refer to “SYSTEM DIAGRAM”.
NOTE:
The brightness of the head lamps may be changed due to the voltage reduction at an engine restart because
they are not connected to the DC/DC converter.

SYSTEM
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Hong Kong) INFOID:0000000008703968
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
P
JSBIA2695GB
*1: With automatic air conditioning

*2: With manual air conditioning
ECM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM
Input Signal Item

SYSTEM
Transmit unit Signal name Description

Accelerator pedal position sen- Receives accelerator pedal position
sor (angle)
Engine coolant temperature
Engine coolant temperature Receives engine coolant temperature
sensor
Atmospheric pressure sensor Atmospheric pressure Receives atmospheric pressure
Crankshaft position sensor • Engine speed
Receives engine speed
(POS) • Engine stop position
• Battery current Receives battery current and battery
(with battery temperature sen-
• Battery temperature temperature
sor)
Receives fluid pressure in the bra-
Brake fluid pressure sensor Brake fluid pressure
ketube
Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch
brake pedal
Brake pedal position switch Brake pedal position
brake pedal
Brake booster pressure sensor Brake booster pressure Receives brake booster pressure
Stop/start OFF switch Stop/start OFF switch (ON/OFF)
stop/start OFF switch (ON/OFF)
Vehicle speed signal Receives wheel speeds of four wheels
ABS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of ABS
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN com- ABS operation signal Receives an operational state of ABS
(control unit) munication
VDC malfunction signal* Receives a malfunction state of VDC
VDC operation signal* Receives an operational state of VDC

• A/C ON signal Receives an operational state of A/C
CAN com- • Blower fan ON signal compressor
BCM
munication Receives driver′s door status (open/
Door switch signal
close)
Receives engine hood status (open/
Hood switch signal
close)
CAN com- Receives an operational state of rear-
IPDM E/R Rear window defogger ON signal
munication window defogger (ON/OFF)
Receives an operational state of starter
Starter control feedback signal
motor control relay
CAN com- Receives an operational state of EPS
EPS control unit EPS torque signal
munication system
Receives signal of TCM judges stop/
Stop/start enable signal start system enable according to vehi-
cle condition
CAN com-
TCM CVT fluid temperature signal Receives CVT fluid temperature
munication
Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position
G sensor signal Receives vehicle tilt
Receives an operational state of de-
DEF position signal
CAN com- froster
Combination meter
munication Seat belt buckle switch signal (driver side) Receives an fastened state of seat belt
signal buckle switch (driver side)
• Receives an operational state of DC/
Engine
Engine communication signal (DC/DC con- DC converter
DC/DC converter communi-
verter) • Receives a diagnosis information of
cation
DC/DC converter
*: With VDC

SYSTEM
Output Signal Item
A
CAN com-
BCM Stop/start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
munication EC
CAN com-
EPS control unit Stop/start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
munication
Transmits a cranking enable signal to C
IPDM E/R Cranking enable signal
activates the starter motor control relay
CAN com- Transmits a stop/start readiness signal
TCM Stop/start readiness signal
munication to activates the electric oil pump D
Stop/start readiness signal Transmits a stop/start readiness signal
Transmits a signal to display a state of
CAN com- Stop/start indicator lamp signal
Combination meter
munication
the system on the combination meter E
Transmits a signal to turn ON/OFF
Stop/start OFF switch signal
thestop/start OFF switch indicator lamp
Activates the engine restart relay and F
Engine restart relay Engine restart relay control signal
operate the starter motor
Engine
Transmits a signal to request communi-
communi- Engine communication signal G
cations with the engine
DC/DC converter cation
Transmits a signal to activate the DC/
Voltage stabilizer signal
DC converter (Pressure rising).
H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The stop/start system enables the engine to automatically stop/restart with a simple operation and reduces
unnecessary idling during stoplight or traffic congestion to improve fuel economy, reduce exhaust gas, and I
minimize noise.
ECM detects a vehicle condition and driver′s operation condition based on signals sent from each unit and the
sensors to comprehensively control the stop/start system. J
An operation condition of the stop/start system is indicated by the stop/start indicator lamp mounted in the
combination meter. (Refer to EC-86, "STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function".) If a malfunction
is detected in the stop/start system, the system control is automatically deactivated and the malfunction is
alerted to the driver by blinking the stop/start indicator lamp. When a driver′s operation is judged as dangerous K
one during the stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator lamp blinks at a high speed and the buzzer
mounted in the combination meter sounds simultaneously to warn the driver of the dangerous operation.
NOTE: L
Starting the engine from stop/start system operation is regarded as “Restart”.

SYSTEM
BASIC OPERATION
JSBIA2700GB
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
When the stop/start readiness conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is moving, the system is ready.
When the stop/start system operation conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is in a stop condition, the
engine is stopped.
During stop/start system operation, the CVT electric oil pump is activated to supply oil pressure necessary for
starting the engine to the clutch and the pulley.

SYSTEM
When the engine restart conditions are satisfied at an engine start, the starter motor relay is controlled to
restart the engine. The DC/DC converter boosts the voltage during cranking to protect the electrical equipment A
from low voltage.
The stop/start indicator lamp turns OFF after restarting the engine.
Stop/Start Readiness Condition EC
ECM judges stop/start system is ready when the following conditions are satisfied.
Item Condition C
Stop/start OFF switch OFF (switch indicator lamp: OFF)
Stop/start indicator lamp Not blink (Malfunction non-detection)
Door (driver side) Close D
Seat belt (driver side) Fastened
Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more after start the en-
E
gine with ignition switch
Passes 2 minutes or more after start the engine with ignition
Driving history switch
F
Drive the vehicle at 8 km/h (5 MPH) or more after restart*1
Passes 5 seconds or more after restart*2

Hood Close G
Automatic air condi-
Vehicle Not in DEF mode.
tioning
Air conditioning H
Manual air condi-
tioning MODE dial is not in DEF position.*3
System is normal
I
ABS/VDC ABS not activated*4
VDC not activated
EPS System is normal J
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more
Battery voltage
Start the engine with ignition switch: 8 V or more
Battery K
Battery temperature 5 °C (41 °F) or more
Charge condition Charged enough
Elevation 2,000 m (6,562 ft) or less L
Engine Engine coolant temperature 45 - 100 °C (113 -212 °F)
CVT fluid temperature 35 - 110 °C (95 - 230 °F)
Selector lever position D position M
CVT
Stop/start enable signal
Refer to TM-391, "STOP/START SYS- OK
TEM : System Description" N
*1: Shift the selector lever to D position from R position and drive the vehicle, readiness condition is 10km/h (6
MPH) or more.
*2: After restart from P or N position, readiness condition is passes 30 seconds or more. O
*3: The Stop/Start Readiness Condition is satisfied if the Fan control dial is in the OFF “0” position even when
the MODE dial is in the DEF “ ” position.
*4: If ABS system is activated, drive the vehicle at 12 km/h (7.5 MPH) or more after stop the vehicle. P
Stop/Start Operation Condition
ECM stops the engine approximately 1 second later and stop/start indicator lamp turn ON when the following
conditions are satisfied.

SYSTEM
Item Condition
Stop/start readiness condition Ready
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Steering wheel Not steer
Accelerator pedal position Release
Vehicle
Brake pedal position Depress
Brake Presence of sufficient negative pressure to a brake
Brake booster vacuum
force.
Vehicle angularity 6% or less
Engine Engine speed 1,000 rpm or less
CVT Selector lever position* D, N or P position
*: Even if selector lever is shifted to the P position during the stop/start system operation, the engine continues
stopping.
Restart Condition
ECM restarts the engine and stop/start indicator lamp turn OFF when the following any conditions.
Item Condition
Stop/start OFF switch ON (switch indicator lamp: ON)
Selector lever:
Brake pedal position Release
Except P position
Driver′s door Open
Driver′s seat belt Unbuckle
Accelerator pedal position Depress
Steering wheel Steer
Automatic air
DEF switch is pressed.
conditioning
Air conditioning
Manual air condi- The MODE dial is in the DEF “ ” position and the Fan control dial is in a
tioning position other than the OFF “0” position.
Rear window defogger ON
* Shift the R position
Selector lever position
*: When the select lever is shifted to N or P range after restarting the engine, the stop/start system is activated
approximately 2 seconds later.
Stop/Start System Function By Selector Lever Position
×: Stop/start system is activate
Accelerator pedal posi- Selector lever position

Vehicle speed Brake pedal position
tion D N R P
ON/OFF ON
0 Km/h ON OFF × × ×
OFF OFF ×
STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP STATUS
System condition Condition Stop/start indicator lamp Warning chime

Normal Illuminate —
Operate
Hood open High speed blinking* Sound*
Starter motor operation counter:
Slow speed blinking —
Fail-Safe too much
Malfunction of stop/start system Slow speed blinking —

SYSTEM
*: Stop/start system is cancelled and the engine cannot be restarted automatically. For this reason, the use of
ignition switch is required to start the engine. A
CANCEL OPERATION
• The stop/start system is deactivated when any of the following conditions is satisfied:
- Stop/start OFF switch is ON (LED: ON) EC
- The system is in DEF mode. (Automatic air conditioner)
- The MODE dial is in the DEF “ ” position and the fan control dial is in a position other than the OFF “0”
position. (Manual air conditioner) C
- Rear window defogger is operating.
- Door (driver side) is open.
- The driver is not buckled up.
- Hood is open. D
- The engine is started with the ignition switch with the hood open.
CAUTION:
The stop/start system may be cancelled when the battery is weak or if a battery other than the stop/ E
start system specific battery is used.
• The stop/start system is cancelled and the stop/start indicator blinks to alert the driver when ECM judges any
of the following conditions:
F
- Hood is opened during the stop/start system operation.*1
- The number of starter motor operations exceeds the specified times.*2
- A malfunction is detected in the stop/start system.*2 (Refer to EC-120, "Fail Safe".) G
*1: Since the engine is stopped after warning for approximately 1.5 seconds by blinking the stop/start indicator
and sounding the buzzer, the engine must be restarted with the ignition switch.
*2: The stop/start indicator blinks slowly.
H
EARLY START-UP CONTROL
ECM detects engine reverse revolution based on the crankshaft position sensor (POS) when the stop/start
system is activated and judges a piston position on engine stop to reduce the time for restarting the engine.
I
VEHICLE BACKUP CONTROL FUNCTION
When starting the vehicle from the idling stop state on the slope, the vehicle backup control function reduces
the backup phenomenon occurring during the shifting of pedal depression from the brake pedal to the acceler- J
ator pedal via the cooperative control with TCM. In addition, the vehicle backup control function enables a
smooth a smooth restart of the vehicle. For details, refer to TM-391, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Description".
K
VOLTAGE STABILIZER FUNCTION
ECM transmits a voltage stabilizer signal to the DC/DC converter during cranking at an engine restart. The
DC/DC converter temporarily increases the voltage to prevent the electric equipment from reset due to low
L
voltage. The adoption of the DC/DC converter enables a stable power supply to the electric equipment con-
nected to the DC/DC converter and permits a substantial lowering of the voltage. For the electrical equipment
connected to the DC/DC converter, refer to “SYSTEM DIAGRAM”.
NOTE: M
The brightness of the head lamps may be changed due to the voltage reduction at an engine restart because
they are not connected to the DC/DC converter.
CAN COMMUNICATION N
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000007701618
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- O
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 P
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-32, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.

OPERATION
OPERATION
STOP/START SYSTEM
STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000007774201
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS
JSBIA1919ZZ
1. Stop/start indicator lamp 2. Stop/start OFF switch

A. On the combination meter B. On the switch panel (instrument low-
er panel RH)
SWITCH OPERATION
Item Function
When the switch is pressed, LED turns ON and the stop/start system can be de-
Stop/start OFF switch
activated.

HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
A
FOR THAILAND
FOR THAILAND : Precaution for Stop/Start System INFOID:0000000007774243
EC
CAUTION:
• The stop/start system is not activated when any of the following conditions is satisfied:
- The stop/start OFF switch is ON. C
- The stop/start indicator lamp is blinking at a low speed.
- A malfunction is detected in the ABS system.
- The ABS system is running.
- A malfunction is detected in the ESP system. D
- The air-fuel ratio initial learning is incomplete.
- Engine warm-up operation is incomplete.
- Battery temperature is less than 5°C (41°F). E
- The hood is open.
- The vehicle is not driven after starting the engine with the ignition switch.
- The accelerator pedal is being depressed.
- The steering wheel is being operated. F
- The vehicle is stopped at a steep hill (Vehicle angularity: 3% or more).
- After restarting the engine, the vehicle is repeatedly stopped and started at a low speed due to traffic
congestion. G
- When driving the vehicle repeatedly back and forth at a low speed due to parallel parking.
- The selector lever is in “R” range.
- CVT fluid temperature is low.
H
- The stop/start enable conditions of TCM are not satisfied. (Refer to TM-391, "STOP/START SYSTEM :
System Description".)
• Under any of the following conditions, the stop/start system is not activated or it takes time to be
activated, depending on situation. I
- The battery is deteriorated. (High discharge rate.)
- A battery other than the stop/start system-specific battery is used.
- Ambient temperature is extremely low. J
FOR HONG KONG
FOR HONG KONG : Precaution for Stop/Start System INFOID:0000000008704018
K
CAUTION:
• The stop/start system is not activated when any of the following conditions is satisfied:
- The stop/start OFF switch is ON. L
- The door (driver side) is open.
- The seat belt (driver side) is not buckled up.
- The stop/start indicator lamp is blinking at a low speed.
- A malfunction is detected in the ABS/VDC system. M
- The ABS/VDC system is running.
- A malfunction is detected in the ESP system.
- Engine warm-up operation is incomplete. N
- Battery temperature is less than 5°C (41°F).
- The system is in DEF mode. (automatic air conditioner)
- The MODE dial is in the DEF “ ” position and the Fan control dial is in a position other than the
OFF “0” position. (manual air conditioner) O
- The rear window defogger is running.
- The hood is open.
- The engine is started with the ignition switch with the hood open. P
- The vehicle is not driven after starting the engine with the ignition switch.
- The accelerator pedal is being depressed.
- The steering wheel is being operated.
- The elevation is 2,000m (6,562 ft) or more.
- The vehicle is stopped at a steep hill (Vehicle angularity: 6% or more).
- After restarting the engine, the vehicle is repeatedly stopped and started at a low speed due to traffic
congestion.

HANDLING PRECAUTION
- When driving the vehicle repeatedly back and forth at a low speed due to parallel parking.
- The selector lever is in “R” range.
- CVT fluid temperature is low.
- The stop/start enable conditions of TCM are not satisfied. (Refer to TM-391, "STOP/START SYSTEM :
System Description".)
• Under any of the following conditions, the stop/start system is not activated or it takes time to be
activated, depending on situation.
- Ambient temperature is extremely low.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000007701634
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information EC
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
NOTE: C
OBD is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000007701635
D
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-89, "Diag-
nosis Description". E
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
F

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000007701636
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 × — — — — — × —
is being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
fer to EC-126, "FOR THAILAND : — × — — × — — —
DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000007701637
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-126, "FOR THAILAND : DTC Index". These
items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items
monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-149, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.

Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or A
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
EC
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data. C
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308 D
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data E
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal- F
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze G
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. H
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000007701638
I
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
J
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs K
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- L
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip. M
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

N
MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)

DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) O
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR P
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B

Refer to EC-94, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern C A
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following: EC
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than C
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System” D
JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000007701639
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (68°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
B.
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:

• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F). A
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
EC
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
pattern C. C
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000007701640
D
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of E
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. F
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. G
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- H
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the I
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
J
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING K
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
L
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis M
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
N
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) O
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
P
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”

Example
Diagnosis
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000007701641
• When detecting a DTC that affects exhaust gas, the exhaust emis-
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator signal
to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MIL: ON/blink) the signal received from the
exhaust emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC
that affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MIL, according to
the signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunc-
tion detection.
• Control modules that a DTC of MIL ON/Blink is stored (Control
JSBIA1315ZZ
module varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-419, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
If MIL remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self-
diagnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.

On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000007701642
A
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM
The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
EC
Diagnostic test mode Function
Bulb check MIL can be checked.
ECM can read if SRT codes are set. C
SRT status*1
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
D
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-157, "Description".
sition learning
E
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-158, "Description".
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-159, "Description". F
Mixture ratio self-learning value Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-163, "Description".
clear
Air fuel ratio initial learning*2 ECM can learn the air fuel ratio initial. Refer to EC-161, "Description". G
Starter Operation Counter*2 Starter Operation Counter can be erased. Refer to EC-164, "Description".
Clear
H
*1: SRT status is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
*2: With stop/start system
BULB CHECK MODE I
Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
K
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-419, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description L
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-95, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
N
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.

• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
JMBIA1515GB
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE

Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
2. Check that MIL illuminates.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.

NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs. A
EC
PBIB0092E D
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test E
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
F
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following. O
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 P
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.

In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-126, "FOR THAILAND : DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000007701643
FUNCTION

Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT unit.
DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Test values
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-126, "FOR THAILAND : DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, 1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC

NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec- A
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. EC
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
C
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC- D
DTC RESULTS
126, "FOR THAILAND : DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
E
COOLANT TEMP
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than F
short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched- G
ule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED H
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. I
B/FUEL SCHDL
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE J
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed. K
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop L
COMBUST CONDI-
These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
TION
M
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE: N
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
Monitored Item O

Monitor Item Selection
Monitored item Unit ECU IN- Description Remarks

MAIN
PUT SIG-
SIGNALS
NALS
• Accuracy becomes poor if
engine speed drops below
Indicates the engine speed computed
the idle rpm.
from the signal of the crankshaft posi-
ENG SPEED rpm × × • If the signal is interrupted
tion sensor (POS) and camshaft posi-
while the engine is run-
tion sensor (PHASE).
ning, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is
stopped, a certain value is
The signal voltage of the mass air flow indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V × ×
sensor is displayed. • When engine is running,
specification range is indi-
cated in “SPEC”.
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
• When engine is running,
injection pulse width programmed into
B/FUEL SCHDL msec × × specification range is indi-
ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection.
indicated.
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio • When engine is running,
A/F ALPHA-B1 % feedback correction factor per cycle is specification range is indi-
indicated. cated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the
data for the air-fuel ratio
learning control.
• When the engine coolant
temperature sensor is
The engine coolant temperature (deter-
open or short-circuited,
mined by the signal voltage of the en-
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F × × ECM enters fail-safe
gine coolant temperature sensor) is
mode. The engine coolant
displayed.
temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed.
The A/F signal computed from the input
A/F SEN1 (B1) V × × signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
is displayed.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S2 (B1) V × ×
sensor 2 is displayed.
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen af-
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN × stopped, a certain value is
ter three way catalyst is relatively small.
indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen af-
ter three way catalyst is relatively large.
The vehicle speed computed from the
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph × × vehicle speed signal sent from combina-
tion meter is displayed.
The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT V
played.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is
converted by ECM inter-
The accelerator pedal position sensor
V nally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 signal voltage is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage sig-
nal.

A
MAIN
PUT SIG-
SIGNALS
NALS
TP SEN 1-B1 × × • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is EC
The throttle position sensor signal volt-
TP SEN 2-B1 × × age is displayed.
nal.
C
Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF]
• After starting the engine,
computed by the ECM according to the
START SIGNAL ON/OFF [OFF] is displayed regard- D
signals of engine speed and battery
less of the starter signal.
voltage.
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF × × puted by ECM according to the acceler- E
ator pedal position sensor signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF × × conditioner switch as determined by the
air conditioner signal.
F
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steer-

PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF × × ing system (determined by the signal
sent from EPS control unit) is indicated. G
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal.
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF × ×
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON H
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch
and lighting switch are OFF.
I
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
IGNITION SW ON/OFF × ×
tion switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF × J
heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
stop lamp switch signal.
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse • When the engine is
K
INJ PULSE-B1 msec × width compensated by ECM according stopped, a certain comput-
to the input signals. ed value is indicated.
• When the engine is L
Indicates the ignition timing computed
IGN TIMING BTDC stopped, a certain value is
by ECM according to the input signals.
indicated.
“Calculated load value” indicates the M
CAL/LD VALUE % value of the current air flow divided by
peak air flow.
Indicates the mass air flow computed by
N
MASS AIRFLOW g/s ECM according to the signal voltage of
the mass air flow sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve control O
value computed by the ECM accord-
PURG VOL C/V %
ing to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the
value increases. P
• Indicates the EGR volume control val-
ue computed by the ECM according
EGR VOL CON/V step to the input signals.
value increases.
Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft ad-
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA
vance angle.


MAIN
PUT SIG-
SIGNALS
NALS
• The control value of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input
INT/V SOL(B1)
% signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger
as the value increases.
The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF tion (determined by ECM according to
the input signals) is indicated.
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF condition determined by ECM according
to the input signals.
Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF control condition determined by the
ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
HI/LOW/ input signals).
COOLING FAN HI: High speed operation
OFF
LOW: High speed operation*
OFF: Stop
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
ECM according to the input signals.
The control condition of the power gen-
eration voltage variable control (deter-
signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG ON/OFF
ON: Power generation voltage variable
control is active.
OFF: Power generation voltage variable
control is inactive.
The vehicle speed computed from the
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
displayed.
Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume
Learning
YET/CM- YET: Idle air volume learning has not
IDL A/V LEARN
PLT been performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has al-
ready been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
control value computed by ECM ac-
A/F S1 HTR(B1) % cording to the input signals.
• The current flow to the heater be-
comes larger as the value increases.
Indicates the duty ratio of the power
generation command value. The ratio is
ALT DUTY %
calculated by ECM based on the battery
current sensor signal.
The signal voltage of battery current
BAT CUR SEN mV
sensor is displayed.

A
MAIN
PUT SIG-
SIGNALS
NALS
Indicates the correction of factor stored EC
in ECM. The factor is calculated from
the difference between the target air-
A/F ADJ-B1 —
fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-fuel
ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
C
nal.
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF × × D
park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
The intake air temperature (determined
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × × by the signal voltage of the intake air
temperature sensor) is indicated. E
The signal voltage from the refrigerant
AC PRESS SEN V
pressure sensor is displayed.
EGR TEMP SEN V

The signal voltage of EGR temperature F
The atmospheric pressure sensor signal
ATOM PRES SEN V
voltage is displayed. G
The signal voltage from the battery tem-
BAT TEMP SEN V
perature sensor is displayed.
NOTE: H
THRTL STK CNT B1 —
The item is indicated, but not used.
INCMP/CM- NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1)
PLT The item is indicated, but not used.
I
A/F SEN1 INCMP/CM- NOTE:
DIAG2(B1) PLT The item is indicated, but not used.
Indicated multiplication value J
STRT OPRTN Starter motor operation counter is dis- of the starter motor operation
count
CNTR played. of key switch operation and
the restart.
ECM judges whether stop/ K
Cumulative battery discharge current is
CML B/DCHG CRNT — start system is possible ac-
displayed.
cording to battery state.
AT STOP START Indicates [ON/OFF] condition stop/start L
ON/OFF
SW OFF switch signals.
Indicated [OK/NG] condition of battery
BATTERY STS OK/NG
output. M
NOTE:
A/F LRN CNTR B1 —
The engine oil temperature (determined N
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F by the signal voltage of the engine oil
temperature sensor) is displayed.
*: Although the state is indicated as “LOW” the cooling fan operates at high speeds. O
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE P
Test Item

Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy)

• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sensor
perature using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT.
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
• Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V
volume control solenoid valve to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT.
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT and
listen to operating sound.
trouble condition
If trouble symptom disappears, see
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT.
• Engine: idle. • Harness and connectors
ALTERNATOR
• Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY
SULT. • Alternator
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI”
and “OFF” CONSULT. • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* NOTE: Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
The cooling fan operates at high • Cooling fan motor
speeds even when “LOW” is se-
lected.
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Intake valve timing control sole-
• Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT.
(Engine stopped)
EGR VOL EGR volume control valve makes • Harness and connectors
• Change the EGR volume control
CONT/V an operating sound. • EGR volume control valve
valve opening step using CON-
SULT.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
• Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE • Selector lever: P or N position Engine runs rough or dies.
• Power transistor
(CVT), Neutral position (M/T)
• Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal
• Ignition coil
one at a time using CONSULT.

Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy)
A
• Engine: After warming up, run en- • IPDM E/R
gine at idle • Starter motor
Check the stop/start system oper-
• Selector lever: N or P • Engine restart relay EC
ate and restart.
• “Start” and “Cancel” using CON- • Starter control relay
AUTO STOP START SULT. • DC/DC converter
• Battery
CAUTION:
C
• Be careful so that a hood operates in the opened state when carry out work.
• Shift the select lever position to “P” position, because operate regardless of the brake pedal position.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. D
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item E
Work item Condition Usage

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the specified When learning the idle air volume F
range is memorized in ECM.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line G
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* Idle condition When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* Idle condition When adjusting target ignition timing
SELF-LEARNING CONT The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self-
H
the original coefficient. learning value
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning the throttle valve
closed position I
Air fuel ratio learning frequency is low while idling, learning
A/F INITIAL LEARNING When learning the air fuel ratio
the air fuel ratio of the idling domain in ECM.
STRT OPRTN CNTR CLEAR In this mode, starter operation count is cleared. When starter motor is replaced. J
CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR In this mode, cumulative battery discharge current is cleared. When battery is replaced.
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC
In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced. K
CPU
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU
When ECM is replaced.
CPU REPLC” in work support mode to ECM.
L
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
NOTE: M
DTC & SRT confirmation mode is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT N
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. O
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page P

EGR SYSTEM P0400 P0400 EC-294, "DTC Logic"
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM P1402 P1402 EC-341, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-254, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-247, "DTC Logic"

Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-243, "DTC Logic"
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-235, "DTC Logic"

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000007701644
EC
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. C
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks:
D
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
• Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
I.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the E
specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. this IGN TIMING
monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) and other ignition timing related sensors.
F
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
G
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".

B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
COOLANT TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V I
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up J
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions K
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
idle for 1 minute under no load L
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
cation. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V M
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V
N
ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V O
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 1-B1
• Selector lever position: D (CVT) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)
P
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1*1 • Selector lever position: D (CVT) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released On

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Off

ECM
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine On
(Compressor operates.)
• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned Off
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned On
Rear window defogger switch: ON
On
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
Off
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On
• Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan switch: ON On

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF Off
Brake pedal: Fully released Off
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever position: P or N
INJ PULSE-B1 (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 12°BTDC
IGN TIMING (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45°BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0.8 - 4.0 g/s
MASS AIRFLOW (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g/s
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle
• Selector lever position: P or N (Accelerator pedal is not depressed even 0%
PURG VOL C/V (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) slightly, after engine starting)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm 0% - 50%
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 1 step

EGR VOL CON/V (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 0 - 33 step
quickly
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
INT/V TIM(B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0° - 40°CA
Quickly
• No load
INT/V SOL(B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 90%
Quickly
• No load

ECM
A
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine On
(Compressor operates)
EC
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON
On
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above Off
C
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON On
Engine coolant temperature is 98°C
Off
(208°F) or less
D
• Engine: After warning up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN engine
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F) LOW*2
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C E
HIGH
(212°F) or more
• Engine speed: Below 3,900 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
On F
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
• Engine speed: Above 3,900 rpm OFF
G
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as H
VEHICLE SPEED
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running I
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned 0 - 65,535 km J
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR(B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
K
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*3 L
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever position: P or N (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) Approx 2,500 - 3,500 mV
• No load
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: Running -0.330 - 0.330 M
Selector lever position: P or N (CVT) or
ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T)
N
Selector lever: Except above OFF
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture.
O
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
EGR TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up Less than 4.8 V
P
ATOM PRES SEN Ignition switch: ON 3.15 - 4.60 V
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
Indicated the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN Neutral (M/T) Idle
around the battery.
• A/C switch: OFF
• No load

ECM
NOTE:
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) —
A/F SEN1 NOTE:
—
DIAG2(B1) The item is indicated, but not used.
STRT OPRTN Indicated multiplication value
Ignition switch: ON
CNTR of the starter motor operation
Indicated Cumulative battery
CML B/DCHG CRNT Ignition switch: ON
discharge current.
AT STOP START Stop/start OFF switch: ON (LED ON) ON

Ignition switch: ON
SW Stop/start OFF switch: ON (LED OF) OFF
Battery out put is normal OK
BATTERY STS Engine Running
BAttery output is abnormal NG
NOTE:
A/F LRN CNTR B1 —
ENG OIL TEMP Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Although the state is indicated as “LOW”, the cooling fan operates at high speeds.
*3: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-130, "FOR
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery"
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PBIA9221J
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (A), loosen (C) it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (1)
- Fasten (B)
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector.
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured
between each terminals.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
JMBIA0029ZZ

ECM
Terminal No. Description A

Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
2V EC
[Ignition switch: ON]

1 107 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped C
Output
(L) (B) (Open) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
JMBIA0213GB
D
2 107 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L/W) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)
E
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
3 107 F
A/F sensor 1 heater Output • Idle speed
(G) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)
G
JMBIA0030GB
2V
H
4 107 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(P) (B) (Close) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released I
JMBIA0215GB
10 V
J
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,900 rpm af-
ter the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up K
- Keeping the engine speed between
5 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
107 Heated oxygen sensor 2
(BR/ Output and at idle for 1 minute under no
(B) heater
W) load L
JMBIA0214GB

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V) M
• Engine speed: Above 3,900 rpm
12 V
N
6 107 [Stop/start system operate]

Voltage stabilizer signal Output O
(SB) (B) • While cranking of restart
JPBIA4280ZZ
(While operating the starter mo- P

tor)

ECM
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting
9 107 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB

Output
(SB) (B) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
ing engine.)
JMBIA0216GB
10
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
11
(B)
12 EGR volume control valve
(R) (step 1)
16 EGR volume control valve 0.5 V or BATTERY VOLTAGE (11
(O) (step 3) - 14 V)
107 [Engine is running]
Output Output voltage varies with EGR
20 (B) EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
volume control valve opening an-
(W) (step 2) gle (step).
24 EGR volume control valve
(BR) (step 4)
0 - 1.0 V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 107 [Ignition switch: ON → OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V)
(G/W) (B) ↓
0V
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
17 0 - 0.3 V
Ignition signal No. 1
(V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
18 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending
(Y/B)
on rpm at idle
107 JMBIA0219GB
Output
(B)
0.2 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
22
Ignition signal No. 3 • Warm-up condition
(BR)
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
JMBIA0220GB

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
• For 1 second after turning ignition EC
0 - 1.0 V
switch ON
23 107 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(GR) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ig-
(11 - 14 V)
nition switch ON
29 BATTERY VOLTAGE D
Fuel injector No. 3
(G) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed E
30 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending
(O)
on rpm at idle
F
JMBIA0221GB
107
Output
(B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) G
[Engine is running]
31
Fuel injector No. 1 • Warm-up condition
(L) H
JMBIA0222GB I
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
32 107 ECM relay J
Output switch OFF
(P) (B) (Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 - 14 V) K
ing ignition switch OFF
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) L
33 36 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 1 Input
(G) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V M
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Engine stopped N
Less than 4.75 V
(L) (R) [Ignition switch: ON] O
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
P
36 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) • Idle speed
0 - 4.8 V
38 44 Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(LG) (P) sensor
coolant temperature.

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
0 - 4.8 V
39 68
Battery temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with battery
(L) (R)
temperature.
40 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Knock sensor shield circuit)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed 1.25 V
41 60 Brake booster pressure sen- • Brake pedal: Fully released
Input
(P) (B) sor [Engine is running]
• Idle speed 1.5 V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
[Engine is running]
Less than 4.8 V
42 51
EGR temperature sensor Input [Engine is running]
(R) (Y)
• Warm-up condition 0 - 1.5 V
• EGR system: Operating
1.8 - 4.8 V
43 68 Atmospheric pressure sen-
Input [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with atmo-
(L) (R) sor
spheric pressure.
Sensor ground
44
— (Engine coolant temperature — — —
(P)
sensor)
[Ignition switch ON]
0.4 V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.2 V
45 52
Mass air flow sensor Input • Idle speed
(G/B) (LG)
[Engine is running] 0.8 - 1.2 to 2.4 V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about response to engine being in-
4,000 rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm.)
0 - 4.8 V
46 55 Intake air temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (O) sor
air temperature.
0.5 V
Brake pedal is fully released
47 60
Brake fluid pressure sensor Input 0.5 - 4.5 V
(O) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
Output voltage varies with the
Brake pedal is depressed
depth of pedal depression.
[Engine is running] 2.2 V
49 107
A/F sensor 1 Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(P) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
50 59
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(L/R) (R/W)
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
51 Sensor ground
— — — —
(Y) (EGR temperature sensor)
52 Sensor ground
— — — —
(LG) (Mass air flow sensor)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
53 107
A/F sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 V EC
(L) (B)
Sensor ground
54
— (Engine oil temperature sen- — — —
(BR)
sor) C
Sensor ground
55
— (Intake air temperature sen- — — —
(O)
sor) D
0 - 4.8 V
57 54 Engine oil temperature sen-
(P) (BR) sor
oil temperature.
E
[Engine is running]
58 68
(O) (R)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged* 2.5 - 3.5 V
• Idle speed
F
59 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R/W) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
Sensor ground
60 (Brake booster pressure G
— — — —
(B) sensor, brake fluid pressure
sensor)
4.0 V H
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed I
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
J
61 62 Crankshaft position sensor JSBIA0395GB
Input
(R) (W) (POS)
4.0 V
K
[Engine is running]
L
JSBIA0396GB
Sensor ground M
62
— [Crankshaft position sensor — — —
(W)
(POS)]
Sensor ground
63
— [Camshaft position sensor — — —
N
(GR)
(PHASE)]

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
0.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
on rpm at idle
JSBIA0397GB
65 63 Camshaft position sensor
Input
(V/G) (GR) (PHASE)
0.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JSBIA0398GB
Sensor ground
68
— (Battery current sensor, at- — — —
(R)
mospheric pressure sensor)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral
(11 - 14 V)
69 107 position (M/T)
PNP signal Input
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Selector lever: Except above posi- 0V
tion
12 V
70 107 Engine communication line Input/

(BR) (B) (DC/DC converter) Output
JPBIA4273ZZ
Sensor power supply

71 68
(Battery current sensor, at- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(Y) (R)
mospheric pressure sensor)
72 36 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (R) (Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running] B
• Warm-up condition BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Idle speed (11 - 14 V)
7 - 10 V
73 107 Intake valve timing control
Output [Engine is running]
(P) (B) solenoid valve
• When revving engine up to
2,000rpm quickly
JMBIA1638GB
Sensor power supply

74 60 (Brake booster pressure
(Y) (B) sensor, brake fluid pressure
sensor)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
Sensor power supply
75 62 EC
[Crankshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (W)
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
78 63
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V C
(L/W) (GR)
(PHASE)]
81 107 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(V) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V) D
[Ignition switch: ON] 0V
[Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Stop/start system enable condition: E
82 107 (11 – 14 V)
Cranking enable signal Output Non-formation
(SB) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Stop/start system enable condition: 0V
Formation
F
83 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
G
84 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
[Engine is running]
85 98 • Warm-up condition H
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
(GR) (LG) • Both A/C switch and blower fan
switch: ON (Compressor operates)
0V I
[Stop/start system operate]
(While operating the starter mo-
• While cranking of restart
87 107 Engine restart relay control tor)
Output
(LG) (B) signal [Engine is running]
Battery voltage J
(11 – 14 V)
• Idle speed
88 Input/
— Data link connector — — K
(GR) Output
[Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
• Stop/start OFF switch: OFF (11 - 14 V)
L
Battery voltage
89 107 (11 - 14 V)
Stop/start OFF switch Input ↓
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
0V M
• Stop/start OFF switch: ON
↓
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
N
93 107
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(L) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
O
Sensor ground
98
— (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — —
(LG)
sor)
[Ignition switch: OFF] P
0V
99 107 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(P) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
100 107 • Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
Brake pedal position switch Input
(G) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
Sensor power supply
101 98
(Refrigerant pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (LG)
sor)
Sensor power supply
102 104
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (Y)
sensor 2)
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
103 104 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(GR) (Y) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground
104
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(Y)
sensor 2)
105 107 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
106 111
(V) (R)
sensor 1)
107
(B)
Input
(SB) (R) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground
111
(R)
sensor 1)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-130, "FOR
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery".
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000007701645
NON DTC RELATED ITEM

items in fail-safe mode
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-419, "Compo-
by means of operating fail safe function.

ECM
DTC RELATED ITEM
A
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function. EC
P0102
P0103 C
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided D
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
E
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) F
fan operates while engine is running.
G
P0223 condition. H
P0197 Engine oil temperature Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
P0198 sensor I
P0403 EGR volume control valve Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a J
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. K
small range.
L
When accelerating Poor acceleration M
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a N
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. O

ECM
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
degrees or less.
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not
exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.
STOP/START SYSTEM

cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
B1900 DC/DC converter Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
B1901 system operation tem operation from the
B1904 next time
B1902
— —
B1903
P0011 Intake valve timing control Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P0075 Restart the engine —
P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0038 control circuit system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P0107 Atmospheric pressure sensor cir- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0108 cuit system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0112 Intake air temperature circuit Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P0117 Engine coolant temperature sen- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0118 sor circuit system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0122 Throttle position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0222 next time
P0223
P2135
P0171 Fuel injection system Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time

ECM
A
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
EC
P0300 Misfire Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
—
P0302 next time
P0303 C
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time D
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
E
P0403 EGR volume control valve circuit Prohibit the stop/start
— —
system operation
P0500 Vehicle speed Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
F
next time
P0555 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
Circuit system operation tem operation from the G
next time
P0605 ECM Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation tem operation from the H
P0607 — next time
P0643 Sensor power supply Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
I
next time
P0850 Transmission range switch Prohibit the stop/start
— —
system operation
J
P1040 Brake fluid pressure sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P1217 Engine over temperature Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- K
next time
P1402 EGR function Prohibit the stop/start L
— —
system operation
P1512 Starter motor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation — tem operation from the M
next time
P1550 Battery current sensor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P1554 next time
N
P1551 Restart the engine

P1552
O
P1556 Battery temperature sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P1575 Brake switch Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine or stall Prohibit the stop/start sys- P
P1805 system operation the engine tem operation from the
next time
P1650 Starter motor relay2 Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine or stall Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation the engine tem operation from the
next time

ECM
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
P1651 Starter motor relay cut OFF Prohibit the stop/start Stall the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation (Does not start the engine) tem operation from the
next time
P1652 Starter motor relay2 control sys- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
—
tem system operation
P2100 Throttle control motor relay Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P2101 Electric throttle control function Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P2118 Throttle control motor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
P2123 system operation
P2127 —
P2128
P2138
U0298 Engine communication line — — Prohibit the stop/start sys-
tem operation from the
U1040 Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
next time
U1042 system operation
U1043
U1044
U1001 CAN communication line Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
next time
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000007701646
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

ECM
Priority DTC Detected items A

U0298, U1040, U1042, U1043, U1044 Engine communication line
U1001 CAN communication line
EC
P0101, P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor C
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor D
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
E
P0403 EGR volume control valve
1
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605, P0607 ECM F
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
G
P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553, P1554 Battery current sensor
P1556, P1557 Battery temperature sensor
P1610 - P1612 NATS H
P1650 Starter motor relay2
P1651 Starter motor relay cut OFF
I
P1652 Starter motor relay2 control system
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0031, P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater J
P0037, P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0107, P0108 Atmospheric pressure sensor K
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0137, P0138, P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
L
P0405, P0406 EGR temperature sensor
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0555 Brake booster pressure sensor M
2
P0603 ECM power supply
P1040 Brake fluid pressure sensor
N
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1575, P1805 Brake switch O
P1576, P1577 Brake pedal position switch
P2100, P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor

ECM
Priority DTC Detected items
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0303 Misfire
P0400, P1402 EGR system
P0420 Three way catalyst function
3
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
P1212 TCS communication line
P1512 Starter motor
P1715 Input speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
FOR THAILAND
FOR THAILAND : DTC Index INFOID:0000000007701647
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM

×:Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1 Stop/start
Items SRT Reference
Trip MIL indicator
CONSULT *2
ECM *3 (CONSULT screen terms) code*4 *5 page
lamp
B1900 1900 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-189
U0298 0298 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-200
U1001 1001*6 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-202
U1040 1040 *6 ENG COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-203
U1042 1042*6 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-204
U1044 1044*6 ENG COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-207

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × × EC-208
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × — EC-211
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × — EC-211
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × × EC-213
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × × EC-213
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × × EC-215
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × × EC-222
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × × EC-229
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × × EC-231
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × × EC-231
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-233

ECM
DTC*1 Stop/start
Items SRT Reference
Trip MIL indicator A
CONSULT*2 ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code*4 *5 page
lamp
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-233
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × — EC-235
EC
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × — EC-239

P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × — EC-241
C
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × — EC-243
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × — EC-247
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × — EC-254 D
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × — EC-262
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × × EC-268
E
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × × EC-272
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × — EC-276
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × — EC-276 F
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-278
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-278
G
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × × EC-280
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × × EC-280
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × × EC-280 H
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-286
I
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × × EC-288
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × × EC-291 J
P0400 0400 EGR SYSTEM × 2 × — EC-294
P0403 0403 EGR VOL CON/V CIR — 1 × × EC-297
P0405 0405 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC — 2 × — EC-300 K
P0406 0406 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC — 2 × — EC-300
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × — EC-303
L
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × — EC-308
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*7 — 2 × × EC-311
P0555 0555 BRAKE BSTR PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × × EC-317 M
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × — EC-321
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — × EC-323
N
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 × × EC-324
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × × EC-325
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × × EC-327 O
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × × EC-335
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — — EC-339
P
P1402 1402 EGR SYSTEM × 2 × × EC-341
P1512 1512 STARTER — — — × EC-344
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — × EC-345

ECM
DTC*1 Stop/start
Items SRT Reference
Trip MIL indicator
CONSULT*2 ECM*3
lamp
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — × EC-357
P1575 1575 BRAKE SW — 2 — × EC-359
P1576 1576 ASCD BRAKE SW — 2 — × EC-362
P1577 1577 ASCD BRAKE SW — 2 — × EC-365
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — — SEC-51
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — 2 — — SEC-52
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — — SEC-53
P1650 1650 STR MTR RELAY 2 — 2 × or — × EC-368
P1651 1651 STR MTR RELAY — 2 × or — × EC-371
P1652 1652 STR MTR SYS COMM — 1 × × EC-373
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — — EC-374
P1720 1720 VSS — 2 — — EC-376
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-378
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × × EC-382
P2101 2101 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-384
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × × EC-382
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × × EC-387
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × × EC-389
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × × EC-391
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × × EC-391
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × × EC-393
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × × EC-393
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × × EC-396
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × × EC-398
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: SRT code is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
*5: Stop/start indicator lamp blinks slowly.
*6: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*7: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM
*1
DTC Items SRT Reference
Trip MIL
CONSULT *2
ECM *3 (CONSULT screen terms) code*4 page
U1001 1001*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-202

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-208
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-211
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-211

ECM
DTC*1 Items SRT Reference

Trip MIL A
CONSULT *2
ECM*3 (CONSULT screen terms) code*4 page
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-213

P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-213 EC
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × EC-215
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-222
C
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-229
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-229 D
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-231
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-231
E
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-233
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-233
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-235 F
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-239
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-241
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-243 G
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-247
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-254 H
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-262
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-268
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-272 I
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-276
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-276
J
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-278
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-278
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-280 K
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-280
L
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-286
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-286 M
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-288
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-291
P0400 0400 EGR SYSTEM × 2 × EC-294
N
P0403 0403 EGR VOL CON/V CIR — 1 × EC-297

P0405 0405 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-300 O
P0406 0406 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-300
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-303
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-308 P
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 — 2 × EC-311
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-321
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-323
P0607 0607 ECM — 2 — EC-324
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-325

ECM
DTC*1 Items SRT Reference

Trip MIL
CONSULT *2
ECM *3 (CONSULT screen terms) code*4 page
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-327

P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-335
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-339
P1402 1402 EGR SYSTEM × 2 × EC-341
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-345
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — SEC-51
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — 2 — SEC-52
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-53
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-380
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-382
P2101 2101 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-384
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-382
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-387
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-389
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-391
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-391
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-393
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-393
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-396
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-398
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
FOR HONG KONG
FOR HONG KONG : DTC Index INFOID:0000000008235763
DTC*1 Stop/start
Items SRT Reference
Trip MIL indicator
*2 *3 (CONSULT screen terms) code*4 page
CONSULT ECM lamp*5
U0298 0298 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-200
U1001 1001*6 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-202

ECM
DTC*1 Stop/start
Items SRT Reference
CONSULT*2 ECM*3
lamp
U1040 1040*6 ENG COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-203
EC
U1044 1044*6 ENG COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-207 C
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED. D
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 × × EC-208
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × — EC-211
E
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × — EC-211
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × × EC-213
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × × EC-213 F
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × × EC-215
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 — × EC-217
G
P0107 0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × × EC-226 H
P0108 0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × × EC-226
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × × EC-229 I
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 2 × × EC-231
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 2 × × EC-231 J
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-233
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-233
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × — EC-235 K
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × — EC-239
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × — EC-241
L
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × — EC-243
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × — EC-247
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × — EC-254 M
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × × EC-268
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × × EC-272
N
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-278
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × × EC-278
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × × EC-280 O
P

P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × × EC-288
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × × EC-291
P0400 0400 EGR SYSTEM × 2 × — EC-294

ECM
DTC*1 Stop/start
Items SRT Reference
Trip MIL indicator
CONSULT*2 ECM*3
lamp
P0403 0403 EGR VOL CON/V CIR — 1 — × EC-297
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × — EC-303
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × — EC-308
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*7 — 2 × × EC-311
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 — × EC-313
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 — × EC-315
P0555 0555 BRAKE BSTR PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × × EC-317
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × — EC-321
P0605 0605 ECM — —, 1, or 2 × or — × EC-323
P0607 0607 ECM — 2 — × EC-324
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 — × EC-325
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × × EC-327
P1040 1040 BRAKE PRESSURE SEN — 2 — × EC-331
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — — EC-334
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × × EC-335
P1402 1402 EGR SYSTEM × 2 × × EC-341
P1512 1512 STARTER — 2 — × EC-344
P1575 1575 BRAKE SW — 2 — × EC-359
SEC-197
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — —
SEC-197
SEC-198
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — 2 — —
SEC-198
SEC-199
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — —
SEC-199
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — — SEC-372
P1650 1650 STR MTR RELAY 2 — 2 × or — × EC-368
P1651 1651 STR MTR RELAY — 2 × or — × EC-371
P1652 1652 STR MTR SYS COMM — 1 × × EC-373
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — — EC-374
P1720 1720 VSS — 2 — — EC-376
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 1 — × EC-378
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 — × EC-382
P2101 2101 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 — 1 — × EC-384

ECM
DTC*1 Stop/start
Items SRT Reference
CONSULT*2 ECM*3
lamp
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 — × EC-382
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 — × EC-387
EC
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 — × EC-389

P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 — × EC-391
C
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 — × EC-391
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 — × EC-393
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 — × EC-393 D
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 — × EC-396
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 — × EC-398
E
F
*5: Stop/start indicator lamp blinks slowly.
*7: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates. G
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000008724472
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. H
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. I
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed) J

ECM
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
P2096 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2097 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
01H
(Bank 1)
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8DH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
P014C 8EH 04H
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
HO2S P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
P015B 94H 01H
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
C
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test D
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
E
P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean)
F
G
05H
(Bank 2)
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to H
P014E 8DH 04H
P014E 8EH 04H
lean bank 2 sensor 1 I
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich J
HO2S P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
P015C 91H 01H
lean bank 2 sensor 1 K
P015C 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to L
P015D 93H 01H
P015D 94H 01H
rich bank 2 sensor 1 M
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for N
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
06H
P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage O
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
Minimum sensor output voltage for test P
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
P0430 82H 01H
22H
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
EGR Low flow faults: Difference between
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
C
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014 83H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
P0011 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052A G
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
P0024 81H 9DH
I
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH J
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
L
Advanced: P052C
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) 81H 0BH
High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input: P0037 Converted value of heater electric cur-
42H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
46H 80H 0CH
47H P0063 80H 0CH
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped
FUEL P117A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped
P117B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
G
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H H
the multiple cylinders
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires I
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H J
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of K
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder L
P0307 8FH 24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of M
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of O
P0300 93H 24H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
P0305 0CH 24H
cycles
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles

DC/DC CONVERTER
DC/DC CONVERTER
A
TERMINAL LAYOUT EC
JSBIA1740ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• DC/DC converter is located behind the glove upper box assembly. For this inspection, remove passenger F
side instrument lower panel.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT. G
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition H
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
1 2
(R) (B)
Power supply input 1 Input [Ignition switch: OFF] 9 - 13 V I
2
— Ground — — —
(B)
J
3 2
Power supply input 2 Input [Ignition switch: OFF] 9 - 13 V
(R) (B)
4 2 12 V K
Power supply output 1 Output • While cranking of restart
(Y) (B)
Except above 9 - 13 V
6 2 12 V L
Power supply output 2 Output • While cranking of restart
(L) (B)
Except above 9 - 13 V
7 2 [Ignition switch: ON] 9 - 13 V M

Ignition signal Input
(V) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V

DC/DC CONVERTER
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
12 V

8 2 • While cranking of restart
Voltage stabilizer signal Input
(SB) (B)
JPBIA4280ZZ
(While operating the starter mo-

tor)
Except above 0V
0 - 12 V
10 2 Input/
Engine communication line [Ignition switch: ON]
(BR) (B) Output
JPBIA4273ZZ

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007701651
EC
For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information".
C
JRBWC1231GB

JRBWC1232GB

EC
JRBWC1233GB

JRBWC1234GB

EC
JRBWC1235GB

JRBWC1236GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE]
BASIC INSPECTION A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000007701653
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA1812GB

*1: Include 1st trip DTC.

*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-152, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC. Refer to the following.
• With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-100, "CONSULT Function".
• Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-97, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-427, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-435, "Description" and EC-
120, "Fail Safe".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
120, "Fail Safe".
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-124, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". A
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-166, "Work Procedure".
EC
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
7.PERFORM “SPEC” IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value in “SPEC” D
of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Refer to EC-177, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9. E
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
F
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. G
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-427, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in H
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
I
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. J
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspec-
K
tion".
YES >> GO TO 11. L
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-109, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART M
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. N
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-100, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-97, "On Board Diagnosis
O
Function".
>> GO TO 12.
P
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?

YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary
DTC in ECM. (Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-100, "CONSULT Function".)
If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING PATTERN” in EC-
172, "Description".
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unneces-
sary DTC in ECM. (Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-97, "On Board Diagno-
sis Function".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING
PATTERN” in EC-172, "Description".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000007701654
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
A
EC
L
MTBL0017

SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
Description INFOID:0000000007792638
SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

×: Applicable
Service performed
Part name Required service Reference
Replacement Removal*1
EC-155*2
× Additional service when replacing ECM
EC-156*3
ECM
Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-157
×
Throttle valve closed position learning EC-158
Accelerator Pedal × × Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-157
× × Throttle valve closed position learning EC-158
Electric throttle Idle air volume learning EC-159
×
*2 EC-161
Air fuel ratio initial learning
Mass air flow sensor ×
Fuel injector × Air fuel ratio initial learning*2 EC-161
A/F sensor ×
Starter motor × Starter operation counter clear EC-164
Battery × Cumulative battery discharge current clear EC-165
Idle air volume learning*4 EC-159
× Air fuel ratio initial learning*2, *4 EC-161

Engine assembly Starter operation counter clear*5 EC-164
Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-157
×
Throttle valve closed position learning EC-158
*1: Harness connector disconnection included.

*2: With stop/start system.
*3: Without stop/start system.
*4: Replacement of engine with a electric throttle.
*5: Replacement of engine with a starter motor.

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Description INFOID:0000000007701655
EC
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing ECM, save current ECM data with “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” of “WORK SUPPORT”
mode using CONSULT before replacement. C
AFTER REPLACEMENT
When replacing ECM, must perform following.
• Write data after replace CPU D
• Initialization of NATS system and registration of all nats ignition key IDs
• Accelerator pedal released position learning
• Throttle valve closed position learning E
• Idle air volume learning
• Air fuel ratio initial learning
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000007701656 F
1.SAVE ECM DATA

G
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: I
Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
>> GO TO 2. J
2.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-440, "Removal and Installation".
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITE ECM DATA L
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. M
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU REPLC” is written to ECM.
N
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
O
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-49, "ECM :
Work Procedure".
P
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Perform “Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning”. Refer to EC-157, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 6.

6.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-158, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”. Refer to EC-159, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING
Perform “Air Fuel Ratio Initial Learning”. Refer to EC-161, "Work Procedure".
>> END
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Description INFOID:0000000007701657
When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed.

WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000007701658
Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 2.
Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-157, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 3.
Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-158, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 4.
Perform “IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING”. Refer to EC-159, "Work Procedure".
>> END

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
A
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the EC
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000007701660 C
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. E
>> END F

THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000007701662
1.START
With CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts.
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more.
>> END

IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within EC
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
C
1.PRECONDITIONING D
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) E
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) F
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up G
- CVT models
• With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” sys-
tem indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. H
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes
Do you have CONSULT? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING J
With CONSULT
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-157, "Work Proce- K
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-158, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. L
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES-1 >> With stop/start system: GO TO 4. M
YES-2 >> Without stop/start system: GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING N
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
O
function.
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-157, "Work Proce- P
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-158, "Work Procedure".
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.

- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Wait 20 seconds.
PBIB0665E
>> With stop/start system: GO TO 4.

>> Without stop/start system: GO TO 5.
4.AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING
Perform “AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING”. Refer to EC-161, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations. For specification, refer to EC-443, "Idle Speed" and EC-443, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-177, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform “IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING” all over again:
• Engine stalls
• Erroneous idle
>> INSPECTION END

AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING
A
Air fuel ratio initial learning of ECM to learn the air fuel ratio that keeps each engine idle speed within the spe- EC
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• When ECM is replaced*
• When electric throttle control actuator is replaced* C
• When mass air flow sensor is replaced
• When fuel injector is replaced
• When A/F sensor is replaced
CAUTION: D
*: Must be performed “IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING” when electric throttle control actuator or ECM is
replaced. Refer to EC-159, "Work Procedure".
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Battery temperature: More than 5°C (41°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: More than 70°C (158°F) G
• Shift lever: P or N
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) H
• Transmission: Warmed-up
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
J
With CONSULT
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-157, "Work Proce- K
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer toEC-158, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. L
4. Select “AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT.
M
“CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
NO >> GO TO 4.
N
Without CONSULT
NOTE: O
function.
P
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-157, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer toEC-158, "Work Procedure".

PBIB0665E
>> INSPECTION END

the incident.
perform “AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING” all over again:
• Engine stalls
• Erroneous idle
>> INSPECTION END

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
A
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc- EC
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
C
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST E
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
F
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. G
>> END
H

STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR
STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR
Starter Operation Counter Clear is a function of ECM to erase the starter motor operation counter. it must be
performed when starter motor is replaced.
CAUTION:
Performed this function when starter motor is replaced.
1.ERASE STARTER OPERATION COUNTER

With CONSULT
2. Select “STRT OPRTN CNTR CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and erase starter operation counter.
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
function.
4. Wait 7 seconds, repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
5. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds.
6. Fully release the accelerator pedal and turn the ignition switch OFF.
JPBIA4604GB
>> INSPECTION END

CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT CLEAR
CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT CLEAR
A
Cumulative Battery Discharge Current Clear is a function of ECM to erase the cumulative battery discharge EC
current. It must be performed when battery is replaced.
C
1.ERASE CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Select “CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and erase cumulative battery discharge current.
E
>> INSPECTION END

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT, GST or
ECM [Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)].
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-436, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-443, "Idle Speed".
EC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D
1. Stop engine.
E
dure".
>> GO TO 5.
F
G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7. I
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN J
For specification, refer to EC-443, "Idle Speed". K

L
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-291, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-288, "DTC Logic".
N
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
O
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.) P
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-49, "ECM : Work Proce-
dure".
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
1 : Timing indicator
For specification, refer to EC-443, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
MBIB1331E

1. Stop engine.
dure".
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 13.
Is idle air volume learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
MBIB1331E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-48, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.

BASIC INSPECTION
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
EC
YES >> GO TO 18.
C
this is a rare case.) D
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-49,
"ECM : Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
F
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-155, "WITH STOP/START SYS-
TEM : Work Procedure" (With Stop/Start System) or EC-156, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Pro-
cedure" (Without Stop/Start System).
G
>> INSPECTION END
H

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
2. Start engine.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube
adapter [SST: KV10120000] (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A).
: To quick connector
: To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-

erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Disconnect fuel feed hose from fuel tube. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) (3) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure. A
5 : No.2 spool
CAUTION: EC
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel
C
tube and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches
the No.1 spool on fuel tube. PBIB2983E
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 D

N4710 or 16439 40U00).
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps. E
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
Tightening torque : 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

F
• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter [SST: KV10120000] (C) to quick con-
nector (1).
G
A : Fuel pressure gauge
B : Fuel hose for fuel pressure check
H
JSBIA0380ZZ
J
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg,
22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off.
7. Reinstall the part removed at Step 3.
NOTE: K
Install the part to allow smooth engine starts.
8. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
9. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. L
10. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
CAUTION:
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings. M
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) N

NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE

If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. P
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item* Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”

Corresponding
(CONSULT indication) DTC No.
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137
EGR function P0400
EGR/VVT SYSTEM
EGR function P1402
*: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart. A
EC
K
JSBIA0399GB
SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000007701677

L
CAUTION:
M

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
JSBIA1738GB
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level A
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions, EC
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
C
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. D
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-126, "FOR THAILAND : DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT. F
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT STATUS MODE” with EC-97, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST G
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END H
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-172, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
K
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-126, "FOR THAILAND : DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-172, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-173, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-97, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value C
in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the D
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007701680
1.START
G
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) H
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
- CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID I
TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied J
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE L
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. M
1. Perform EC-166, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT.
N
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
YES >> END O
NO >> Proceed to EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007701681
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2318E

EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-177, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.

NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because it may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (refer
to FL-6, "Exploded View"), and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (refer to FL-6, "Exploded View"),
and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace, and then GO TO 8.

8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A

1. Start engine.
the SP value.
EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10. E
Check the following. F
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-408, "Component Inspection".)
3. Intake air leakage
4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-18, "Inspection".) G
YES >> Replace fuel injector (refer to EM-40, "Exploded View"), and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 11. H

1. Start engine. I
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? J
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION K
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-235, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0131, refer to EC-239, "DTC Logic". L
Is any DTC detected? M
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT N
Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC.
O
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine. P
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-427, "Symptom Table".
SP value.
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 29.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
1. Start engine.
EC
the SP value.
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-222, "DTC
C
Logic". Then GO TO 28.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” D
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? E
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-440, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (refer to EM-29, "Exploded View"), and
then GO TO 28. F
• Crushed air ducts G
• Improper specification of intake air system H
YES >> GO TO 26.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 25. I
SP value. J
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 26. K
26.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”

Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the L
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 27. M
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (refer to EM-29, "Exploded View"), and
then GO TO 29.
27.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM N
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap O
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid P
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 29.

28.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
ECM
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007701682
EC
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that there is no blowout in the following fuses.
C
Location Fuse No. Capacity

#49 20 A D
IPDM E/R
#51 10 A
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION F
2. Check ground connection E78. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
I
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
10
F8
11 Ground Existed
E5 107 K
3. Also check harness for short to power.
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I M
1. Reconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. N
ECM
+ − Voltage O
Connector
Terminal
E5 93 107 Battery voltage
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will ex-
E5 105 107
ist for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0 V.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F8 32 E5 107 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
F8 32 F103 50 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
E5 105 E32 35 Existed
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)

ECM A
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 11. C
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
D
E
ECM IPDM E/R
+ − Continuity
F
E5 81 F104 71 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. H
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". I
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. J
DC/DC CONVERTER
DC/DC CONVERTER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007701683
K
1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Check that there is no blowout in the following fuses.
Location Fuse No. Capacity M

Fuse block (J/B) #3 10 A
YES >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O
Check ground connection M97. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3. P
3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and ground.

+
DC/DC converter – Continuity
Connector Terminal
M17 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness connector and ground.
+
DC/DC converter – Voltage
Connector Terminal
M18 7 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.

B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007701684
DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC
Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
DC/DC converter detects power supply
DC/DC CONVERTER input 1 is 5.0 V or less and difference
(DC/DC converter power supply input 1 cir-
B1900 (DC/DC converter power sup- between power supply input 1 and pow-
cuit is open or shorted.) D
ply input 1 circuit) er supply input 2 is 4.0 V or more for 3
• DC/DC converter
seconds.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure. F
>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
2. Check 1st trip DTC. H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. I
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT J
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine. K
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thailand)". L
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. M
N
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that there is no blowout in the following fuses. P

Fuse and fusible link block L 30 A
YES >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 1

+
DC/DC converter − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 1 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal.
2. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and fuse.
+ −
DC/DC converter Continuity
Fuse No.
Connector Terminal
M17 1 L Existed
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC-441, "Removal and Installation".

A

DC/DC converter detects power supply
DC/DC CONVERTER input 2 is 5.0 V or less and difference
(DC/DC converter power supply input 2 cir-
B1901 (DC/DC converter power sup- between power supply input 2 and
cuit is open or shorted.) D
ply input 2 circuit) power supply input 1 is 4.0 V or more
• DC/DC converter
for 3 seconds.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
G
NO >> GO TO 3. I
With CONSULT J
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine. K
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thailand)". L
CAUTION:
N
O
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that there is no blowout in the following fuses. P

Fuse and fusible link block K 30 A
YES >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 2

+
DC/DC converter − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 2 CIRCUIT
+ −
Fuse No.
Connector Terminal
M17 3 K Existed

A

DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC converter detects power supply
(DC/DC converter power supply output 1
B1902 (DC/DC converter power sup- output 1 is 5.0 V or less when restart
circuit is open or shorted.)
ply output 1 circuit) the engine. D
• DC/DC converter
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
With CONSULT
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT. H
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (Stop the engine.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. I
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thailand)".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
L
1.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 1 (BATTERY) M

2. Check the voltage between fuse and ground.
N
+
− Voltage
Fuse No.
82 Ground Battery voltage O
Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
Check the audio unit power supply circuit. Refer to AV-28, "AUDIO UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 1 (ACCESSORY)
+
– Voltage
Fuse No.
78 Ground Battery voltage
Refer to PG-23, "Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY -".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the following circuits.
• Audio unit. Refer to AV-28, "AUDIO UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
• BCM (body control module). Refer to the following.
- BCS-76, "Diagnosis Procedure" (WITH INTELLIGENT SYSTEM)
- BCS-141, "Diagnosis Procedure" (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT SYSTEM)
YES >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 1 CIRCUIT-I
+ −
Fuse No.
Connector Terminal
M17 4 82 Existed
Refer to .PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -"
YES >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 1 CIRCUIT-II
4. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter and accessory relay.
+ –
DC/DC converter Accessory relay Continuity
M17 4 M19 5 Existed
Refer to PG-23, "Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY -".
YES >> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC-441, "Removal and Installation". EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

(Trouble diagnosis content)
DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC converter detects power supply
(DC/DC converter power supply output 2
B1903 (DC/DC converter power sup- output 2 is 5.0 V or less when restart
ply output 2 circuit) the engine.
• DC/DC converter

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
When the stop/start system is activated while driving the vehicle, loads are imposed on CVT, resulting
in damage to CVT. Perform active test with CONSULT
1.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 2 (BATTERY)

+
– Voltage
Fuse No.
17
Ground Battery voltage
77
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
• TCM (Refer to TM-530, "Diagnosis Procedure")
• Harness for open or short between electric oil pump relay and fuse
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 2 (IGNITION) A

EC
+
– Voltage
Fuse No. C
63
65
D
Refer to PG-25, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
• Combination meter (refer to MWI-46, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure")
• A/C auto amp. (refer to HAC-49, "A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure") G
• Harness for open or short ignition power supply fuse No.63 and fuse (refer to PG-36, "Wiring Diagram -
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 63 -")
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 2 CIRCUIT-I I
3. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and fuse. J
+ –
K
Fuse No.
Connector Terminal
17 L
M17 6 Existed
77
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
6.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 2 CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
4. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter and Ignition relay.
P
+
DC/DC converter – Continuity
Connector Terminal
M17 6 Ignition relay Existed
Refer to PG-25, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".

YES >> GO TO 7.

A

NOTE:
If DTC B1904 is displayed with DTC B1900 or B1901, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B1900 or B1901.
Refer to EC-189, "DTC Logic" or EC-191, "DTC Logic". C

D
DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC converter function is malfunc-
B1904 DC/DC converter
(DC/DC converter abnormality) tioning.
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
When the stop/start system is activated while driving the vehicle, loads are imposed on CVT, resulting H
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.) I
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
K
1.INSPECTION START L
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC-199, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC. M
Is the DTC B1904 displayed again?
N

U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

During the restart, the DC/DC converter
status of the engine communication line
DC/DC CONVERTER (Voltage stabilizer signal is open or circuit
does not show an increase in voltage af-
U0298 (Voltage stabilizer signal ab- shorted.)
ter an ECM transmitted voltage stabilizer
normality) • DC/DC converter
signal is changed from 1.0 V or less to
• ECM
3.4 V or more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
When the stop/start system is activated while driving the vehicle, loads are imposed on CVT, resulting
1.CHECK VOLTAGE STABILIZER SIGNAL

With CONSULT
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine, and then check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness
connector and ground as per the following conditions.
+
Voltage
DC/DC converter – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
The voltage should
While cranking with restart
M18 8 Ground be above 1.0V
Except above 0V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK VOLTAGE STABILIZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

EC
4. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ –
C
DC/DC converter ECM Continuity
M18 8 F8 6 Existed D
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC-441, "Removal and Installation". G
H
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-440, "Removal and Installation". I

U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN Harness or connectors
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001 communication signal other than OBD (emission (CAN communication line is open or
(CAN communication line)
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. shorted)

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

U1040 ENG COMM CIRCUIT
A

ENG COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting engine
(Engine communication line is open or
U1040 [Engine communication circuit communication signal to DC/DC con-
shorted.)
(DC/DC converter)] verter. D
• ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
I
1.CHECK ENGINE COMMUNICATION LINE J

4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and DC/DC converter harness connector. K
+ −
L
ECM DC/DC converter Continuity
F5 70 M18 10 Existed M
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-440, "Removal and Installation". P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC U1042 is displayed with DTC U1040 or U1044, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1040 or U1044.
Refer to EC-203, "DTC Logic" or EC-207, "DTC Logic".

DC/DC CONVERTER When ECM is not receiving engine com-
U1042 (Engine communication cir- munication signal from DC/DC convert-
shorted.)
cuit) er.
• DC/DC converter

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ENGINE COMMUNICATION LINE

4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and DC/DC converter harness connector.
+ −
F5 70 M18 10 Existed
YES >> GO TO 2.

A

DC/DC CONVERTER When ECM detected engine communi- (Engine communication line is open or
U1043 (Engine communication cir- cation signal is abnormality from DC/DC shorted.)
cuit) converter. • Electric noise D
• DC/DC converter

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
G
NO >> GO TO 3. I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
L
1.CHECK ENGINE COMMUNICATION LINE
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
N
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
F5 70 M18 10 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
YES >> GO TO 2.


A

ENG COMM CIRCUIT When ECM detects transmit or receive
U1044 [Engine communication circuit engine communication signal is high or
shorted.)
(DC/DC converter)] low voltage for 4 seconds or more. D
• DC/DC converter

1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
I
1.CHECK ENGINE COMMUNICATION LINE J

K
+ −
L
F5 70 M18 10 Existed M
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC-441, "Removal and Installation". P

P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075. Refer to EC-
215, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- Detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve control solenoid valve
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
There is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up por-
P0011 (Intake valve timing con-
and phase-control angle degree. tion of the camshaft
trol performance)
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake
valve timing control

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE Approx. 100 km/h (Approx. 63 mph)

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
D position (CVT)
Shift lever
5th position (M/T)
NOTE:
Always drive at a safe speed.
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
YES >> Proceed to EC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

P0011 IVT CONTROL
• 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (CVT) A

ENG SPEED • 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (M/T)
(A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
• More than 60°C (140°F) (CVT) EC
• More than 70°C (158°F) (M/T)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill C
Driving location (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION: D
With GST E
YES >> Proceed to EC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure" F
G
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi- H
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to LU-6, "Inspection". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
PBIA8559J
K
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-210, "Component Inspection". L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View". M
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-102, "Exploded View".
O
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-293, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-45, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

P0011 IVT CONTROL
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-58,
"Exploded View".
JSBIA0340ZZ

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-48, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-69, "Inspection".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007701708
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ


P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
A/F SEN 1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031 D
1 heater control circuit (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
low] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN 1 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is E
P0032
1 heater control circuit (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
high] through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at
idle. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
NO >> INSPECTION END K
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

M
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage N
Connector Terminal
F62 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P

3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
F62 3 F8 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-212, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
Terminal Resistance
3 and 4 1.98 - 2.66 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2 (Continuity should not exist)


P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
A

tent)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
HO2 HTR (B1)
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 D
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
heater control circuit low)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater E
P0038
heater control circuit (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
high) through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
idle. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. J
K
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
M
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
O
HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal P
E9 2 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 3 F8 5 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-214, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".

3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal Resistance (Ω)

2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)


P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A

tent)
• Harness or connectors
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D
P0075 (Intake valve timing con- through intake valve timing control solenoid
trol solenoid valve circuit) valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

1.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
>> GO TO2.
G
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
NO >> INSPECTION END I
J
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector. K
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
L
IVT control solenoid valve
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F22 1 Ground Battery voltage M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
O
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. P
IVT control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
F22 2 F5 73 Existed

YES >> GO TO 3.
Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-216, "Component Inspection".


1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:


P0101 MAF SENSOR
P0101 MAF SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0101 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
C
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors D
• A high voltage from the sensor is sent to (MAF sensor circuit is open or short-
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
ECM under light load driving condition. ed.)
P0101 [Mass air flow (MAF) sensor cir-
• A low voltage from the sensor is sent to • Intake air leaks
cuit range/performance] E
ECM under heavy load driving condition. • MAF sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test. G
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 seconds under the following conditions:
CAUTION: J
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
Selector lever Suitable position K

Vehicle speed 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
NOTE:
L
• The gear must be fixed while driving the vehicle.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
N
1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM O

Check the following items to see the installation condition and the connection condition of the joint.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
P
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reconnect and replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

P0101 MAF SENSOR
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector.
MAF sensor
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F46 5 4 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
F46 3 F5 45 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-230, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-29, "Exploded
View".
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR
Check MAF sensor. Refer to EC-219, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning MAF sensor. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
+
MAF sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 8.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
EC
F46 4 F5 52 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
F
+ −
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
F46 4 E32 35 Existed
H
I
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR-I J

With CONSULT
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. K
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
L
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V M
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
MAS A/F SE-B1 0.8 - 1.2 V
ature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* N
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
P

P0101 MAF SENSOR
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
Approx. 0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
F5 45 52 0.8 - 1.2 V
operating temperature.)
0.8 - 1.2 V to Ap-
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
prox. 2.4 V*
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MAF SENSOR
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through MAF sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR-II
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
MAS A/F SE-B1 0.8 - 1.2 V
ature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Approx. 0.4 V
stopped.)
F5 45 52 0.8 - 1.2 V
0.8 - 1.2 V to Ap-
prox. 2.4 V*

P0101 MAF SENSOR
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR-III
EC
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
D
E
MAS A/F SE-B1 0.8 - 1.2 V
ature.)
F
Without CONSULT
G
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
H
ECM
Connector I
Terminal
Approx. 0.4 V
stopped.)
J
F5 45 52 0.8 - 1.2 V
0.8 - 1.2 V to Ap- K
prox. 2.4 V*
Is the inspection result normal? L
NO >> Clean or replace MAF sensor. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
M

P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102 (Mass air flow sensor circuit
sent to ECM. • Intake air leakage
low input)
• Mass air flow sensor
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 • Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (Mass air flow sensor circuit (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
sent to ECM.
high input) • Mass air flow sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses

• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT EC
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.

C
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage D
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F

G
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity H
F46 4 F5 52 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
F46 3 F5 45 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-223, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
P
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

With CONSULT

4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.

MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V
Without CONSULT
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
45
F5 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V
signal)
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT

ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
45
signal)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* C
D
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III E
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. F
G
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V H
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. I
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. J
K
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal L
45
signal)
M
Is the inspection result normal? N
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
O

P0107, P0108 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0107 or P0108 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-325, "DTC Logic".

ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC An excessively low voltage from the
P0107 (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit atmospheric pressure sensor is sent • Harness or connectors
low input) to ECM. (Atmospheric pressure sensor cir-
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC An excessively high voltage from the cuit is open or shorted.)
P0108 (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit atmospheric pressure sensor is sent • Atmospheric pressure sensor
high input) to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Atmospheric pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M135 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ − A
Atmospheric pressure
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
M135 1 F5 71 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
3.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
F
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor G
H
YES >> GO TO 4. I
4.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con- J
nector.
+ −
K
Atmospheric pressure sen-

ECM Continuity
sor
L
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
5.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the atmospheric pressure sensor. Refer to EC-227, "Component Inspection".
O
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
P
1.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal
F5 43 68
NOTE:
Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric pres-
sure and altitude.
3. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart.
Altitude (m) Compensated pressure (hPa)

0 0
200 -24
400 -47
600 -70
800 -92
1000 -114
1500 -168
2000 -218
4. Check the atmospheric pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.
Atmospheric pressure (hPa) Voltage (V)

800 3.1 – 3.7
850 3.3 – 3.9
900 3.5 – 4.1
950 3.8 – 4.3
1000 4.0 – 4.6
1050 4.2 – 4.8
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0870GB

NO >> Replace atmospheric pressure sensor. Refer to EC-29, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".

P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A

tent)
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 (Intake air temperature
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors D
sensor circuit low input)
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1 • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 Intake air temperature
sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
Is 1st trip DTC detected? I
J
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

K
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
L
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
F46 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
MAF sensor ECM
Continuity
F46 1 F5 55 Existed

YES >> GO TO 3.
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-230, "Component Inspection".
View".

3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows.
Terminals Condition Resistance

1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 kΩ
View".

P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A

ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0117 (Engine coolant tempera-
is sent to ECM.
ture sensor circuit low input) • Harness or connectors
D
ECT SEN/CIRC (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Engine coolant tempera- An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
ture sensor circuit high in- is sent to ECM.
put) E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
J
1.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

K
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
L
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
YES >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
ECT sensor ECM
Continuity
F67 2 F5 44 Existed

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-232, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-25, "Exploded View".

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
CO-25, "Exploded View".

P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
Refer to EC-325, "DTC Logic". C

D
tent)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0122 (Throttle position sensor • Harness or connectors
2 is sent to ECM. E
2 circuit low input) (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 2)
P0123 (Throttle position sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
2 circuit high input) F

1.PRECONDITIONING G
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
Electric throttle control actuator N

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-234, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View".

5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
33 Fully released More than 0.36 V

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F5 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
C
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) D
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0130 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. or shorted.)
circuit]
• A/F sensor 1
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6. H
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
I
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -I
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode. L
3. Touch “START”.
4. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
M
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec N
D position (CVT)
Selector lever
4th position (M/T)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. O
CAUTION:
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 5.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
“OK” >> INSPECTION END
“NG” >> Proceed to EC-237, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-236, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
Does the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With GST
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to the D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal
fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
CAUTION:
NOTE:
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
8. Restart engine.
10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Without CONSULT

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
4. Shift the selector lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully
until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
7. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. C
8. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
9. Stop the vehicle.
10. Check 1st trip DTC. D
NO >> INSPECTION END E
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. G
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage H
Connector Terminal
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
Check harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse.
K
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
A/F sensor 1 ECM
Continuity
N
1 49
F62 F5 Existed
2 53
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector O
and ground.
A/F sensor 1 P
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F62 Ground Not existed
2

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.
C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) D
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.)
circuit low voltage]
• A/F sensor 1
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION H

3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. I
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION: L
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
M
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising. O
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. P
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F62 F5 Existed
2 53
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A

signal is not inordinately high.
C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) D
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. shorted.)
circuit high voltage]
• A/F sensor 1
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION H

3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. I
J
NO >> GO TO 3.
CAUTION: L
M
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. O
1.

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F62 F5 Existed
2 53
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com- C
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause D
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.) E
• A/F sensor 1
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) • The response of the A/F signal computed by • A/F sensor 1 heater
P0133 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than • Fuel pressure
circuit slow response] the specified time. • Fuel injector F
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor G

1.PRECONDITIONING H
TESTING CONDITION: I
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I K
With CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load.
5. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT. M
6. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen? N
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II O
P
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-177, "Component Function Check".

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT
screen.
3. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-177, "Component Function Check".
4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

load.
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
A
EC
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leak detected? D

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK E
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected? F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE G
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-163, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? H
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-268, "DTC Logic" or EC-272,
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 5. I
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. J
K
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F62 4 Ground Battery voltage L
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. M
Check harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse. N

7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. P
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F62 F5 Existed
2 53

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-212, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
Check both mass air flow sensor.
Refer to EC-223, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK PCV VALVE
Check PCV valve. Refer to EC-439, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-45, "Exploded View".
YES >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".

P0137 HO2S2
P0137 HO2S2
A

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. To
judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor C
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
• CVT models
D
JSBIA1928GB
G
• M/T models
J
SEF259VA
K
tent)
L
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
HO2S2 (B1)
The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137 (Heated oxygen sensor
2 circuit low voltage)
reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure M
• Fuel injector
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11. P
2.PRECONDITIONING
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are com-
pleted.
TESTING CONDITION:

P0137 HO2S2
• For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
• Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
4. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-IV
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT screen.
Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
CAUTION:
Which displayed on CONSULT screen?
“COND1: OUT OF CONDITION”>>GO TO 4.
“COND1: COMPLETED”, “COND2: INCOMPLETE”>>GO TO 7.
“COND1: COMPLETED”, “COND2: COMPLETED”>>GO TO 8.
7.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2
While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the above condition (PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR
COND1-III) until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take
approximately 4 seconds).
CAUTION:
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”

P0137 HO2S2
>> GO TO 9. A
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. EC
“OK” >> INSPECTION END.
“NG” >> Proceed to EC-250, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
“CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED”>>GO TO 10.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). D
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT. E
5. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
>> GO TO 5. F
NOTE: G
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
YES >> INSPECTION END.
I
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I J

Without CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. L
ECM
M
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V (CVT) N
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at
F5 59 or 0.68 V (M/T) at least once during this
(HO2S2) least 10 times
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II P
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

P0137 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V (CVT)
50
F5 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes or 0.68 V (M/T) at least once during this
(HO2S2)
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po-
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T)
procedure.
NO >> Refer to EC-250, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-268, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 1 F5 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 4 F5 50 Existed

P0137 HO2S2
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector ground or ECM harness connector and ground.
A
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
E9 4 Ground Not existed
ECM C
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F5 50 Ground Not existed
D
YES >> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-251, "Component Inspection". F
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". G
H
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J
With CONSULT
K
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. L
7. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT. M
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
CVT models
N
JSBIA1929GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.

P0137 HO2S2
M/T models
JSBIA0082GB
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
or 0.68 V (M/T) at least once during this
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at procedure.
F5 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V (CVT)
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 procedure.
F5 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2) The voltage should be below 0.18 V (CVT)
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III

P0137 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- procedure.
F5 59
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.18 V (CVT) C
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? D
E

P0138 HO2S2
P0138 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor
is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
• CVT models
PBIB2376E
• M/T models
JSBIA0083GB

P0138 HO2S2
Trouble diagnosis name A

tent)
An excessively high voltage from the sen-

• Harness or connectors EC
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138 (Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
C
2 circuit high voltage) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector D
1.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A E
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
G
load. H
YES >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
3.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B J
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are com-
pleted.
K
TESTING CONDITION:
• For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
• Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II. L
>> GO TO 4.
M
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
N
>> GO TO 5.
O
>> GO TO 6. P
4. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.

P0138 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”

COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
CAUTION:
“COND1: OUT OF CONDITION”>>GO TO 5.
While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the above condition (PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR
COND1-III) until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take
approximately 4 seconds).
CAUTION:
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”
>> GO TO 10.
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
“OK” >> INSPECTION END.
“CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED”>>GO TO 11.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select ENGINE using CONSULT.
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT
4. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT.
5. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
>> GO TO 6.
NOTE:

P0138 HO2S2
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. A
NO >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I C
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. D
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. E
F
ECM
Condition Voltage
+ –
Connector G
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be below 0.18 V (CVT)
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times H
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. J
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage K
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 L
F5 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes or 0.36 V (M/T) at least once during this
(HO2S2 signal)
procedure.
M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III N
ECM O
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po-
(HO2S2 signal) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T)
procedure.

P0138 HO2S2
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-254, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 6.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 1 F5 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 4 F5 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector and
ground.
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".

P0138 HO2S2
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". A
EC
C
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
HO2S2 ECM F
Continuity
E9 1 F5 59 Existed
G
YES >> GO TO 8. H
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity J
E9 4 F5 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. K
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E9 4 F5 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. M
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
P
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.

P0138 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
CONSULT.
CVT models
JSBIA1929GB
M/T models
JSBIA0082GB
Without CONSULT

P0138 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
F5 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V (CVT) C
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II E
F
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal G
50 procedure. H
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 5.
J
K
ECM
Connector L
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- procedure. M
F5 59
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.18 V (CVT)
procedure.
N
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". O

P0139 HO2S2
P0139 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel cut.
SEF302U

tent)
HO2S2 (B1)
It takes more time for the sensor to respond • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139 (Heated oxygen sensor
between rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
2 circuit slow response)
• Fuel injector

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds.
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
>> GO TO 3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
>> GO TO 4.
>> GO TO 5.

P0139 HO2S2
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III A

3. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
EC
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-IV D
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60
seconds.) E

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec F
Shift lever Suitable position
G
COND1: OUT OF CONDITION>>GO TO 4.
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 7.
H
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: COMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the above condition until “INCOMPLETED” at I
“COND2” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 8. J
K
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETED” of “COND3” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
L
>> GO TO 9.
Touch “SELF DIAGRESULTS”. M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 10.
O
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine and warm it up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
P
>> GO TO 5.
11.PREFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-264, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:

P0139 HO2S2
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
F5 59
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 A change of voltage should be more than
F5 59 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 3.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi- A change of voltage should be more than
F5 59
(HO2S2 signal) tion (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.


P0139 HO2S2
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? A
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
C
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
D
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E
E9 1 F5 59 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
H
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 4 F5 50 Existed I
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
J
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
E9 4 F5 50 Ground Not existed K
YES >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". N
O
1.INSPECTION START
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

P0139 HO2S2
CONSULT.
CVT models
JSBIA1929GB
M/T models
JSBIA0082GB
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F5 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V (CVT)
procedure.

P0139 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II A
EC
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal C
50 procedure. D
procedure.
E
NO >> GO TO 5.
F
G
ECM
Connector H
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- procedure. I
F5 59
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.18 V (CVT)
procedure. J
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". K

P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector

tent)
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 • Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
P0171 (Fuel injection system too • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean) large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Lack of fuel

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
NO >> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III A

2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
EC
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
C
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), D
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). E
CAUTION:
3. Check 1st trip DTC. F
NO >> INSPECTION END G
H
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). I
PBIB1216E
L
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection. N
Intake air leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 3. O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
F62 1 F5 49 Existed
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Ground Continuity
F62 1 F5 49 Ground Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
0.8 - 4.0 g/s: at idling

2.0 - 10.0 g/s: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.

2.0 - 10.0 g/s: at 2,500 rpm
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-222, "DTC Logic".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle. A
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. EC

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer C
to EC-407, "Component Function Check".
D
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

E
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View". F
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. G
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

H
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent
Incident". I
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-
40, "Exploded View".
J
PBIA9666J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).


tent)
• A/F sensor 1
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
P0172 (Fuel injection system too • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
rich) large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
NOTE:
Does engine start?
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III

utes. Refer to the table below. A
EC
C
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
D
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. E
YES >> Proceed to EC-273, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
G
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). H
PBIB1216E K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
M
Is intake air leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 3. N
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. O
P
A/F sensor 1 ECM
Continuity
F62 1 F5 49 Existed

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Ground Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and
Installation".
With CONSULT

2.0 - 10.0 g/s: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.

2.0 - 10.0 g/s: at 2,500 rpm
YES >> GO TO 7.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.

A
Clicking noise should be heard.
YES >> GO TO 8. EC
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
C
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUELINJECTOR D
1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

E
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors. F
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. Refer
to EM-40, "Exploded View". H

P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
EOT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine
P0197 (Engine oil temperature
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EOT SEN/CIRC • Engine oil temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the engine
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
EOT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F55 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − A
EOT sensor ECM Continuity
EC
F55 1 F5 57 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT D

3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. E
+ −
F
EOT sensor ECM
Continuity
F55 2 F5 54 Existed G
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR I
Check the engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-277, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". J
K
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. M

sensor N
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal
O
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
Temperature
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
[°C (°F)] JMBIA0080ZZ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 P
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to LU-10, "Exploded View".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

tent)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0222 (Throttle position sensor • Harness or connectors
1 is sent to ECM.
1 circuit low input) (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
P0223 (Throttle position sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
1 circuit high input)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
D
nector.
E
Continuity
F114 2 F5 33 Existed F
YES >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR H
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". I
J
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. K
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position. L
ECM M
Connector
Terminal Terminal
N
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V O
YES >> INSPECTION END P

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

MULTI CYL MISFIRE • Improper spark plug
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire.
(Multiple cylinder misfire detected) • Insufficient compression
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
(No.1 cylinder misfire detected)
• Fuel injector
CYL 2 MISFIRE • Intake air leak
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfires.
(No. 2 cylinder misfire detected) • The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
• Lack of fuel
CYL 3 MISFIRE • Signal plate
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfires. • A/F sensor 1
(No. 3 cylinder misfire detected)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 3.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain A
time. Refer to the table below.
EC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving. C
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) D
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition E
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
F
For Thailand
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes G
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
H
For Hong Kong
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 20 minutes I
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 7 minutes
J
L
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. M
3. Check PCV hose connection.
N
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING O
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. P
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
1. Start engine and let engine idle.

YES >> GO TO 5.
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
3. Start engine.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion. A

Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-414, "Component Function
Check". C
7. CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
D
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer
to EM-45, "Exploded View". For spark plug type, refer to E
EM-125, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
SEF156I
G
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and H
the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated. I

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer to EM-45, "Exploded View". For spark plug J
type, refer to EM-125, "Spark Plug".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
K
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-18, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10. L
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
1. Install all removed parts. M
N
YES >> GO TO 12. O
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Installation".
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
Check the following items.
For procedure, refer to EC-166, "Work Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Follow the EC-166, "Work Procedure".
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
1 49
F62 F5 Existed
2 53
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53
YES >> GO TO 14.
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-212, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
With CONSULT
Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
0.8 - 4.0 g/s : at idling

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
0.8 - 4.0 g/s : at idling A

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
EC
YES >> GO TO 16.
ground. Refer to EC-222, "DTC Logic".
C
16. CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-427, "Symptom Table".
YES >> GO TO 17.
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC E
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to the folloeing.
• With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-100, "CONSULT Function". F
• Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-97, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
G
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detected condition Possible cause
tent)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0327 (Knock sensor circuit
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
low input)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 • Knock sensor
P0328 (Knock sensor circuit
sent to ECM.
high input)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
F1 2 F5 40 Existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
F1 1 F5 37 Existed

P0327, P0328 KS
YES >> GO TO 3. A
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
EC
Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-287, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". C
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-102, "Exploded View".
D
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. E
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. F

1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ G
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
H
I

P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

tent)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
is open or shorted.]
P0335 [Crankshaft position sen- position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
sor (POS) circuit] while the engine is running.
• Signal plate
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F63*1 1
Ground Approx. 5 V
F150*2 1
*1: Except for Hong Kong

*2: For Hong Kong
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
F63*1 1
F5 75 Existed
F150*2 1
D
*2: For Hong Kong
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT F
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-422, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT H
I
Continuity
J
F63*1 2
F5 62 Existed
F150*2 2
*1: Except for Hong Kong K

*2: For Hong Kong
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M
N
Continuity
O
F63*1 3
F5 61 Existed
F150*2 3
P
*2: For Hong Kong
YES >> GO TO 6.


Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
NO >> CVT models: Replace the drive plate. Refer to EM-96, "Removal and Installation".
NO-2 >> M/T models: Replace the flywheel. Refer to EM-94, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
PBIA9210J
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.
Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (−)
1 (+) - 3 (−) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (−)

P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A

NOTE:
325, "DTC Logic". C

D
tent)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking. E
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 [Camshaft position sensor • Camshaft (INT)
during engine running.
(PHASE) circuit] • Starter motor
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit
pattern during engine running. F
• Dead (Weak) battery

1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I J
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
NO >> GO TO 3. L
1. Keep engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
NO >> INSPECTION END N
O
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system.
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.

CMP sensor (PHASE)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-293, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Incident".
"Exploded View".
JSBIA0340ZZ

A
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. EC
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-45, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to D
EM-45, "Exploded View".
PBIA9210J F
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II
Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.
G

1 (+) - 2 (−) H
1 (+) - 3 (−) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (−)
I
J

P0400 EGR FUNCTION
P0400 EGR FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

tent)
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve stuck closed
EGR SYSTEM No EGR flow is detected under the condi-
P0400 • Dead (Weak) battery
[EGR function (Close)] tion that calls for EGR.
• EGR passage clogged
• EGR temperature sensor
• EGR temperature circuit

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Confirm “COOLAN TEMP/S” value is within the range listed below.
COOLAN TEMP/S : Less than 40°C (104°F)

If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to stabilize.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient air.
Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
4. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value. When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value
reaches 70°C (158°F), immediately go to the next step.
5. Drive the vehicle for at least 150 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.0 - 12.0 msec
CAUTION:
6. Stop the engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
With GST

P0400 EGR FUNCTION
A
1. Start the engine and run it at idle.
2. Check exhaust pipes and muffler for leaks. EC
E
PBIB1216E

YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Repair or replace exhaust system. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve connector and ground. H
EGR volume control valve

Ground Voltage I
Connector Terminal
2
F81 Ground Battery voltage
5 J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. K
Check harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R. L

4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector. N
EGR volume control valve ECM

Continuity O
1 12
3 16 P
F81 F8 Existed
4 20
6 24
YES >> GO TO 5.

P0400 EGR FUNCTION
5.CHECK EGR PASSAGE

Check EGR passage for clogging and cracks.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace EGR passage.
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Check EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0405, P0406. Refer to EC-300, "DTC Logic".

P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
A

EGR VOL CON/V CIR An improper voltage signal is sent to (The EGR volume control valve circuit is
P0403
(EGR volume control valve circuit) ECM through the valve open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve D

1.PRECONDITIONING E
TESTING CONDITION: F
>> GO TO 2. G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Rev engine from idle to 2,000 rpm.
3. Repeat step 2 for 10 times.
4. Check DTC.
I
Is DTC detected?
J
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K

3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check the voltage between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ground.
EGR volume control valve M

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
F81 Ground Battery voltage N
5
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R. P

3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.


Continuity
1 12
3 16
F81 F8 Existed
4 20
6 24
YES >> GO TO 4.

3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminal as follows.

2 and 1, 3
20 – 24 Ω
5 and 4, 6
YES >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OPERATION
1. Remove EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector.
4. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
5. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the valve opening steps.
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-31,
"Exploded View".
PBIA9386J
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOGGING

1. Remove EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF.

4. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the ignition switch position. A
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-31, EC
"Exploded View".
PBIA9386J

P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

tent)
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC An excessively low voltage from the EGR (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
P0405 (EGR temperature sen- temperature sensor is sent to ECM even shorted.)
sor circuit low input) when engine coolant temperature is low. • EGR temperature sensor
• Malfunction of EGR function
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC An excessively high voltage from the EGR (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
P0406 (EGR temperature sen- temperature sensor is sent to ECM even open.)
sor circuit high input) when engine coolant temperature is high. • EGR temperature sensor
• Malfunction of EGR function

1.INSPECTION START
P0405 >> GO TO 2.
P0406 >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Verify that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 50°C (122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool the engine down.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient air.
Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
With GST
4.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform the test at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
YES >> GO TO 5.

NO >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE FUNCTION A
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm.
4. Touch “Qu” and set the EGR volume control valve opening to 10 step.
5. Check “EGR TEMP SEN” indication should decrease to less than 1.0 V. C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Proceed to EC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
With CONSULT E
2. Start the engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
F

VHCL SPEED SE More than 10 km/h (6 mph) G
H
CAUTION:
J
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
3. Select Service $01 with GST and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
L
Engine speed 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
Vehicle speed 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Shift lever Suitable position M
CAUTION:
4. Check 1st trip DTC. N
NO >> INSPECTION END O
1.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P

2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EGR temperature sensor harness connector and ground.

EGR temperature sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
2.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EGR temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EGR temperature sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check EGR temperature sensor. Refer to EC-302, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace EGR temperature sensor. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
Check EGR volume control VALVE. Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".

2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove EGR temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals
by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
+ −
Condition Resistance
Terminals
0 0.66 - 1.00 MΩ
1 2 Temperature (°C) 50 0.068 - 0.089 MΩ
100 0.012 - 0.014 MΩ
Is the inspection result normal? PBIA9400J


P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated D
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
SEF484YB
F
tent) G
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Intake air leaks
properly. H
P0420 (Catalyst system efficiency • Fuel injector
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
below threshold) • Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing I
1.INSPECTION START J
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
L
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. M
>> GO TO 3.
N
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. O
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. P
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.

CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
>> GO TO 3.
Check 1st trip DTC.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this

Without CONSULT
load.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
50 Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm
F5 59 than 5 seconds.
(HO2S2) constant under no load
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0

A
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
C
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). D
PBIB1216E G
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
I
NO >> GO TO 4.
J
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check the following items. Refer to EC-166, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-443, "Ignition Timing" K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
M
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
N
ECM
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage
+ − O
29
31
P

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-407, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAUTION:

NOTE:
dure.
3. Start engine.
tion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
the grounded metal portion.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Refer to EM-27, "Inspec-
tion".
to EM-45, "Exploded View". For spark plug type, refer to
EM-125, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9
SEF156I

2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and A
Spark should be generated. EC

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer to EM-45, "Exploded View". For spark plug C
type, refer to EM-125, "Spark Plug".
D
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. E
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
F
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View". G
H
Is the trouble fixed?
NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
I

P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PURG VOLUME CONT/V
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
P0444 shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit ECM through the valve
• EVAP canister purge volume control
open)
solenoid valve

1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM A

Continuity
F37 2 F8 9 Existed
EC
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. C
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION D
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. E
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE G
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-309, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007701782 I
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

J
With CONSULT
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. K
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG L
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
M
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed N
0% Not existed
JSBIA0521ZZ
O
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. P
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity

Condition
between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
YES >> INSPECTION END JSBIA0521ZZ
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View".

P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007701784 C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to
EC-202, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to
E

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
tent)
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted) G
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED SEN A • Harness or connectors
P0500 speed signal is sent to ECM even
(Vehicle speed sensor) (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
when vehicle is being driven.
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) H

1.INSPECTION START I
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION M
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
N
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. The vehicle speed on CONSULT
should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-312, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
CAUTION:

P0500 VSS
CVT: 1,400 - 6,000 rpm

ENG SPEED
M/T: 2,000 - 6,000 rpm
CVT: 5.5 - 31.8 msec
B/FUEL SCHDL
M/T: 4.25 - 31.8 msec
Shift lever Except P or N position (CVT)
Except Neutral position (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this

With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
Without CONSULT
2. Start engine.
3. Check vehicle speed of speedometer.
The vehicle speed should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-34, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function" (TYPE A) or MWI-86, "CONSULT Func-
tion" (TYPE B).

P0506 ISC SYSTEM
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
tent)
ISC SYSTEM
The idle speed is less than the target idle • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 (Idle speed control system
speed by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leak H
RPM lower than expected)

1.PRECONDITIONING I
before conducting the next test. J
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-159, "Work Procedure", before con- K
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. L
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
>> GO TO 2. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
P


P0506 ISC SYSTEM
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-440, "Removal and Installation".

P0507 ISC SYSTEM
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
A
operation, etc.).
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:

(Trouble diagnosis content) G
ISC SYSTEM • Electric throttle control actuator
The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 (Idle speed control system • Intake air leak
speed by 200 rpm or more.
RPM higher than expected) • PCV system
H
1.PRECONDITIONING I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-159, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. K
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M

3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. N
YES >> Proceed to EC-315, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
YES >> GO TO 2.

P0507 ISC SYSTEM


P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0555 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.

D
• An excessively low voltage from
BRAKE BSTR PRES SEN/ the brake booster pressure sensor • Harness or connectors
CIRC is sent to ECM. ( Booster pressure sensor circuit is open
P0555
(Brake booster pressure sensor • An excessively high voltage from or shorted.) E
circuit low / high input) the brake booster pressure sen- • Booster pressure sensor
sor is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than between 11 V at
idle. I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

K
NO >> INSPECTION END L
1.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I M

2. Disconnect brake booster pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Check the voltage between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector terminals.
Brake booster pressure sensor O

Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
P
E27 1 3 5V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector terminals.

+
Brake booster pressure sen- Voltage
–
sor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E27 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ –
Brake booster pressure
ECM Continuity
sensor
E27 1 F5 74 Existed
4.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
nector.
+ –
ECM Continuity
sensor
E27 3 F5 60 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
F8
11 Ground Existed
E5 107

6.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

EC
nector.
+ –
C

ECM Continuity
sensor
D
E27 2 F5 41 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F
7.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
Check brake booster pressure sensor. Refer to EC-319, "Component Inspection".
G
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. H
1.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR-I I

3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. J
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM K
+ –
Connector
Terminal
L
F5 41 60
NOTE:
• To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine M
is stopped.
• Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depends on atmospheric pres-
sure and altitude.
5. Measure the atmospheric pressure. N
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart. O
Compensated pressure
Altitude (m)
(hPa) P
0 0
200 -24
400 -47
600 -70
800 -92

Compensated pressure
Altitude (m)
(hPa)
1000 -114
1500 -168
2000 -218
6. Check the brake booster pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.
Voltage (V)
(hPa)
800 3.1 – 3.7
850 3.3 – 3.9
900 3.5 – 4.1
950 3.8 – 4.3
1000 4.0 – 4.6
1050 4.2 - 4.8 JMBIA0870GB

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor (vacuum sensor). Refer to BR-181, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR-II
2. Remove brake booster pressure sensor with its harness connected.
3. Connect the hose of vacuum pump (A) to brake booster pres-
sure sensor (1).
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following.
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal
F5 41 60 JMBIA0871ZZ
6. Check that the difference of the voltage when engine is stopped and that when negative pressure is
applied with vacuum pump is within the following limits.
Vacuum Voltage difference (V)

-40kPa(-300mmHg) 1.5 – 2.0
-53.3kPa(-400mmHg) 2.0 – 2.6
-66.7kPa(-500mmHg) 2.6 – 3.2
-80kPa(-600mmHg) 3.2 – 3.8
NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor (vacuum sensor). Refer to BR-181, "Exploded View".

P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
A

tent)
ECM BACK UP/CIR- • Harness or connectors
CUIT ECM back up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is D
P0603
(ECM power supply cir- properly. open or shorted.]
cuit) • ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
>> GO TO 2.
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.
J
K
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY L

3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. M
ECM
+ – Voltage N
Connector
Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. P
YES >> GO TO 3.


2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-321, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?

P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
A

tent)
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
ECM D
P0605 B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM
(Engine control module)
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
G
NO >> GO TO 3. I
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. J
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
K
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. M
YES >> Proceed to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
O
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. P
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-440, "Exploded View".

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
P0607 ECM
(CAN communication bus) of CAN controller of ECM.

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-440, "Exploded View".

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively. EC
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1 C
• Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor 1
• Brake booster pressure sensor
• Brake fluid pressure sensor
D
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE)
• Electric throttle control actuator
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed. E
Sensor power supply 2
• Atmospheric pressure sensor F
• Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor G
DTC DETECTION LOGIC H

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
tent)
SENSOR POWER/
CIRC ECM detects a voltage of power source J
P0643 Sensor power supply 1 circuit
(Sensor power supply 1 for sensor is excessively low or high.
circuit short)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION:
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1


+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
72
F5 74
Ground 5V
78
E5 106
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1 ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
2. Disconnect following sensor harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
72 TP sensor F114 1
Brake booster pressure sensor E27 1
F5 74
Brake fluid pressure sensor E90 3
78 CMP sensor (PHASE) F112 1
E5 106 APP sensor 1 E71 4
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-392, "Component Inspection".)
• Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-319, "Component Inspection".)
• Brake fluid pressure sensor (Refer to EC-406, "Component Inspection")
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-293, "Component Inspection".)
• Throttle position sensor (Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection".)
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
For CVT models, transmission range switch is turn ON when the selector lever is P or N. EC
For M/T models, park/neutral position (PNP) range switch is ON when the selector lever is Neutral position.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

D
• Harness or connectors E
• For CVT models, the signal of transmis- [The transmission range switch circuit is
sion range switch is not changed in the open or shorted.(CVT models)]
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT process of engine starting and driving. [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P0850 (Park/neutral position • For M/T models, the signal of the park/ circuit is open or shorted.(M/T models)] F
switch) neutral position (PNP) switch is not • Transmission range switch (CVT mod-
changed in the process of engine starting els)
and driving. • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T
G
models)

H
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION M
With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check “P/N POSI SW” signal
N
under the following conditions.
Shift lever position Known-good signal

O
N or P position (CVT)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
P
YES >> GO TO 4.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
CAUTION:
ENG SPEED CVT: 950 - 6,000 rpm

M/T: 1,500 - 6,375 rpm
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this

ECM
P or N (CVT)
69 Battery voltage
F5 E5 107 Shift lever Neutral (M/T)
(PNP signal)
Except above Approx. 0 V
1.INSPECTION START
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with.
Which type of transmission?
CVT >> GO TO 2.
M/T >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
+ A
Transmission range switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
Transmission range switch ECM Continuity
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check the transmission range switch. Refer to TM-455, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range I
Switch)".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO >> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-577, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground. L
+
PNP switch − Voltage M
Connector Terminal
N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. O
6.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
+ −
PNP switch ECM Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Check the PNP switch. Refer to TM-23, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Inspec-
tion".
NO >> Replace PNP switch. Refer to TM-27, "Removal and Installation".

P1040 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P1040 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-325, "DTC Logic". C

D
Signal voltage sent from the brake fluid
BRAKE PRESSURE SEN (The brake fluid pressure sensor circuit is
P1040 pressure sensor to ECM is too high or too
(Brake pressure sensor) open or shorted.)
low.
• Brake fluid pressure sensor E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008717350 J
1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I

2. Disconnect brake fluid pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between brake fluid pressure sensor harness connector and ground. L
Brake fluid pressure sensor

Voltage M
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E90 3 1 5V
N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between brake fluid pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
P
+
Voltage
Brake fluid pressure sensor –
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E90 3 Ground 5V

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between brake fluid pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ –
Brake fluid pressure sensor ECM Continuity
E90 3 F5 74 Existed
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
tor.
+ –
E90 1 F5 60 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM – Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
F8
11 Ground Existed
E5 107
6.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
tor.

+ – A
EC
E90 2 F5 47 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR D
Check brake fluid pressure sensor. Refer to EC-333, "Component Inspection".

NO >> Replace brake fluid pressure sensor. Refer to BR-161, "FRONT : Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000008717351 F
1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. G
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under following conditions.
ECM
H
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
I
Fully released 0.5 V
F5 47 60 Brake pedal
Depressed 0.5 - 4.5 V*
J
*: This voltage varies with the depth of pedal depression.
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace brake fluid pressure sensor. Refer to BR-161, "FRONT : Exploded View".

P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-324, "DTC Logic".
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

tent)
TCS/CIRC ECM cannot receive the information from
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
P1212 (TCS communication “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
line) unit)” continuously.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
Perform trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to BRC-153, "Work Flow".

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-130, "FOR HONG KONG : DTC Index".
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-324, "DTC Logic".

P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. D
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
E
tent)
F
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
heat). • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • Cooling fan motor G
ENG OVER TEMP
(Overheat). • Radiator hose
P1217 [Engine over tempera-
• Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator
ture (Overheat)]
using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
H
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank
range. • Water pump
• Thermostat
CAUTION: I
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Refilling". Also,
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to J
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-335, "Component Function Check". L
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? M
N
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I O

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator. P
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
NO >> GO TO 2
SEF621W

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
NOTE:
The cooling fan operates at high speeds even when “LOW” is selected in CONSULT “ACTIVE TEST”.
Without CONSULT
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis
Description".
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT
NOTE:
Without CONSULT
Description".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.

3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II A

Check the following for leak.
• Hose (Refer to CO-26, "Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-18, "Inspection".)
EC
• Water pump (Refer to CO-22, "Inspection".)

C
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-14, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-16, "Exploded View".
E
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-24, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-23, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR G
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-232, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES I
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page J

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille K
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio"
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in CO-11, "Inspection" L
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-14, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection"
M
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-11, "Inspection"
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-24, "Inspection"
lower radiator hoses N
ON* 1 7 • Cooling fan motor • CONSULT Operating EC-402, "Component In-
spection"
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative — O
tester 4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving P
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving CO-11, "Inspection"
ervoir tank and idling
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-11, "Inspection"
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-82, "Inspection"
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-110, "Inspection"
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-9, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END

P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
A

CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning value is ex- Electric throttle control actuator
P1225 (Closed throttle position learning
cessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
performance) D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
>> GO TO 2. G
J
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY K

2. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. L
: Vehicle front
M
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle N
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-158, "Work Proce-
JSBIA0341ZZ
dure". O

P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

tent)
CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning is not performed Electric throttle control actuator
P1226 (Closed throttle position
successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
learning performance)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

and the housing.
: Vehicle front

NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
JSBIA0341ZZ
dure".

P1402 EGR FUNCTION
P1402 EGR FUNCTION
A

tent)
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
EGR SYSTEM EGR flow is detected under the condition open or shorted.) D
P1402
[EGR function (Open)] that does not call for EGR. • EGR volume control valve leaking or stuck
open
• EGR temperature sensor
E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
TESTING CONDITION: G
• Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature is below 40 to 50°C (104 to
122°F). Therefore, it will be better to turn ignition switch ON (start engine) at the engine coolant tem-
perature below 30°C (86°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above − 10°C (14°F). H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. I
With CONSULT J
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “EGR TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
K
COOLAN TEMP/S : (−10) - (+55)°C (14 - 131°F)
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine L
temperature to stabilize.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient
air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result. M
EGR TEMP SEN : Less than 4.8 V N

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select Service $01 with GST.
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of (−10) - (+55)°C (14 - 131°F).
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine
temperature to stabilize.
CAUTION:

P1402 EGR FUNCTION
Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient
air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F5 42 51 Less than 4.8 V
4. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Select Service $07 with GST.
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

4. Check the voltage between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ground.

Ground Voltage
Connector Termina
2
F81 Ground Battery voltage
5
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R.
>> Repair harness or connectors.

3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Continuity
Connector Termina Connector Termina
1 12
3 16
F81 F8 Existed
4 20
6 24
YES >> GO TO 4.

P1402 EGR FUNCTION
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE A

YES >> GO TO 5. EC
C
Check EGR temperature sensor. Refer to EC-302, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". D

P1512 STARTER MOTOR
P1512 STARTER MOTOR
ECM multiplies operation counter of starter motor which operated in operation with key switch and operation
with restart and memorizes it.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
STARTER
When starter motor operating counter which
P1512 (Starter motor operating Starter motor
ECM memorized is 250,000 times or more.
counter)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.REPLACE STARTER MOTOR

Replace starter motor. Refer to STR-27, "HR12DE : Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END

P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current (Battery current sensor circuit is open
P1550 (Battery current sensor circuit sensor remains within the specified or shorted.)
range/performance) range while engine is running. • Battery current sensor D

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. F
TESTING CONDITION:
H
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds. I
J
K
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. L
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F98 1 Ground Approx. 5 V N
YES >> GO TO 4.
O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
F98 1 F5 71 Existed

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

Continuity
F98 3 F5 68 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Continuity
F98 4 F5 58 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-346, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.

3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body A
ground.
EC
ECM
C
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
58 D
F5 68 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-130, "FOR MAINTENANCE
REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery". E
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. F

P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

tent)
BAT CURRENT SEN-
SOR An excessively low voltage from the
P1551
(Battery current sensor sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
circuit low input) (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SEN- • Battery current sensor
SOR An excessively high voltage from the • Sensor power supply 2 circuit
P1552
(Battery current sensor sensor is sent to ECM.
circuit high input)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Battery current sensor ECM A

Continuity
F98 1 F5 71 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit. C
D
E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
Battery current sensor ECM G

Continuity
F98 3 F5 68 Existed
H
YES >> GO TO 5. I
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. J

Continuity K
F98 4 F5 58 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
N
O
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR P


4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
58
F5 68 Approx. 2.5
REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery".

A

tent)
BAT CURRENT SEN- The signal voltage transmitted from • Harness or connectors
SOR the sensor to ECM is higher than (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1553 D
(Battery current sensor the amount of the maximum power • Battery current sensor
performance) generation. • Sensor power supply 2 circuit

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
H
>> GO TO 2.
YES >> Proceed to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
K
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. L
M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F98 1 Ground Approx. 5 V N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. O


Continuity
F98 1 F5 71 Existed

YES >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
F98 3 F5 68 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.

Continuity
F98 4 F5 58 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.


4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body A
ground.
EC
ECM
C
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
58 D
F5 68 Approx. 2.5
REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery". E
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. F

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

tent)
BAT CURRENT SEN- The output voltage of the battery current • Harness or connectors
SOR sensor is lower than the specified value (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1554
(Battery current sensor while the battery voltage is high • Battery current sensor
performance) enough. • Sensor power supply 2 circuit

NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
3. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300mV at least once.
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
+ − Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
58
F5 68 Above 2.3 at least once
NO >> Refer to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure"

A
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
Battery current sensor C

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
Battery current sensor ECM G

Continuity
F98 1 F5 71 Existed H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit. I
J
K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
Battery current sensor ECM M

Continuity
F98 3 F5 68 Existed
N
YES >> GO TO 5. O
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. P

Continuity
F98 4 F5 58 Existed

YES >> GO TO 6.

ground.
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
58
F5 68 Approx. 2.5

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A

BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature • Harness or connectors
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor cir- sensor remains 0.16V or less for 5 sec- [Battery current sensor (Battery tem-
cuit low input) onds or more. perature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
D
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature • Battery current sensor (Battery tem-
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor cir- sensor remains 4.84V or more for 5 sec- perature sensor)
cuit high input) onds or more. • Sensor power supply 2 circuit
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 2. H
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds. I
K
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Battery current sensor M

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F98 2 Ground Approx. 5
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

Continuity
F98 2 F5 39 Existed

YES >> GO TO 3.
4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
F98 3 F5 68 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check battery temperature sensor. Refer to EC-358, "Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor)".
Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000007701832
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. Disconnect battery current sensor.
3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.

+ − Resistance
Terminal
continuity with the resis-
2 3
tance value 100 Ω or more

P1575 BRAKE SWITCH
P1575 BRAKE SWITCH
A

BRAKE SW Stop lamp switch signal is sent to ECM for extremely
P1575 (Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
(Stop lamp switch circuit) long time while the vehicle is being driven.
• Stop lamp switch
D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
G
With CONSULT
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Check that the “BRAKE SW” indication as per the following condition. H
Monitor item Condition Indication

Fully released OFF I
BRAKE SW Brake pedal
Slightly depressed ON
Without CONSULT J
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
K
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated L
NO >> Proceed to EC-359, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
N
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH FUNCTION
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
+ P
Voltage
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Fully released 0V
E5 99 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage

P1575 BRAKE SWITCH
NO-1 >> Fixed at 0 V: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: GO TO 4.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
+
Stop lamp switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal
E58 (CVT)
E59 (M/T)
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit..
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ –
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
E58 (CVT)
2 E5 99 Existed
E59 (M/T)
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-158, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.
Stop lamp switch

+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
NO >> GO TO 2.

P1575 BRAKE SWITCH
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II A

1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
tions.
EC
Stop lamp switch

+ – Condition Continuity C
Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal D
YES >> INSPECTION END E

P1576 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
name
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
ASCD BRAKE SW Brake pedal position switch signal is not sent
(Brake pedal position switch circuit is open.)
P1576 (Brake pedal posi- to ECM for extremely long time while the ve-
• Brake pedal position switch
tion switch circuit) hicle is being driven.
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V
E5 100 107 Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION

+
Voltage
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Fully re-
Battery voltage
leased
Slightly de-
0V
pressed

NO-1 >> Fixed at 0V: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: GO TO 4. A
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
EC
2. Check the voltage brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+
C
Brake pedal position switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal
E30 1 Ground Battery voltage D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check the continuity brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ –
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity G
H
YES >> GO TO 4. I
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
J
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-363, "Component Inspection".
K
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".
L
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector terminals as per the follow-
ing conditions.
N
Brake pedal position switch
Terminal O
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".

ing conditions.

Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal

A

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
ASCD BRAKE SW Brake pedal position switch signal is sent to
(Brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.) E
P1577 (Brake pedal posi- ECM for extremely long time while the vehi-
• Brake pedal position switch
tion switch circuit) cle is being driven.
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation

1.PRECONDITIONING
G
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. J
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition K
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V
E5 100 107 Brake pedal L
Fully released Battery voltage
YES >> INSPECTION END M
N
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
+ P
Voltage
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Fully re-
Battery voltage
leased
Slightly de-
0V
pressed

NO-1 >> Fixed at 0V: GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Check the voltage brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Brake pedal position switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ –
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-366, "Component Inspection".
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I

ing conditions.

Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector terminals as per the follow- A
ing conditions.
Brake pedal position switch EC

Terminal
C
1 2 Brake pedal
E

P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-202,
"DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607.

DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
(Between engine restart relay and ECM harness
A Engine restart relay is stuck ON.
connector is shorted to ground.)
• Engine restart relay
(Between engine restart relay and ECM harness
STR MTR RELAY 2 is open or shorted to power.)
P1650 (Engine restart relay cir- Engine restart relay power supply (Between battery and engine restart relay har-
B
cuit) circuit is excessively high voltage. ness is open.)
(Between engine restart relay and IPDM E/R
harness is open.)
Engine restart relay circuit is ex-
C (Engine restart relay circuit is open or shorted.)
cessively low voltage

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 30 seconds
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thailand)".
CAUTION:
Is stop/start system activated normal?

A
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY-I EC

2. Remove engine restart relay.
4. Check the voltage between engine restart relay harness connector and ground. C
+
D
Engine restart relay – Voltage
Connector terminal
E21 2 Ground Battery voltage E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. F
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between engine restart relay harness connector and ground. G
+
Engine restart relay – Voltage H
Connector terminal
I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. J
3.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. K
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ – L
Engine restart relay IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
M
E21 2 F104 65 Existed
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-73,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
4.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ –
Engine restart relay ECM Continuity
E21 1 E5 87 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ –
Engine restart relay IPDM E/R Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY
Check engine restart relay. Refer to EC-370, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace engine restart relay.
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY

2. Remove engine restart relay.
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay terminals as
per the following conditions.
Engine restart re-

lay
Condition Continuity
+ –
terminal
12V direct current supply between
Existed
3 5 terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed PIIA2636J

NO >> Replace engine restart relay.

P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
A

NOTE:
• If DTC P1651 is displayed together with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to
• If DTC P1651 is displayed together with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for P0607.
Trouble diagnosis name D

A correlated error is detected for 2 sec- • Harness and connectors
STR MTR RELAY onds or more between a control signal (Between IPDM E/R harness connec- E
P1651 (Starter motor control relay cir- transmitted from ECM and a feedback sig- tor and ECM harness connector is
cuit) nal transmitted from IPDM E/R via CAN open or shorted.)
communication line. • IPDM E/R
F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine. I
2. Check the starter motor operation.
Does the starter motor operate?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II K
With CONSULT
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT. L
Without CONSULT
CAUTION: M
Is stop/start system activated?
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III O
With CONSULT
2. Let engine idle for 10 seconds or more. P
Without CONSULT
1. Restart the engine. Refer toEC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thailand)".
CAUTION:
2. Let engine idle for 10 seconds or more.

1.CHECK DTC WITH “IPDM E/R”

Check the self-diagnosis result with CONSULT. Check that DTCs are not detected by the IPDM E/R.
Refer toPCS-14, "CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-50, "CONSULT Function (IPDM E/
R)" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKING ENABLE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ –
IPDM E/R ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-73,
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
A

NOTE:
• If DTC P1652 is displayed together with DTC U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to
• If DTC P1652 is displayed together with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for P0607. Refer to EC-
324, "DTC Logic".
Trouble diagnosis name D

STR MTR SYS COMM ECM detects malfunction in starter motor
P1652 IPDM E/R
(Starter motor communication line) drive circuit of the IPDM E/R. E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start the engine and let it idle at least 5 minutes.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 20 times. I
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC. L
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC-373, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P1652 displayed again? M
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION N

O
YES >> GO TO 3.
P

P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
ECM receives primary speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal
for engine control.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1001 perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-
202, "DTC Logic".

tent)
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
IN PULY SPEED Primary speed sensor signal is different
ed)
[Input speed sensor from the theoretical value calculated by
P1715 • Harness or connectors
(Primary speed sensor) ECM from secondary sensor signal and
(Primary speed sensor circuit is open or short-
(TCM output)] engine rpm signal.
ed)
• TCM

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-419, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to TM-560, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END A
EC

P1720 VSS
P1720 VSS
ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)” via combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module).
ECM uses these signals for engine control.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC U1001 perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-
202, "DTC Logic".

tent)
(Secondary speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
V/SP SEN(A/T OUT)
The difference between two vehicle speed (Wheel sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1720 [Vehicle speed sensor
signals is out of the specified range. • TCM
(TCM output)]
• Secondary speed sensor
• Wheel sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without depressing the brake
pedal.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Check DTC with “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Refer to BRC-40, "DTC Index".

P1720 VSS
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. A
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-35, "DTC Index".
EC
>> INSPECTION END

C

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007701865
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT Stop lamp switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely
P1805 (Stop lamp switch circuit is open)
(Stop lamp switch circuit) long time while the vehicle is being driven.
• Stop lamp switch

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
3. Check that the “BRAKE SW” indication as per the following condition.

Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Brake pedal
Slightly depressed ON
Without CONSULT

Slightly depressed Illuminated
NO >> Proceed to EC-378, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007701866
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH FUNCTION

+
Voltage
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Fully released 0V
Slightly depressed Battery voltage

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". A
NO-1 >> Fixed at 0 V: GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY EC
2. Check the voltage stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
C
+
Stop lamp switch – Voltage
D
Connector Terminal
E58 (CVT)
E59 (M/T) E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.. F
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ –
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity H
E58 (CVT)
2 E5 99 Existed
E59 (M/T) I
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH K
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-379, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". L
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007701867
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
tions.
O
Stop lamp switch
P
Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II

tions.
Stop lamp switch

Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007701868
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805 for extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
(Brake switch)
driving. • Stop lamp switch

2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
YES >> Proceed to EC-380, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007701869
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Stop lamp switch A

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. C
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.
ECM Stop lamp switch E

Continuity
E5 99 E59 2 Existed
F
YES >> GO TO 4. G
H
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-381, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". I
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007701870
J
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. K
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity L

1 and 2 Brake pedal
M
NO >> GO TO 2. N
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. O
Terminals Condition Continuity

P
1 and 2 Brake pedal

P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

tent)
ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100 (Throttle control motor
throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
relay circuit open)
• Throttle control motor relay
ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
stuck ON. shorted)
relay circuit short)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
IPDM E/R ECM C

Continuity
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
YES >> GO TO 3.
E
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". F
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. G

P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2119, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer to EC-
389, "DTC Logic".

tent)
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 • Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Electric throttle control (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
operate properly.
performance) • Electric throttle control actuator

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY-I

ECM
Connector Terminal Condition Terminal
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F8 2 E5 107
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.

IPDM E/R ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
D
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity E
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. I
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. J
nector. K

Continuity L
1 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F114 F8 M
1 Existed
6
4 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. O
1. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View". P

and the housing.
: Vehicle front

YES >> GO TO 7.
dure".
JSBIA0341ZZ
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 8.
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View".

2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.

5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω

P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A

tent)
ETC MOT-B1
ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) D
ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
circuit short)
(Throttle control motor)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2. G
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-387, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
J
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. K
nector.
L

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
1 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F114 F8
1 Existed N
6
4 Not existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. P
Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-388, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.


YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View".



P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A

tent)
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction. D
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119 (Electric throttle control Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is Electric throttle control actuator
B)
actuator) not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open. E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B H
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
7. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position. J
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C L
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position. M
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? N
O

P

and the housing.
: Vehicle front

JSBIA0341ZZ
dure".

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A

NOTE:

D
tent)
APP SEN 1/CIRC
(Accelerator pedal posi- An excessively low voltage from the APP
P2122 E
tion sensor 1 circuit low in- sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
put) (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
APP SEN 1/CIRC • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal posi- An excessively high voltage from the APP (APP sensor 1) F
P2123
tion sensor 1 circuit high sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
input)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
TESTING CONDITION:
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
L
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
N
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal O
E71 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-392, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
Accelerator
E5
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
103
104

A

tent)
APP SEN 2/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P2127 (Accelerator pedal position D
APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
sensor 2 circuit low input)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
APP SEN 2/CIRC (APP sensor 2)
An excessively high voltage from the
P2128 (Accelerator pedal position • Sensor power supply 2 circuit
sensor 2 circuit high input)
APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. H

1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
L
APP sensor
M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E71 5 Ground Approx. 5 V N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
APP sensor ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 3.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR


ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
111
Accelerator
E5
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V C
103
104
D
E

P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
325, "DTC Logic".

tent)
TP SENSOR-B1 • Harness or connector
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor
circuit range/perfor- • Electric throttle control actuator
1 and TP sensor 2.
mance) (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Continuity

P2135 TP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
C
Continuity
2 33 D
F114 F5 Existed
3 34
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
H
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR I

3. Perform EC-158, "Work Procedure". J
K
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage L
Connector
Terminal Terminal

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V M
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
N
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View". O

P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
325, "DTC Logic".

• Harness or connector
Rationally incorrect voltage is
APP SENSOR (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
sent to ECM compared with
P2138 (Accelerator pedal position sen- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
the signals from APP sensor 1
sor circuit range/performance) (APP sensor 1 and 2)
and APP sensor 2.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

P2138 APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. A
EC
APP sensor ECM

C
Continuity
E71 5 E5 102 Existed D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. E
F
G
5.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. H
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.
APP sensor ECM I

Continuity
1 104
E71 E5 Existed J
2 111
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
M
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
3 110 N
E71 E5 Existed
6 103
O
YES >> GO TO 7.
P
7.CHECK APP SENSOR

P2138 APP SENSOR

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal

111
Accelerator
E5
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
103
104

COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
A
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION EC
With CONSULT
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. C
NOTE: D
Without CONSULT
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis E
Description".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007701907 G
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector. H
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor I

Continuity
1
E33 31 E26 Existed J
2
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
K
Cooling fan motor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
L
3
E26 Ground Existed
4
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-402, "Component Inspection". O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-19, "Exploded View". P
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

COOLING FAN

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Cooling fan motor

terminals Operation
Connector
+ −
1 4
E26 Cooling fan operates.
2 3
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-19, "Exploded View".

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to EC
ECM through the CAN communication line.
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-403, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
N
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-403, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-15, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Check headlamp system. Refer to EXL-48, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Check heater fan control system. Refer to the following.
• HAC-42, "Work Flow" (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING)
• HAC-120, "Work Flow" (MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING)
>> INSPECTION END

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT
2. Select “ENG OIL TEMP” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT and check indication. C

D
ENG OIL TEMP Engine: Warm-up condition More than 70°C (158 °F)
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine. E
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under following conditions.
ECM
F
Voltage
+ − Monitor item
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
[Engine is running] G
F5 57 54 NOTE: 0 - 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with oil temperature.
I
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY J

4. Check the voltage between engine oil temperature sensor harness connector and ground. K
+
Voltage L
Engine oil temperature sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F55 1 Ground 5V M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between engine oil temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
P
+ −
Engine oil temperature sen-
ECM Continuity
sor
F55 1 F5 57 Existed

3.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between engine oil temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Engine oil temperature sen-
ECM Continuity
sor
F55 2 F5 54 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-406, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-37, "Exploded View".

3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Heat oil temperature sensor in hot water and check the resis-
tance between the oil temperature sensor terminals as shown in
the figure.

sensor
Condition Resistance
+ −
Terminal
20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73 kΩ
JMBIA0080ZZ
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
A
1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F

G
H
I
PBIB3332E
J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
L
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F13 1 M
2 F19 1 Ground Battery voltage
3 F16 1
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. O
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

FUEL INJECTOR
Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F13 2 31
2 F19 2 F8 30 Existed
3 F16 2 29
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-408, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
A
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
NO >> EC-409, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
JSBIA0377ZZ
F
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I G

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) harness connector and
ground.
I
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
(fuel pump) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
B1 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 8. K
NO-1 >> Without Stop / Start System: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> With Stop / Start System: GO TO 5.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II L
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel M
pump) harness connector.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump N

IPDM E/R
(fuel pump) Voltage
E32 33 B1 1 Existed O
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

FUEL PUMP
IPDM E/R ECM

Voltage
YES >> GO TO 4.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel pump relay harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
(fuel pump) harness connector.
fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

Fuel pump relay
(fuel pump) Continuity
E41 5 B1 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
2. Check the continuity between fuel pump relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel pump relay ECM

Continuity
E41 1 F8 23 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
Check fuel pump relay. Refer to EC-411, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Relay)".
NO >> Replace fuel pump relay.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) and ground.

FUEL PUMP
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump A

(fuel pump) Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B1 3 Ground Existed EC
3. Also heck harness for short to power.

YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP D
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-411, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".
E
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump). Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
F
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000007701918
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP G

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump)” harness connector.
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump)” terminals as follows.
H
1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] I
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View". J
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Relay) INFOID:0000000007701920
K
1.FUEL PUMP RELAY
2. Remove fuel pump relay. L
3. Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals under the
following conditions.
M
Fuel pump relay
Conditions Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply N
Existed
3 5 between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
JSBIA0671ZZ
NO >> Replace fuel pump relay.
P

HOOD SWITCH
HOOD SWITCH
1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Select “HOOD SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
3. Check indication as per the following conditions.

Close OFF
HOOD SW Engine hood
Open ON
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
+
Voltage
Hood switch – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Engine Close Battery voltage

E52 1 Ground
hood Open 0V
Refer to SEC-43, "Wiring Diagram".
1.CHECK IPDM E/R OUTPUT

2. Disconnect hood switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.
+
Hood switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between hood switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
Hood switch IPDM E/R Continuity

HOOD SWITCH
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. A
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY). EC
3.CHECK HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
C
Check the continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.
+
D
Hood switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E64 2 Ground Existed E
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH G
Check the hood switch. Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Replace hood lock. Refer to DLK-170, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".
I
1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect hood switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between hood switch terminals as per the following conditions.
K
Hood switch
Terminal L
Open Existed
1 2 Engine hood
Close Not existed
M
YES >> INSPECTION END N

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2.
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.
ECM
+ − Voltage signal
17
18
F8 E5 107
22
JMBIA0219GB
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-185, "ECM : Diagnosis Procedure".

IGNITION SIGNAL
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
EC
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser
Ground Voltage C
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III E

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector F104.
F
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
IPDM E/R Condenser

Continuity G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
4.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser K
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F34 2 Ground Existed
L
YES >> GO TO 5. M
5.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-417, "Component Inspection (Condenser)" N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser. O
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. P
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

IGNITION SIGNAL
Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
1 F25 3
2 F31 3 Ground Battery voltage
3 F28 3
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
1 F25 2
2 F31 2 Ground Existed
3 F28 2
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.
Ignition coil ECM

Continuity
1 F25 1 17
2 F31 1 F8 18 Existed
3 F28 1 22
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-45, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000007701926
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I

3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.

IGNITION SIGNAL
Terminals Resistance A
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 3
Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] EC
2 and 3
YES >> GO TO 2. C
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
D
CAUTION:
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. E
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- F
dure.
4. Start engine.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. H
portion as shown in the figure. I
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion. J

CAUTION: K
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge L

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal- M
functioning.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000007701927
O
1.CHECK CONDENSER
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as follows.

1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ

IGNITION SIGNAL
NO >> Replace condenser.

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
A
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION EC

2. Make sure that MIL lights up.
D
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC U1001 is not displayed.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO >> GO TO 2.
G
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function" (TYPE A) or MWI-86, "CONSULT Func-
tion" (TYPE B).
Is DTC detected?
H
YES >> Perform troubleshooting relevant to DTC indicated.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation" (TYPE A) or MWI-124, J
"Removal and Installation" (TYPE B).
K

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
85
E5 98 1.0 - 4.0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
E44 1 E5 98 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM A

Continuity
E44 2 E5 85 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 4. C
D
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-95, "Removal and Installation" (AUTOMATIC E
AIR CONDITIONING) or HAC-148, "Exploded View" (MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING).

SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
• Brake booster pressure sensor
• Brake fluid pressure sensor
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE)
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1

+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
101
E5
102
Ground 5V
71
F5
75
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E44 3
E5
102 APP sensor 2 E71 5

ECM Sensor
A
Battery current sensor F98 1
71
Atmospheric pressure sensor M135*2 1 EC
F5
F63*1 1
75 CKP sensor (POS)
F150*2 1
C
*2: For Hong Kong
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS E
• APP sensor 2 (Refer to EC-392, "Component Inspection".)
• Atmospheric pressure sensor (Refer to EC-227, "Component Inspection".) (For Hong Kong) F
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-346, "Component Inspection".)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure".) G
YES >> Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. H

STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP
STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP
1.CHECK STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION

With CONSULT
4. Check that stop/start indicator lamp illuminate.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thailand)".
2. Check that stop/start indicator lamp as per the following condition.
Indicator lamp Condition Status

Stop/start indicator lamp Stop/start system operating Illuminate
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Check CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”
Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function" (TYPE A) or MWI-86, "CONSULT Function" (TYPE B).
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3.
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation" (TYPE A) or MWI-124,
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

STOP/START OFF SWITCH
A
1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT
2. Select “AT STOP START SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT. C
3. Check “AT STOP START SW” indication and stop/start OFF switch lamp status as per the following condi-
tion.
D
Monitor item Condition Indication Lamp status
AT STOP ON ON Illuminate
Stop/start OFF switch E
START SW OFF OFF Not illuminate
Without CONSULT
F
2. Check stop/start OFF switch lamp status as per the following condition.
Condition Lamp status

G
ON Illuminate
OFF Not illuminate
I
1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH POWER SUPPLY J

2. Disconnect stop/start OFF switch harness connector.
K
4. Check the voltage between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
L
Stop/start OFF switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M78 7 Ground Battery voltage M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. N
2.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

2. Check the continuity between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.
− P
Stop/start OFF switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
M78 6 Ground Existed

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop/start OFF switch harness connector.
+ −
ECM Stop/start OFF switch Continuity
E5 89 M78 7 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH
Check the stop/start OFF switch. Refer to EC-426, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace stop/start OFF switch. Refer to EC-442, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH

2. Disconnect stop/start OFF switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop/start OFF switch harness connectors as per the following condition.

Terminal
Pressed Existed
7 6 Stop/start OFF switch
Released Not existed
NO >> Replace stop/start OFF switch. Refer to EC-442, "Removal and Installation".

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000007701941
EC
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
D
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

E
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-409
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-170 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-407
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-68
J
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-49
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-436
K
EC-384
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-387
EC-389
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-437
L
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-414

EGR EGR volume control valve circuit 2 EC-297
M
EGR system 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 EC-294,
2 1
EC-341
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-185 N

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-222
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-231
EC-235
3 EC-239
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
EC-241
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-243
EC-233
EC-278
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-339
EC-340
2 2 EC-396
EC-391
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-393
EC-398
EC-247
Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit 6 6 6 6 5 EC-254
EC-262
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-286
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit 4 2 3 EC-276
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-288
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-291
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-311
EC-321
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-323
EC-324
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-208
cuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-327
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-420
Cooling fan circuit 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 EC-401
EC-345
EC-348
Battery current sensor circuit 4 5 5 3
EC-351
EC-354
Starter relay circuit 3 EC-368
Starter control relay circuit 3 EC-371
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-403

Fuel
Air conditioner circuit
Fuel tank
Revision: 2012 July

Vapor lock
Fuel piping
(continued on next table)
Warranty symptom code
Warranty symptom code
Valve deposit
line, Low octane)

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso-

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
5
5
AA
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
2
AA
ENGINE STALL
5
AB
ENGINE STALL
2
AB
5
5
AC
4
3
AC
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

5
5
AD
3
AD
5
5
AE
EC-429
3
AE
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
AF
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
3
AF
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
5
5
AG
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
3
AG
SYMPTOM
IDLING VIBRATION
5
5
AH
SYMPTOM
IDLING VIBRATION
3
AH
AJ
3
AJ
AK

AK
5
5
AL
3
AL
AM
AM
HA
2
HA
—
—
—
FL-5
page
FL-13
page
Reference
BRC-43
HAC-42
HAC-120
Reference
[HR12DE]
N17
I
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
EC
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Air Air duct EM-30
Air cleaner EM-30
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — elec- EM-29
5 5 5 5 5 5
tric throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-33
Air leakage from intake mani-
EM-33
fold/Collector/Gasket
Cranking PG-131 or
Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PG-136
Generator circuit CHG-15
STR-17
Starter circuit 3 (CVT)
1
STR-15 (M/T)
Signal plate 6 EM-110
TM-455
PNP signal circuit 4 (CVT)
TM-23 (M/T)
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-82
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-110
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-56
mecha-
Camshaft EM-69
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EC-210
Intake valve
3 EM-82
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-36
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-4
Three way catalyst

SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/ EM-39 F
tion Oil filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-9
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-6
G
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler CO-14
cap CO-14
Thermostat 5 CO-24
H
Water pump CO-22
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-26
Cooling fan CO-20 I
Coolant level (Low)/Contami- 5
CO-11
nated coolant
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- DLK-53 J
1 1
tem) DLK-231
Stop / Start System 1 EC-432
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. K

STOP/START SYSTEM
STOP/START SYSTEM
1.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM-I FUNCTION-I

Is the stop/start system activated?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP
Check the stop/start indicator lamp during stop/start system operation.
Is stop/start indicator lamp turned ON?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the combination meter. Refer to MWI-39, "Work flow" (TYPE A) or MWI-100, "Work flow"
(TYPE B).
3.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM-I FUNCTION-II
Check the engine status during stop/start system operation.
Is the engine stalled during stop/start system operation ?
YES >> Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT and perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM-I FUNCTION-III
Check the engine restart operation during stop/start system operation.
Is the engine restarted?
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STARTER MOTOR OPERATION
Check the starter motor operation when engine restart during stop/start system operation.
Is the starter motor operated?
YES >> Refer to STR-25, "Symptom Table".
NO >> Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT and perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
6.CHECK WARNING LAMP
Check the ABS warning lamp and air bag warning lamp.
Are ABS warning lamp or air bag warning lamp turned ON?
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP
Check the stop/start indicator lamp.
Is stop/start indicator lamp blinks slowly?

STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED
A
NOTE: EC
Check the stop/start system operation condition. Refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion (For Thailand)".
1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS C
With CONSULT
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT.
2. Check DTC. D
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT F
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine. G
Is stop/ start system activated normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK BATTERY
Check whether use battery designed for the stop/start system. Refer to PG-5, "Battery". I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace battery. Refer to PG-149, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : J
Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT
K
WITH CONSULT
2. Check that the “CML B/DCHG CRNT” indication.
L
Monitor item Indication
CML B/DCHG CRNT 50400 or less
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace battery. Refer to PG-149, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : N
5.CHARGE BATTERY
Charge battery. Refer to PG-146, "Standard Charge". O
>> GO TO 6.
P
6.CHECK BATTERY STATUS
WITH CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm up the engine coolant temperature to 45°C (113°F) or more.
2. Check the temperature of battery fluid is 5°C (41°F) or more.
3. Select “BATTERY STST” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
4. Check the “BATTERY STST” indication.
Is “OK” displayed?

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check battery. Refer to PG-136, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Work
Procedure (With Stop/Start System)".
7.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Check hood switch. Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM CONDITION OF “TCM”
Check the stop/start system condition that TCM judges. Refer to TM-391, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Description".
Is the inspection normal?

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) EC

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. C
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-59,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description". D
STOP/START SYSTEM
NOTE:
E
Refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (For Thailand)" for the stop/start system func-
tion.
• Under any of the following conditions, the stop/start system is not activated or it takes time to be activated,
depending on situation. F
- Ambient temperature is extremely low.
G

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000007701951
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.
Without CONSULT
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
>> INSPECTION END

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
A
1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC

1. Attach timing light (A) to loop wire (1) as shown.
: Vehicle front C
E
JSBIA0378ZZ
2. Check ignition timing. F
G
MBIB1331E
I
>> INSPECTION END J

1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
JSBIA0335ZZ
3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF943S

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve.
E
PBIB1589E

ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR12DE]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000007701955
JPBIA4276ZZ
1. ECM bracket 2. ECM

: Vehicle front
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000007701956
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-149, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Exploded
View".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Exploded View" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-73, "Exploded View"
(WITHOUT I-KEY).
3. Remove IPDM E/R cover (1).
A : mounting nut
B : mounting bolts
JSBIA0473ZZ

5. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
6. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-155, "WITH STOP/START SYS-
TEM : Work Procedure" (with Stop / Start System) or EC-156, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work
Procedure" (without Stop / Start System).

DC/DC CONVERTER
DC/DC CONVERTER
A
EC
JPBIA4262ZZ
1. DC/DC converter 2. DC/DC converter bracket 3. Atmospheric pressure sensor* G

4. Steering member
: Vehicle front
H
*: For Hong Kong
I
REMOVAL
3. Remove glove box cover. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
4. Disconnect atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector. K
6. Remove DC/DC converter bracket mounting screws.
7. Remove DC/DC converter mounting bolts, and then remove DC/ L
DC converter from the bracket.
JPBIA4606ZZ
O
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. P

REMOVAL
1. Remove switch panel. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Widen the pawl (A). Remove stop/start OFF switch.
JPBIA4278ZZ
INSTALLATION

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HR12DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

Idle Speed INFOID:0000000007701961
EC
Condition Specification
C
No load* (in Neutral position) 750 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000007701962

E
Transmission Condition Specification F

CVT No load* (in P or N position) 9 ± 2°BTDC
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 12 ± 2°BTDC
G
• A/C switch: OFF
H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000007701963
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)

At idle 10 – 35% J
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35%
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000007701964

K
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)

Output voltage at idle 0.7 – 1.1 V*
L
0.8 – 4.0 g/s at idle*

Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
2.0 – 10.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
M
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000008754226
Check the vehicle type (Refer to GI-32, "Model Variation") to confirm the service information in EC section.
Vehicle type
Service information
Destination Emission control
China With EURO 5 OBD HR15DE (TYPE 1)
Australia With EURO 4 OBD HR15DE (TYPE 2)
Except for China and Australia Without OBD HR15DE (TYPE 3)

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
WARNING: D
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
F
connectors. G
WARNING: H
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover K
windshield.
L
PIIB3706J N
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000006940992
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of O
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair P
cause the MI to light up.
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
tor".

PRECAUTIONS
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.

running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM.

the ECM value.
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
PBIB2947E
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

break).
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
age to ICs.
PBIB0090E

PRECAUTIONS
engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. A
EC
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator. C
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), D
MEF040D
E
TION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component F
H
SAT652J
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow I

J
SEF348N
P

PRECAUTIONS
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
SEF709Y

control systems depending on installation location.
trol units.
from the harness of electronic controls.
ratio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
Fuel tube adapter
D
E
PBIB3043E
KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter F
JSBIA0410ZZ
H
I
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti- J
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita- K
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
L
i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica- M
tion MIL-A-907)
N
S-NT779

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
JPBIA5330ZZ
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Electric throttle control actuator 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
(with intake air temperature sensor) (with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve
and throttle control motor)
4. Refrigerant pressure sensor 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Battery current sensor
Refer to HA-13, "Component Parts
Location".
7. ECM 8. IPDM E/R
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts
Location".

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
I
JSBIA0592ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.4 2. Ignition coil No.3 3. Ignition coil No.2

(with power transistor) (with power transistor) (with power transistor) J
4. Ignition coil No.1 5. PCV valve 6. Intake valve timing control solenoid
(with power transistor) valve
7. Engine oil pressure sensor 8. Engine oil temperature sensor 9. Knock sensor K
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Intake camshaft position sensor 12. Exhaust camshaft position sensor
13. Exhaust valve timing control sole- 14. Fuel injector No.1 (Front) 15. Fuel injector No.1 (Rear)
noid valve L
16. Fuel injector No.2 (Front) 17. Fuel injector No.2 (Rear) 18. Fuel injector No.3 (Front)
19. Fuel injector No.3 (Rear) 20. Fuel injector No.4 (Front) 21. Fuel injector No.4 (Rear)
22. Crankshaft position sensor M
A. Engine front right side B. Left view of the engine C. Engine rear right side

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA0565ZZ
1. A/F sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
I
JPBIA5331ZZ
1. Fuel pump (with fuel level sensor unit 2. EVAP canister 3. Stop lamp switch
and fuel pressure regulator) J
Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor
A. Left side of engine room B. Periphery of pedals K
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006940997
L
Component Reference
ECM EC-456, "ECM"
M
A/F sensor 1 EC-454, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1"
A/F sensor 1 heater EC-455, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-454, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor" N
Battery current sensor EC-455, "Battery Current Sensor"
Cooling fan motor EC-456, "Cooling Fan"
O
Crankshaft position sensor EC-456, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-456, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-457, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor" P
Engine oil pressure sensor EC-457, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-457, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-458, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
Exhaust camshaft position sensor EC-455, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve EC-458, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Reference
Fuel injector EC-458, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel pump EC-459, "Fuel Pump"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-459, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-459, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-460, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-460, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor"
Intake camshaft position sensor EC-455, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-460, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Knock sensor EC-460, "Knock Sensor"
Mass air flow sensor EC-461, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
PCV valve EC-463, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-461, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Throttle control motor EC-462, "Throttle Control Motor"
Throttle control motor relay EC-462, "Throttle Control Motor Relay"
Throttle position sensor EC-462, "Throttle Position Sensor"

Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
PBIB1741E
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000006940999
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB

COMPONENT PARTS
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the A
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
EC
PBIB3354E
D
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000006941000
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION E
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 F
heater control heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating G
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.
Battery Current Sensor INFOID:0000000006941002
H
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con- I
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing J
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command K
value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage
variable control, refer to CHG-10, "POWER GENERATION VOLT-
AGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
CAUTION:
JPBIA3262ZZ L
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur. M
Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006941003
The camshaft position sensor senses the protrusion of camshaft to N

identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor senses
the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor system becomes inoperative,
O
the camshaft position sensor provides various controls of engine
parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause P
change.
PBIA9209J
changes.

COMPONENT PARTS
JPBIA4880GB
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006941006
The crankshaft position sensor is located on the cylinder block rear

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at end of the
crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
change.
changes.
PBIA9209J
JPBIA4880GB
ECM INFOID:0000000006941007
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIA9222J
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.

COMPONENT PARTS
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. A
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine EC

ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to C
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
D
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
G
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 H
SEF012P
I
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006941010
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure
J
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
JSBIA0292ZZ
M
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006941011
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil N
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor O
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K

COMPONENT PARTS
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
JSBIA0651ZZ
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006941013
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through exhaust valve timing control
unit or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle.
stops oil pressure flow to fix the exhaust valve angle at the control
position.
JSBIA0652ZZ
engine fuel needs.
JSBIA0742ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006941015

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay EC
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. C
The ECM activates the fuel pump for a few seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the D
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
E
F
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops. G
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000006941017
H
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig- I
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con- J
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
K
SEF327R
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000006941018
L
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator M

Engine speed
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control N
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. O
OPERATION
P
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load

COMPONENT PARTS
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000006941019
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006941020
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
SEF012P

or stops oil flow.
position.
PBIB1842E
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
JSBIA0284ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Malfunction Indicator INFOID:0000000006941023
A
The MI is located on the combination meter.
The MI will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check. EC
When the engine is started, the MI should turn OFF. If MI remains
ON or continues blinking, the on board diagnostic system detects a
DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas.
For details, refer to EC-488, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc- C
tion Indicator (MI)".
D
SAT652J

E
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the F
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to G
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
H
PBIA9559J
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp INFOID:0000000006941025

I
Oil pressure warning lamp is located on the combination meter.
It indicates the low pressure of the engine oil and the malfunction of
the engine oil pressure system. J
Combination meter turns the oil pressure warning lamp ON/OFF
according to the oil pressure warning lamp signal received from
ECM via CAN communication. K
For details, refer to EC-480, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description".
L
PBIA8559J
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006941026 M
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. N
PBIB2657E

COMPONENT PARTS
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp
switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used
mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being
driven.
JSBIA0308ZZ
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000006941028
back to the ECM to control the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
Throttle Control Motor Relay INFOID:0000000006941029
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
Throttle Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006941030
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
PBIB0145E

A
EC
G
PBIB2962E

manifold. H
valve.
tions.
M
PBIB1588E

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006941032
JPBIA5332GB

SYSTEM
A
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
EC
JSBIA2784GB

SYSTEM
JSBIA2785GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA2786GB
*1: 1 (with intelligent key) / 8 (without intelligent key)

*2: 2 (with intelligent key) / 10 (without intelligent key) P
*3: 1
*4: 2
*5: 1
*6: 2
*7: Used in this model.
*8: Not used in this model.
NOTE:

SYSTEM
• The following parts are used for the vehicle with intelligent key.
- Starter relay
- BCM
• The following parts are used for the vehicle with CVT.
- Transmission range switch
• The cooling fan resister and cooling fan motor (2 terminals type) are not used in this model.
• ECM terminal No. 55 is not used in this model.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006941034
JPBIA4882GB

SYSTEM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*4
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
EC

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position D
Fuel injection & mixture
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*1 Fuel injector
PNP signal ratio control
Transmission range switch*2 E
Battery Battery voltage*4
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2*3 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*5

G
Combination meter Vehicle speed*5
A/C ON signal*5
BCM
Blower fan signal*5 H
*1: M/T models
*2: CVT models
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. I
*5: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION J
K
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor, camshaft position sen-
sor and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION L
<Fuel increase> M
• During warm-up
N
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D (CVT models)
O
<Fuel decrease>
P

SYSTEM
PBIB2793E
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-454, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-
fuel mixture).
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
the two ratios.
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation

SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A
EC
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used. D

when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System E
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. F
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- G
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
H
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006941036
JPBIA4883GB
N
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART O

SYSTEM

Ignition timing control Ignition coil (with power transistor)
*1
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
PNP signal
Transmission range switch*2
*1: M/T models
*2: CVT models
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle

SYSTEM
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006941038
EC
H
JSBIA0320GB
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006941039 I

J
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position K
IPDM E/R L
Battery Battery voltage*1 ↓
A/C compressor request
Air conditioner relay
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure signal
↓
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*2 Compressor M
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
A/C ON signal*2 N
BCM
Blower fan signal*2
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. P

SYSTEM
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006941045
JSBIA0321GB

IPDM E/R
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ↓
Cooling fan speed request
Cooling fan relay
Battery Battery voltage*1 signal
↓
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan motor
A/C ON signal*2
BCM
Blower fan signal*2
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

SYSTEM
A
EC
PBIB2483E F
G
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
H
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON
I
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006941047 J
O
JSBIA0114GB
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006941048 P

SYSTEM

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EVAP canister purge EVAP canister purge volume
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) flow control control solenoid valve
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3039E
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

SYSTEM
EC
L
JPBIA5336ZZ
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. EVAP canister 3. Intake manifold M

solenoid valve
: Vehicle front
N
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
O

SYSTEM
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006941049
JPBIA4760GB

Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature Intake valve timing Intake valve timing control
control solenoid valve
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JPBIA4884GB
valve.
ture and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve
timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open
timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL

SYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006941051
EC
E
JPBIA4885GB
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006941052

F

G
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1 H
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature Exhaust valve timing control
Exhaust valve timing control
solenoid valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature I
Combination meter *2
Vehicle speed
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
K
JPBIA4886GB
P
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
ture and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve
timing (EVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/
open timing of the exhaust valve to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed.
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

SYSTEM
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System Dia-
gram INFOID:0000000006941057
JSBIA0704GB
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De-

scription INFOID:0000000006941058

Engine oil pressure sensor Engine pressure Engine protection control Combination meter
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed • Oil pressure warning lamp signal • Oil pressure warning lamp
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres-
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp a before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter. The combination meter turns ON the oil pres-
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.
Decrease in engine Combination meter

Engine speed
oil pressure Oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON*
Detection
1,000 rpm or more ON
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.

A
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-481, "Diag- D
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E

INFOID:0000000006941065
ECM memory. The MI will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
the ECM memory, and the MI illuminates. The MI illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MI,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
MI DTC 1st trip DTC

Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Blinking Illuminated Blinking Illuminated displaying displaying displaying displaying

damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-510, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —

If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MI will not
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words, the
DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive
trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips,
only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the 1st trip,
the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-510, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
minating the MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or

ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
EC
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
stored in the ECM memory. I
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on.
• The MI will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
M
MI (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-

JMBIA1060GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
remain in ECM.)
is stored in ECM.
Driving Pattern B
Driving Pattern C

Example: A
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
EC
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Qual- C
ity Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
O
JMBIA1060GB

stored in ECM.
System”
Driving Pattern A
Driving Pattern B
DRIVING PATTERN A
NOTE:
A.
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
closed loop.
closed loop.
NOTE:
B.
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]

than 70°C (158°F). A
NOTE:
EC
ing pattern C.
pattern C. C
stored in ECM.
D
NOTE:
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
J
SRT SET TIMING K
L
Example
Diagnosis M
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
N
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) O
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
P

Example
Diagnosis
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG
(Consecutive NG)
(1st trip) DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
NOTE:
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator (MI) INFOID:0000000006941070
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator signal
to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MI: ON/blink) the signal received from the exhaust
emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC that
affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp sig-
nal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MI, according to the
signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunction
detection.
• Control modules that a DTC of MI ON/Blink is stored (Control mod-
SAT652J
ule varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM
1. The MI illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MI circuit if MI does not illuminate. Refer to EC-744, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
NOTE:
If MI remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Selfdi-
agnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.

A
Bulb check MI can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set. EC
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MI to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected.
C
Accelerator pedal released position learning ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-531, "Description".
Throttle valve closed position learning ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-532, "Description". D
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-533, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value clear Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-535, "Description".
E
BULB CHECK MODE
Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MI bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.). F
Operation Procedure
2. The MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. G
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-744, "Component Function Check".
SRT STATUS MODE H
Description
components. For SRT, refer to EC-487, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code". I
Operation Procedure
J
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MI if all SRT codes are set.
• ECM blinks MI for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
K
JPBIA4887GB P
Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MI when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system compo-
nents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
Operation Procedure

2. Check that MI illuminates.
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-744, "Component Function Check".
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects the same malfunction twice in
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MI when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MI is
blinking.
NOTE:
function.
MI starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MI starts blinking during this period. This blinking is
displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
PBIB0092E

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs

or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using
the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. A
EC
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
J
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
K
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later L
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- M
function. Refer to EC-510, "DTC Index".
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as N
well.
O
• Test values P
NOTE:

FUNCTION

Active Test
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work Support
indications on the CONSULT unit.
• Test values
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the specified When learning the idle air volume
SELF-LEARNING CONT • The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self-
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • Idle condition When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • Idle condition When adjusting target ignition timing
CLSD THL POS LEARN • Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning throttle valve closed
position

Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-510, "DTC Index".
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.

NOTE: A
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT. EC
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data C
Freeze frame data item* Description

• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX.
D
DTC RESULTS
(Refer to EC-510, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
E
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule than short-term fuel trim. F
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base
fuel schedule. G
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
H
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. I
• One mode in the following is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1 J
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. K
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item L
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks

• Accuracy becomes poor if engine M
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated. N
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
displayed. • When engine is running, specification O
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL ms pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any P
learned on board correction.
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
rection factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.

• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
A/F SEN1 (B1) V
the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B1) V
is displayed.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN way catalyst is relatively small.
value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal volt-
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 age is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
TP SEN 2-B1 played.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine played regardless of the starter sig-
speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condition-
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF er switch as determined by the air conditioner sig-
nal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal sent from EPS control
unit) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the electrical
lode signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light-
ing switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
INJ PULSE-B1 msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig-
computed value is indicated.
nals.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
according to the input signals. value is indicated.
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.

A
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con- EC
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
C
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA
gle.
D
EXH/V TIM B1 °CA • Indicates [°CA] of exhaust camshaft retard angle.
• The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
INT/V SOL(B1) ing to the input signals) is indicated. E
%
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter- F
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition G
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to H
the input signals.
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals). I
COOLING FAN HI/LOW/OFF HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
J
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
• The control condition of the power generation
K
voltage variable control (determined by ECM ac-
cording to the input signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG ON/OFF ON: Power generation voltage variable control is L
active.
OFF: Power generation voltage variable control
is inactive.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle M
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learn-
ing N
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT
formed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already
been performed successfully. O
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MI is activated.
• The engine oil temperature (determined by the
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sen- P
sor) is indicated.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR(B1) %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.

• Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation
ALT DUTY % command value. The ratio is calculated by ECM
based on the battery current sensor signal.
• The signal voltage of battery current sensor is
BAT CUR SEN mV
displayed.
• Indicates the correction of a factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference be-
A/F ADJ-B1 — tween the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and
the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen-
sor) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neu-
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tral position (PNP) signal.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition clutch pedal posi- • Models other than M/T models always
CLUTCH P/P SW ON/OFF
tion switch signals. display OFF.
• The signal voltage from the battery temperature
BAT TEMP SEN V
THRTL STK CNT B1 — Not used.
EOP SENSOR mV • The signal voltage of EOP sensor is displayed.
INCMP/CM- NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1)
PLT The item is indicated, but not used.
A/F SEN1 INCMP/CM- NOTE:
DIAG2(B1) PLT The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Engine: Return to the original trouble
condition If trouble symptom disappears,
• Change the amount of fuel injection using see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
CONSULT.
condition
If trouble symptom disappears, • Perform Idle Air Volume
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set
see CHECK ITEM. Learning.
• Retard the ignition timing using CON-
SULT.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the en- • Harness and connectors
gine. • Compression
• A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE Engine runs rough or dies.
• Shift lever: Neutral • Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a • Spark plug
time using CONSULT. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
“OFF” CONSULT. • Cooling fan motor
• Engine: Return to the original trouble • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT condition If trouble symptom disappears, • Engine coolant temperature
TEMP • Change the engine coolant temperature see CHECK ITEM. sensor
using CONSULT. • Fuel injector

A
• Engine: After warming up, run engine at
1,500 rpm.
Engine speed changes accord- • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge volume
ing to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
control solenoid valve opening percent EC
using CONSULT.
ALTERNATOR • Engine: Idle
Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY • Change duty ratio using CONSULT.
• Alternator
C
• Engine: Return to the original non-stan-
EXH V/T ASSIGN dard condition If malfunctioning symptom dis-
• Exhaust valve timing control D
ANGLE • Change exhaust valve timing using CON- appears, see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve
SULT.
• Engine: Return to the original non-stan-
INT V/T ASSIGN dard condition If malfunctioning symptom dis- E
• Intake valve timing control
ANGLE • Change intake valve timing using CON- appears, see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve
SULT.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
F
SRT STATUS Mode
G
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
H
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
I
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-600, "DTC Logic"
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-590, "DTC Logic" J
K

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM

Remarks:
*Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the
specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING
monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and
other ignition timing related sensors.

MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-547, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-547, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-547, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1)
are met. 1.0 V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at LEAN ←→ RICH
VHCL SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V

ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

• Shift lever:1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
the engine ON
• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON

ECM
A
and/or ON
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting EC
OFF
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan switch: ON ON C
HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON D
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Selector lever position: P or N E
INJ PULSE-B1 (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• No load
• Engine: After warming up 4°BTDC (CVT) F
Idle
• Selector lever position: P or N 10°BTDC (M/T)
IGN TIMING (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45°BTDC G
• No load
CAL/LD VALUE (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) H
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0.8 - 4.0 g/s I
MASS AIRFLOW (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g/s
• No load J
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) K
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA L
INT/V TIM(B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
Quickly
• No load M
EXH/V TIM B1 (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
Approx. 0° - 40°CA N
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Quickly
• No load
• Selector lever position: P or N O
INT/V SOL(B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
Quickly
• No load
P
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
the engine ON
ON
• Except above OFF

ECM
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
OFF
(208°F) or less
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
HIGH
(212°F) or more
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
VEHICLE SPEED
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
CMPLT
Vehicle has traveled after MI has turned 0 - 65,535 km
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
• Battery: Fully charged*
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever position: P or N (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) Approx 2,500 - 3,500 mV
• No load
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine running −0.330 - 0.330
ture
Selector lever position: P or N (CVT) or
ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
• Engine: Idle
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
Clutch pedal: Fully released OFF
CLUTCH P/P SW • Ignition switch: ON
Clutch pedal: Fully depressed ON
Indicates the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) Idle
around the battery.
• No load
THRTL STK CNT B1 Not used. —
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx 1,000 - 2,000 mV
EOP SENSOR (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx 1,500 - 3,500 mV
• No load

ECM
A
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) —
A/F SEN1 NOTE:
— EC
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
C
TERMINAL LAYOUT
F
PBIA9221J
PHYSICAL VALUES
G
NOTE:
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (A), loosen (C) it with H
- ECM (1)
- Fasten (B)
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM I
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact. J
JMBIA0029ZZ
K

Value L
Input/ Condition
Output
2.6 V M

Output N
(L) (B) (Open) • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
JMBIA0213GB O
2 108 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
(L/W) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)
2.9 - 8.8 V P
[Engine is running]
3 108
A/F sensor 1 heater Output • Idle speed
(G) (B)
ing engine)
JSBIA0714GB

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
1.8 V

Output
(P) (B) (Close) • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0215GB
[Engine is running] 10 V
- Engine: after warming up
5 59 Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
Output and at idle for 1 minute under no
(BR) (R) heater
load
JMBIA0214GB

[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
9 108 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB

Output
(SB) (B) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
ing engine.)
JMBIA0216GB
10
(B)
11
(B)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
12 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 1 (Rear) EC
(L) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
16
Fuel injector No. 3 (Rear) • Warm-up condition
(G)
• Idle speed
20 NOTE: C
Fuel injector No. 2 (Rear)
(O) The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
24
Fuel injector No. 4 (Rear) D
(R)
108 JMBIA0221GB
Output
25 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 4 (Front)
(R) (11 - 14 V)
E
29
(G) [Engine is running]
30
Fuel injector No. 2 (Front) • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm F
(O)
31
(L) JMBIA0222GB
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 108 [Ignition switch: OFF]
(G/W) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V H
17 0 - 0.3 V
(V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition I
• Idle speed
18 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending
(Y/B)
on rpm at idle J
108 JMBIA0219GB
Output
21 (B)
Ignition signal No. 4 0.2 - 0.5 V
(W) K
[Engine is running]
22
Ignition signal No. 3 • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm L
(BR)
JMBIA0220GB
M
• For 1 second after turning ignition
0 - 1.0 V
switch ON
23 108 [Engine is running] N
(GR) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ig-
(11 - 14 V)
nition switch ON O
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
32 108 ECM relay switch OFF P
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
(B) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
36 Sensor ground
— — — —
(W) (L) • Idle speed
0 - 4.8 V
38 44 Engine coolant temperature
(LG) (P) sensor
0 - 4.8 V
39 68
Battery temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with battery
(L) (R)
temperature.
40 Sensor ground
— — — —
(L) (Knock sensor shield circuit)
Sensor ground
44
— (Engine coolant temperature — — —
(P)
sensor)
0.4 V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
45 52
(G/B) (LG)
0 - 4.8 V
46 52 Intake air temperature sen-
(V) (LG) sor
air temperature.
[Engine is running]
47 60 • Idle speed
Engine oil pressure sensor Input
(Y) (L) [Engine is running]

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
4.3 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
on rpm at idle
JSBIA0716GB
48 63 Exhaust camshaft position D
Input
(W/R) (GR) sensor
4.3 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
JSBIA0717GB
49 108
A/F sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(P) (B) G
[Engine is running]
rpm quickly after the following condi- H
tions are met
50 59
(L) (R)
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute I
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
Sensor ground
52 J
— (Mass air flow sensor/Intake — — —
(LG)
air temperature sensor)
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
53 108 K
A/F sensor 1 Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(L) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm ratio.
Sensor ground
54
(BR)
— (Engine oil temperature sen- — — — L
sor)
0 - 4.8 V
57 54 Engine oil temperature sen-
(P) (BR) sor M
oil temperature.
[Engine is running]
58 68
(O) (R)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged* 2.5 - 3.5 V
• Idle speed
N
59 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
O
60 Sensor ground
— — — —
(L) (Engine oil pressure sensor)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
on rpm at idle
JMBIA2185GB
61 62
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(R) (G)
4.0 V
[Engine is running]
JMBIA2186GB
62 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G) (Crankshaft position sensor)
63 Sensor ground
— — — —
(GR) (Camshaft position sensor)
4.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
on rpm at idle
JSBIA0718GB
65 63 Intake camshaft position
Input
(W/R) (GR) sensor
4.3 V
[Engine is running]
JSBIA0719GB
68 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Battery current sensor)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/
69 108 (11 - 14 V)
Park/Neutral position signal Input T)
(BR) (B)
0V
• Shift lever: Except above position
(Y) (R) (Battery current sensor)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 10 V
C
D
2,000rpm quickly
JSBIA0720GB
E
(O) (L) (Engine oil pressure sensor)
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V F
(BR) (G) (Crankshaft position sensor)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed G
7 - 10 V
77 108 Exhaust valve timing control
Output [Engine is running] H
2,000rpm quickly
I
JSBIA0720GB

— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V J
(L/W) (GR) (Camshaft position sensor)
81 108 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(BR) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)
K
83 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
84 Input/
— CAN-H — — L
(L) Output
[Engine is running]
85 98 • Warm-up condition
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
(GR) (LG) • Both A/C switch and blower fan M
88 Input/
— Data link connector — —
(GR) Output N
93 108
(11 - 14 V) O
Sensor ground
98
(LG)
sor)
P
0V
Sensor power supply
101 98
(W) (LG)
sor)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
Sensor power supply
102 104
(BR) (Y)
sensor 2)
Input
Sensor ground
104
(Y)
sensor 2)
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
106 111
(V) (R)
sensor 1)
108
(B)
Input
Sensor ground
111
(R)
sensor 1)
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-130, "FOR
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery".

Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control
circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-744, "Compo-
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check"
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
DTC RELATED ITEM
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control The signal is not energized to the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve

ECM
A
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. EC
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) C
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above D
E
P0223 condition. F
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
P0198
G
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a H
I
small range.
J
When accelerating Poor acceleration K
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a L
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. M
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
malfunction:)
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. N
degrees or less. O
engine stalls. P
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.

ECM
chart.
Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 • U0101 U1001 CAN communication line
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0196 P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
• P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0520 Engine oil pressure sensor
• P0605 P0607 ECM
• P0643 Sensor power supply
• P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1550 P1551 P1552 P1553 P1554 Battery current sensor
• P1610 - P1615 NATS
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 • P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
• P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0078 Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0603 ECM
• P1078 Exhaust camshaft position sensor
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1805 Brake switch
• P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
• P2118 Throttle control motor
3 • P0011 Intake valve timing control
• P0014 Exhaust valve timing control
• P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
• P0300 - P0304 Misfire
• P0420 Three way catalyst function
• P0524 Engine oil pressure
• P1715 Input speed sensor
• P1720 Vehicle speed sensor
• P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
DTC Index INFOID:0000000006941076
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT SRT code Trip MI Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (TCM) — 2 — EC-558
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-559

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 — — — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-560
P0014 0014 EXT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-564
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-567

ECM
DTC*1
Items A
ECM*3
GST*2
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-567 EC
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-570
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-570
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × EC-573 C
P0078 0078 EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-575
D
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-583
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-583 E
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-585
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-585
F
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-587
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-587
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-590 G
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-594
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-597
H
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-600
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-605
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-611 I
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-619
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-625
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-629 J
P0196 0196 EOT SENSOR — 2 — EC-633
P0197 0197 EOP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-635
K
P0198 0198 EOP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-635
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-637
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-637 L
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-640
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-640
M
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-640 N
O
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-648
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-652
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-656 P
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-661
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 — 2 × EC-664
P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — EC-666
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — EC-668
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*6 — 2 × EC-671

ECM
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-673
1*7 ×*7
P0607 0607 ECM — EC-675
2*8 —*8
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-676
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-678
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-681
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-684
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — SEC-51
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — 2 — SEC-52
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-53
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — EC-701
P1720 1720 V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) — 2 — EC-702
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-704
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-706
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-709
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-706
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-713
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-715
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-717
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-717
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-720
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-720
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-723
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-726
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MI illuminates.
*6: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
*7: CVT models.
*8: M/T models.
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.

ECM
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. A
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
EC

ECM
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
01H
(Bank 1)
P014C 8DH 04H
P014C 8EH 04H
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
HO2S P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
P015B 93H 01H
P015B 94H 01H
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
02H
P0139 82H 11H
nosis
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
C
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
E
P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean)
F
P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
G
05H
(Bank 2)
P014E 8DH 04H
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
HO2S P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H
P015D 94H 01H
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
06H
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0420 82H 01H
21H
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage

P0430 82H 01H
22H
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
31H EGR function
idling condition
P1402 84H 96H
rate
P0011 80H 9DH
P0014 81H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) P0011 82H 9DH
P0014 83H 9DH
VVT P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis

P0021 80H 9DH
P0024 81H 9DH
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2) P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output
39H P0455 80H 0CH
C
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch)
Leak area index (for more than 0.02 D
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
3CH P0456 81H FDH
E
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring
F
valve close
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) 81H 0BH G
42H 80H 0CH
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur- H
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
SOR
High Input: P0052 rent to voltage I
46H 80H 0CH
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur- J
47H P0063 80H 0CH
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected K
81H 01H
Secondary air injection system pump L
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
airflow M
ARY AIR
84H 01H
Secondary air injection system switch- N
P2440 85H 01H
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
O
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped P
82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
P0307 86H 24H
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder
P0307 8FH 24H
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
P0300 93H 24H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
ing cycles
C
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
D
Misfire counts for last/current driving E
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles G
H
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
I
P0305 0CH 24H J
cycles
A7H No. 6 cylinder misfire ing cycles K
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving L
Misfire counts for last/current driving M
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
ing cycles
N
A9H No. 8 cylinder misfire
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles
O

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
WIRING DIAGRAM
JRBWC1226GB

EC
JRBWC1227GB

JRBWC1228GB

EC
JRBWC1229GB

JRBWC1230GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
BASIC INSPECTION A
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MI ON).
508, "Fail Safe".
>> GO TO 5.
508, "Fail Safe".
>> GO TO 6.
detected again.
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
this check.
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. A
With CONSULT EC
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value in “SPEC”
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE D
YES >> GO TO 11. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
F
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-747, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
G
>> GO TO 10.
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. H
NOTE:
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspec- I
tion".
YES >> GO TO 11. J
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART K
ment. L
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 12. M
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function N
O
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM. If the P
completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING PATTERN” in EC-543,
"SRT Set Driving Pattern".
DESCRIPTION

tomer complaint.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
SEF907L
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017

A
When replacing ECM, perform additional service when replacing ECM. EC

NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. To perform the opera-
tion, always follow the work instructions. Refer to EC-529, "Work Procedure".
C
1.CHECK ECM D
Use GLOBAL WEB-FAST to check ECM to see if it is a blank ECM.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
F
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
NOTE:
The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT. G
Is the ECM part number saved?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. H
3.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING

After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”. I
NOTE:
• During programming, maintain the following conditions
- Ignition switch: ON
J
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 - 13.5 V (Use “Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
K
>> GO TO 6.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING L
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
NOTE:
• If ECM part number is unknown, use GLOBAL WEB-FAST. M
• During programming, maintain the following conditions
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed N
- Battery voltage: 12 - 13.5 V (Use “Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6. O
5.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-758, "Removal and Installation". P
>> GO TO 6.
Refer to SEC-49, "ECM : Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 7.


Refer to EC-531, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 8.
>> GO TO 9.
>> END

A
1.START
>> END F

valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside is
cleaned.
1.START
WITH CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
WITHOUT CONSULT
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more.
>> END

A
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed EC
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
C
1.PRECONDITIONING D
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
- For vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, perform one of the following procedures before
starting engine not to illuminate headlamps.
• Apply parking brake G
• Set lighting switch to the 1st position
• Transmission: Warmed-up H
- CVT models
tem indicates less than 0.9 V. I
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
K
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-531, "Work Proce- L
dure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-532, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING O
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. P
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-531, "Work Proce-
dure".

7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
PBIB0665E
>> GO TO 4.
cations.
For specification, refer to EC-759, "Idle Speed" and EC-759, "Ignition Timing".
NO >> GO TO 5.
Check the following
YES >> GO TO 6.
the incident.
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
>> INSPECTION END

A
C
1.START
With CONSULT
With GST E
F
>> END
H

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
1.INSPECTION START
- Gasket
SEF983U
SEF976U

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
>> GO TO 3

BASIC INSPECTION
EC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
PBIA8513J
1. Stop engine.
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
G
>> GO TO 6.
Perform EC-533, "Work Procedure". H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4. I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
K
YES >> GO TO 10.
L
NO >> GO TO 8.
Check the Following. M
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION O
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-49, "BCM : Work Proce- P
dure".
>> GO TO 4.

BASIC INSPECTION
- Timing indicator (1)

YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
MBIB1331E

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 13.
YES >> GO TO 14.
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.

YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
MBIB1331E

YES >> GO TO 17.

BASIC INSPECTION

EC
YES >> GO TO 18.
C
"BCM : Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
F
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-529, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

With CONSULT
3. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
2. Start engine.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
purposes.
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
sure cannot be completely released because N17 models do not have fuel return system.
adapter [SST: KV10118400 or KV10120000] (D), then connect
fuel pressure gauge (A).
To quick connector
To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp
CAUTION:

3. Remove fuel hose.
CAUTION:

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure. A
5 : No.2 spool
CAUTION: EC
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel C
tube (3) and No.1 spool (4).

N4710 or 16439 40U00).

F
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector (1).
G
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel H
tube does not come off.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. I
CAUTION:
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operat- JPBIA5333ZZ
ing. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings. J

At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) K

NO >> GO TO 2. L
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. M
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace. N

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
OUTLINE
SRT ITEM
SRT item* Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0130, P0133
*: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
EC
JSBIA0399GB
K
L
CAUTION:

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
JSBIA1318GB
NOTE:
(56 MPH) again.
habits, etc.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est. A
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. C
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
D
1.CHECK DTC
E
Check DTC.
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-510, "DTC Index".
F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT G
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
WITHOUT CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-488, "On Board Diagnosis Function". H
WITH GST
Is SRT code(s) set? I
YES >> END
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4. J
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to K
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-487, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Sys-
tem Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
3. Check DTC. L
NO >> GO TO 7. M
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-487, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION :
System Readiness Test (SRT) Code". N
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once. O
>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1 P

- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 - 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 1.4 V
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
NOTE:
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
WITHOUT CONSULT
WITH GST
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
EC
MI.
tion) E
F
1.START
G
- CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID I
TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
NOTE:
with CONSULT.
N
YES >> END O
NO >> Go to EC-548, "Diagnosis Procedure".

OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2318E

EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
the SP value.

NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because it may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
YES >> GO TO 17.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
3. Start engine.
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
NOTE:
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-540, "Work Procedure".)
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-6, "Exploded
View"), and then GO TO 8.
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View"), and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.


1. Start engine.
the SP value.
EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10. E
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-735, "Component Inspection".)
YES >> Replace fuel injector (Refer to EM-168, "Removal and Installation"), and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11. H

1. Start engine. I
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION K
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0131, refer to EC-594, "DTC Logic". L
Is any DTC detected? M
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT N
Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC.
O
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine. P
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 15.
1. Stop the engine.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
SP value.
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine

YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
1. Stop the engine.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
1. Start engine.
EC
the SP value.
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-578, "DTC
C
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” D
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? E
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-157, "Removal and Installa-
tion"), and then GO TO 29. F
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-758, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform EC-529, "Work Procedure". G
>> GO TO 29.
H
• Crushed air ducts I
J
YES >> GO TO 27.
K
SP value. L
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27. M
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the N
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 28. O
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-157, "Removal and Installa-
tion"), and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM P
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve

>> GO TO 30.

A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION EC

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. E
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal F
10
F10
11 Ground Existed
G
E7 108
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I
• Harness connectors E12, F39
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground J
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

K
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
ECM M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
O
• 10 A fuse (No. 51) P
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will
E7 105 Ground
exist for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0 V.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
2. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With I–KEY) or PCS-73,
"Removal and Installation" (Without I–KEY).
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 10.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
A
12.CHECK 20 A FUSE EC
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 49) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI D
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E32.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. E
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity F
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short power in harness or connectors. H
I
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With I–KEY) PCS-73, "Removal
and Installation" (Without I–KEY).
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
LOST COMM (TCM) CAN communication line between
U0101 communication signal of OBD (emission-related
(Lost communication with TCM) TCM and ECM
diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication Harness or connectors
U1001 CAN communication line signal other than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds (CAN communication line
or more. is open or shorted) F

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> EC-559, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

J

P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause

• Crankshaft position sensor
• Intake camshaft position sensor
There is a gap between angle of
Intake valve timing control • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the
P0011 target and phase-control angle
performance camshaft
degree.
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve
timing control

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
as possible.

P or N position (CVT)
Shift lever
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
With GST
YES >> Go to EC-561, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

P0011 IVT CONTROL
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) A

EC
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
C
CAUTION:
With GST D
YES >> Go to EC-561, "Diagnosis Procedure" E
F
1. Start engine. G
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? H
YES >> Go to LU-17, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
J
PBIA8559J

K
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.Refer to EM-188, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-650, "Component Inspection". M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View". N
4.CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-654, "Component Inspection". O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace intake camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-175, "Exploded View". P

P0011 IVT CONTROL
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> GO TO 6.
"Removal and Installation".
JSBIA0599ZZ

NO >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END



1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

P0011 IVT CONTROL
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-188, "Exploded View". A
EC

P0014 EVT CONTROL
P0014 EVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0014 is displayed with DTC P0078, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0078. Refer to EC-
575, "DTC Logic".

• Exhaust camshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 There is a gap between angle of
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of
P0014 (Exhaust valve timing control target and phase-control angle
the camshaft
performance) degree.
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for exhaust

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

Selector lever
With GST
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.

P0014 EVT CONTROL
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 2,950 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) A

Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
EC
C
CAUTION:
With GST D
YES >> Proceed to EC-565, "Diagnosis Procedure" E
F
1. Start engine. G
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? H
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-17, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
J
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

K
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-566, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View".
Check the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-650, "Component Inspection". M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View". N
4.CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check the exhaust camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-654, "Component Inspection". O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-188, "Exploded View". P
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXHAUST)

P0014 EVT CONTROL
YES >> GO TO 6.
JSBIA0600ZZ

NO >> GO TO 7.
Refer to EM-197, "Inspection", “INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION”.
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground
2 (Continuity should not exist)

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-188, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control


A
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out • Harness or connectors C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater
P0031
1 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the circuit is open or shorted.)
A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
D
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater
P0032 1 heater control circuit
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the circuit is shorted.)
high
A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. J
YES >> Go to EC-567, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NG >> INSPECTION END
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
YES >> GO TO 2. N
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. O
P
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.


• IPDM E/R harness connector F104
• 20A fuse (No. 49)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
F61 3 F10 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-162, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
>> Repair or replace.

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
Terminal Resistance
3 and 4 1.98 - 2.66 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2 (Continuity should not exist)

NO >> GO TO 2. A
EC
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen C
Sensor Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial ser-
vice tool).
D
>> INSPECTION END

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
HO2 HTR (B1)
heater circuit is out of the normal range. (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 (Heated oxygen sensor 2
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
heater control circuit low)
HO2 HTR (B1)
heater circuit is out of the normal range. (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038 (Heated oxygen sensor 2
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
heater control circuit high)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

EC
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity C
E10 3 F10 5 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-571, "Component Inspection". F
NO >> GO TO 4. G
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION: H
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner I
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
L
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as per the following.
M
+ − Resistance
Terminal N
2 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2
1 3 O
4 ∞Ω
P
4 2
3
NO >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

A
C
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0075 through intake valve timing control solenoid
solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
G
>> GO TO2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. H
YES >> Go to EC-573, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
J
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
L

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal M
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
P
AND SHORT

ness connector.

Continuity
F24 2 F7 73 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END



1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-188, "Exploded View"
CAUTION:
NOTE:


P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A

EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 An improper voltage is sent to the
(Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
P0078 (Exhaust valve timing control ECM through exhaust valve timing
solenoid valve circuit) control solenoid valve. D
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

1.PRECONDITIONING E
G
>> GO TO2.
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. L
EVT control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con- P
nector.
EVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R

Continuity

3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
EVT control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
F53 2 F7 77 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-576, "Component Inspection".
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-188, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control

A
EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
low input sent to ECM. • Intake air leakage
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
high input sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-578, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

• Air duct A
• Vacuum hoses
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION C
YES >> GO TO 4.
E
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Turn ignition switch ON. F
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage G
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
I
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. J
MAF sensor ECM K

Continuity
F48 4 F7 52 Existed
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
M
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. N
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity O
F48 3 F7 45 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-157, "Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
45
signal)
NO >> GO TO 2.
- Crushed air ducts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. A
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 EC

C
Without CONSULT D
E
ECM
Connector F
+ −
45
F7 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.3 V G
signal)
H
NO >> GO TO 4.
I
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. K
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 L

Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.3 V to Approx. 4.3 V* M
Without CONSULT
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. O
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage P
Connector
+ −
45
signal)


A
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor C
circuit low input is sent to ECM.
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
circuit high input is sent to ECM. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
G
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. H
J

YES >> GO TO 2. L
M
N
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 3. P

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
F48 1 F7 52 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-157, "Removal
and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END



and Installation".

A
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor C
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
G
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J

YES >> GO TO 2. L
M
N
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 3. P

ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
F69 2 F7 44 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END


3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-52, "Exploded View"

20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ

A

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors D
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION L

M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
Electric throttle control actuator P

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

nector.

Continuity
F72 4 F7 36 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
nector.

Continuity
F72 3 F7 34 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-159, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END



ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V C
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR E
>> INSPECTION END F

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
The A/F signal computed by ECM from • Harness or connectors
P0130 the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit
approx. 2.2 V. • A/F sensor 1

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -I
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
4. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

D position (CVT models)
Selector lever
5th position (M/T models)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
Which does “TESTING” change to? A
COMPLETED>>GO TO 5.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -III EC

Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? C
NG >> Go to EC-591, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION D
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a E
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
YES >> INSPECTION END F
G
With GST H
3. Shift the selector lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully
until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). I
CAUTION:
NOTE: J
K
8. Restart engine.
9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. L
10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
N

O
P
YES >> GO TO 2.

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 20A fuse (No. 49)

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F61 F7 Existed
2 53
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. A
EC
>> INSPECTION END

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

signal is not inordinately low.
circuit low voltage
approx. 0 V. • A/F sensor 1

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
NO >> GO TO 3.
CAUTION:

NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
1.

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
A
2. Check ground connection E78. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C

1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. D
E
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F61 4 Ground Battery voltage F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. G

Check the following. H
• 20A fuse (No. 49)
I

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity L
1 49
F61 F7 Existed
2 53 M
and ground.
N
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
O
2
P
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A

signal is not inordinately high.
C
circuit high voltage D
approx. 5 V. • A/F sensor 1

1.PRECONDITIONING E
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
I
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V? J
NO >> GO TO 3.
K
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. L
CAUTION:
M
N
NOTE: O
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
1. P

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1

YES >> GO TO 2.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 20A fuse (No. 49)

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F61 F7 Existed
2 53
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
EC
YES >> GO TO 6.
C
CAUTION: D
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread E
>> INSPECTION END F

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
• A/F sensor 1 heater
The response of the A/F signal computed
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Fuel pressure
P0133 by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes
circuit slow response • Fuel injector
more than the specified time.
• PCV

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
load.
6. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4.
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-547, "Component Function Check". A
2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT
screen.
3. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
EC
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-547, "Component Function Check".
C
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE D
With GST
2. Select Service $01 with GST. E
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 7. F
NO >> GO TO 6.
Check the following. G
• Incorrect fuel pressure H
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• PCV valve I
J
load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
N
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-162, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 3.

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
PBIB1216E

NO >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• 20A fuse (No. 49)


P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
A/F sensor 1 ECM A

Continuity
1 49
F61 F7 Existed EC
2 53
and ground. C
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal D
1
2
E
ECM
Ground Continuity
49
53
G
YES >> GO TO 9. H
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-568, "Component Inspection". I
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 13. J

Check both mass air flow sensor. K
YES >> GO TO 11. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-157, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
M
Refer to EC-757, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 12. N
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". O
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace. P
CAUTION:

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
>> INSPECTION END

P0137 HO2S2
P0137 HO2S2
A

gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
D
E
SEF259VA
F
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137
circuit low voltage reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H


Do you have CONSULT? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
TESTING CONDITION: M
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3. N
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. O
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. P
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT.
NOTE:

P0137 HO2S2
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
NG >> Proceed to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure".
>> GO TO 3.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this

Without CONSULT
load.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F7 59 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
(HO2S2) at least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 The voltage should be above 0.68 V
(HO2S2) at least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P0137 HO2S2
A
ECM
Connector EC
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F7 59
(HO2S2) gear position (M/T) at least once during this procedure.
C
NO >> Go to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
1.HECK GROUND CONNECTION E

YES >> GO TO 2.
G
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. H
NO >> GO TO 3. I
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. J
K
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
L
E10 1 F7 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
O
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E10 4 F7 50 Existed P
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector ground or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal

P0137 HO2S2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View"
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
CONSULT.

P0137 HO2S2
A
EC
JSBIA0082GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. D
NO >> GO TO 6.
F
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. G
H
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal I
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F7 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at J
least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 4.
L
ECM M
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at N
50 least once during this procedure.
(HO2S2) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
O
NO >> GO TO 5. P

P0137 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F7 59
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
NO >> GO TO 6.
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

P0138 HO2S2
P0138 HO2S2
A

F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A C
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
D
F
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B G
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut.
H
J
JSBIA0083GB
K
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
is sent to ECM.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0138
circuit high voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
B)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
M
reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
N
1.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure O
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
>> GO TO 2.

P0138 HO2S2
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT.
NOTE:
Which is displayed on CONSULT
NG >> Proceed to EC-613, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:

Without CONSULT

P0138 HO2S2
ECM A
Condition Voltage
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F7 59
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D
E
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal F
50 The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
(HO2S2 signal) least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III H
I
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal J
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F7 59
(HO2S2 signal) (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) least once during this procedure.
L
1.INSPECTION START M
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-611, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2. N
B >> GO TO 9.
O
P
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0138 HO2S2
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E10 1 F7 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E10 4 F7 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector and
ground.
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.

YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
CAUTION:

P0138 HO2S2
>> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

EC
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE E
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? F
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
HO2S2 ECM I
Continuity
E10 1 F7 59 Existed
J
YES >> GO TO 12. K
L
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity M
E10 4 F7 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. N
HO2S2
Ground Continuity O
Connector Terminal
P
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal

P0138 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 13.
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 14.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
CONSULT.
JSBIA0082GB
NO >> GO TO 6.

P0138 HO2S2
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I A

Without CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
C
ECM
Connector D
Terminal Terminal
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure. E
F7 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II G
ECM H
Connector
Terminal Terminal
I
least once during this procedure. J
NO >> GO TO 5. K

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. L
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage M
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position least once during this procedure.
N
F7 59
(HO2S2) (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 P

CAUTION:

P0138 HO2S2
>> INSPECTION END

P0139 HO2S2
P0139 HO2S2
A

gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
tion such as fuel cut. D
E
SEF302U
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
TESTING CONDITION: M
>> GO TO 3. N
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. O
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.

P0139 HO2S2
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” detected?
NOTE:

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
F7 59
NO >> GO TO 2.

P0139 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
50 A change of voltage should be more than
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III D
E
ECM
Connector
+ − F
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position A change of voltage should be more than
F7 59
(HO2S2 signal) (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
H

I
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE K
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? L
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 3. M
N
O
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
P
E10 1 F7 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
P0139 HO2S2
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E10 4 F7 50 Existed
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
CONSULT.

P0139 HO2S2
A
EC
JSBIA0082GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. D
NO >> GO TO 6.
F
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. G
H
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal I
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F7 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at J
NO >> GO TO 4.
L
ECM M
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at N
O
NO >> GO TO 5. P

P0139 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F7 59
(HO2S2) (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

A

lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

E
• Intake air leaks F
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Incorrect fuel pressure G
• Lack of fuel
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
>> GO TO 2. K
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-535, "Work Procedure". L
2. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. N
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine. O
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-626, "Diagnosis Procedure". P

NO >> GO TO 5.
CAUTION:

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E

NO >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.

A/F sensor 1 ECM A

Continuity
1 49
F61 F7 Existed EC
2 53
C
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
D
1
2
E
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49 F
53
6. Also check harness for short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-540, "Work Procedure". I

J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. K
NO >> Repair or replace
M
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts. N

O
2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts. P

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
YES >> GO TO 7.

With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.

YES >> GO TO 8.
PBIB3332E

4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-168, "Exploded View".
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.

YES >> GO TO 9.
PBIA9666J

>> INSPECTION END

A

lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

E
• A/F sensor 1 F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system too rich • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
J
>> GO TO 2.
K
2. Start engine.
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE M
NOTE: N
Does engine start?
O
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P
NO >> GO TO 5.
CAUTION:

PBIB1216E

NO >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F61 F7 Existed
2 53

A/F sensor 1 A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F61 Ground Not existed EC
2
ECM C
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
F7 Ground Not existed D
53
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE F
G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES I
J
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K
With CONSULT
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. L

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm M
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST. N

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm O
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.

Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.

YES >> GO TO 8.
PBIB3332E

5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
YES >> GO TO 9.
to EM-168, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

P0196 EOT SENSOR
P0196 EOT SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0196 is displayed with P0197 or P0198, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0197 or
P0198. Refer to EC-635, "DTC Logic". C
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor D
Engine oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage
P0196 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
range/performance signals from engine coolant temperature
• Engine oil temperature sensor
sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I I

5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. K
NO >> GO TO 3. L
M
2. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates above 70°C (158°F).
If it is above 70°C (158°F), go to the following steps.
If it is below 70°C (158°F), warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Then perform the following steps. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle in a cool place.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
NOTE:
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 10.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. P
8. Check the following.
COOLAN TEMP/S Below 40°C (104°F)

INT/A TEMP SE Below 40°C (104°F)
Difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE” Within 6°C (11°F)
If they are within the specified range, perform the following steps.

P0196 EOT SENSOR
If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to meet the above conditions. Then perform the fol-
lowing steps.
NOTE:
• Do not turn ignition switch OFF.
• If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery.
9. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.

YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
>> INSPECTION END


3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-

A

DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
EOT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
EOT SEN/CIRC • Engine oil temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the engine
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input)
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
>> GO TO 2. H
K
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. L
4. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
M
EOT sensor Voltage
Ground
Connector Terminal (Approx.)
F56 1 Ground 5V
N

YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EOT sensor ECM

Continuity
F56 1 F7 57 Existed

3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
EOT sensor ECM

Continuity
F56 2 F7 54 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check the engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-636, "Component Inspection".

3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Engine oil temperature sensor

Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
Temperature
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
[°C (°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 JMBIA0080ZZ


A

NOTE:
P0222
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
J
K
2. Check ground connection E78. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M
N
O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F72 2 Ground Approx. 5 V P
YES >> GO TO 3.

nector.

Continuity
F72 4 F7 36 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
nector.

Continuity
F72 1 F7 33 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END



ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END F

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC


overheating, the MI will blink.
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. • Fuel injector*
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
• Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
*: DTC is detected even where a malfunction occurs one side of the dual injector.
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II A

2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
EC
ditions should be satisfied at the same time. C
CAUTION:
driving.
D
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) E
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), F
G
Engine speed Time
H
NO >> INSPECTION END J
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE K

2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. L
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. N
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4. O
P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE


YES >> GO TO 5.
PBIB3332E

CAUTION:
NOTE:
dure.
3. Start engine.
tion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-739, "Component Function A
Check".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
EC
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
C
spark plug type, refer to EM-251, "Spark Plug".
E
SEF156I

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. F
G
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-251, "Spark
Plug".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE I
J
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE K
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-540, "Work Procedure". L

YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N

YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to EM-168, "Exploded View".
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING P
YES >> GO TO 13.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F61 F7 Existed
2 53
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53
YES >> GO TO 14.
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-162, "Exploded View".
With CONSULT

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
With GST

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
YES >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or replace. A
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
EC
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests.
>> GO TO 18.
C
D
>> INSPECTION END

P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition Possible cause
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
input sent to ECM.
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
P0328

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
F3 2 F7 40 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0327, P0328 KS
Knock sensor ECM A

Continuity
F3 1 F7 37 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 4. C
D
YES >> GO TO 5. E
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". F
>> INSPECTION END

G
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR H

3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows. I
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
J
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ
CAUTION: K
YES >> INSPECTION END L

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
• The crankshaft position sensor
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open
(POS) signal is not detected by the
or shorted.]
ECM during the first few seconds of
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
engine cranking.
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• The proper pulse signal from the
Crankshaft position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is
P0335 crankshaft position sensor (POS) is
(POS) circuit shorted.)
not sent to ECM while the engine is
running.
• The crankshaft position sensor
(POS) signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
• Signal plate

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

CKP sensor (POS) A

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3. C
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
CKP sensor (POS) ECM E

Continuity
F65 1 F7 75 Existed
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit. G
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
H
ECM Sensor
I
71 Battery current sensor F98 1
F7
75 CKP sensor (POS) F65 1
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E44 3 J
E7
102 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 E71 5
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS L
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-691, "Component Inspection").
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-745, "Component Function Check"). M
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-718, "Component Inspection").
YES >> GO TO 10. N
NO >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-37, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
P
Continuity
F65 2 F7 62 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
F65 3 F7 61 Existed
YES >> GO TO 8.
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END


YES >> GO TO 2.
PBIA9210J


1 (+) - 2 (-)
A
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)
C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted)
to ECM for the first few seconds
during engine cranking.
Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not sent
P0340 • Intake camshaft
(PHASE) circuit to ECM during engine running.
• Exhaust camshaft
• The cylinder No. signal is not in
• Starter motor
the normal pattern during engine
running.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2. Check ground connection E78. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. EC
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
C
D
CMP sensor (PHASE)
Ground Voltage
Camshaft Connector Terminal
Intake F66 1 E
Ground Approx. 5 V
Exhaust F71 1
YES >> GO TO 4. F
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
H

Continuity
Camshaft Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
Intake F66 2
F7 63 Existed
Exhaust F71 2
J
YES >> GO TO 5. K
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. L

Continuity M
Camshaft Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Intake F66 3 65
F7 Existed
Exhaust F71 3 48 N
YES >> GO TO 6. O
P
YES >> GO TO 7.

YES >> GO TO 8.
"Exploded View".
JSBIA0599ZZ
8.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)

YES >> GO TO 9.
"Exploded View".
JSBIA0600ZZ

>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-I

3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-175,
"Exploded View".
PBIA9210J
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-II

Check resistance camshaft position sensor terminals as follows.

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)

NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-175, "Exploded View".
EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
SEF484YB
• Exhaust tube
Catalyst system efficiency properly.
P0420 • Fuel injector
below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
pedal completely.

Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? A
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II EC

C
YES >> GO TO 6. D
NO >> GO TO 5.
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F). E
>> GO TO 3. F
Check 1st trip DTC. G
NO >> INSPECTION END H
NOTE: I
K
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK L

Without CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
load.
5. Open engine hood. N
ECM O
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P
50 Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more than 5 seconds.
F7 59
(HO2S2) constant under no load • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0


Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E

NO >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check the following items. Refer to EC-536, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-759, "Ignition Timing"
YES >> GO TO 5.
Cylinder ECM
+ − Voltage
No. Front / Rear
1 31
2 30
Front
3 29
4 25
F10 E7 108 Battery voltage
1 12
2 20
Rear
3 16
4 24

YES >> GO TO 6. A
EC
CAUTION:
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. C
NOTE:
dure. D
3. Start engine.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. E
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. F
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is G
tion.
H
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil I

voltage becomes 20 kV or more. J
NOTE:
functioning. K
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7. L

N
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG P

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Refer to EM-154,
"Inspection".
SEF156I


Plug".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-168, "Exploded View".
NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".

A
EVAP canister purge volume • Harness or connectors C
An excessively low voltage signal
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
is sent to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure E
TESTING CONDITION:
G
>> GO TO 2.
J
K
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and L
ground.
EVAP canister purge volume M

control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F38 1 Ground Battery voltage N
YES >> GO TO 3.
O
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the following. P
• Harness connector E12, F39
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EVAP canister purge volume

ECM
control solenoid valve Continuity
F38 2 F10 9 Existed
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
2. Start engine.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.

6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP A
conditions.
EC
100% Existed C
0% Not existed
Without CONSULT JSBIA0653ZZ
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D

4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume E
Air passage continuity F

Condition
between (A) and (B)
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
G
YES >> INSPECTION END JSBIA0653ZZ H
I

P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
cation line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor speed signal is sent to ECM even
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
YES >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:

P0500 VSS
1,600 - 6,000 rpm (CVT) A

ENG SPEED
1,900 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)
6.2 - 31.8 msec (CVT) EC
B/FUEL SCHDL
4.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
Shift lever Except P or N position (CVT)
Except Neutral position (M/T) C
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
D
E
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this F
YES >> INSPECTION END G
H
With GST I
2. Start engine.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with J
L
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-40, "DTC Index". M
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-35, "DTC Index" (TYPE A) or MWI-95, "DTC Index" (TYPE
B). O
>> INSPECTION END

P

P0520 EOP SENSOR
P0520 EOP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
ECM detects the following status continuously for
5 seconds or more: • Harness or connectors
EOP SENSOR/SWITCH
• A voltage signal transmitted from the engine oil (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is
P0520 [Engine oil pressure sensor
pressure sensor is lower than 0.3 V. open or shorted.)
circuit]
• A voltage signal transmitted from the engine oil • Engine oil pressure sensor
pressure sensor is higher than 5.02 V.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-17, "Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check engine oil leak. Refer to LU-17, "Inspection".
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between engine oil pressure sensor harness connector terminals.
Engine oil pressure sensor Voltage

Ground
F54 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2

P0520 EOP SENSOR
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check the continuity between engine oil pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Engine oil pressure sensor ECM EC

Continuity
F54 3 F7 60 Existed
C
YES >> GO TO 3. D
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between engine oil pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. E
Engine oil pressure sensor ECM

Continuity F
F54 2 F7 47 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
I
NO >> Replace engine oil pressure sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View". J
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR K

3. Check resistance between engine oil pressure sensor connector terminals. L
Engine oil pressure sensor

Condition Resistance (kΩ) M
Terminal
2 4 – 10
1
3 2–8 N
1 4 – 10
2 None
3 1–3
1 2–8 O
3
2 1–3
P
NO >> Replace engine oil pressure sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".

P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0524 is displayed with DTC P0520 or P0075, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0520 or P0075
first. Refer to EC-666, "DTC Logic" or EC-573, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
An engine oil pressure sensor signal • Decrease in engine oil pressure
voltage applied to ECM remains lower • Decrease in engine oil level
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
P0524 than the specified value continuously for • Engine oil condition
(Engine oil pressure too low)
10 seconds or more when the engine • Engine oil pressure sensor
speed is 1,000 rpm ore more. • Engine body

CAUTION:
If “Diagnosis Procedure” is unfinished, be sure to perform Step 3 and 4.
1.PRECONDITIONING-I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-II
Is “Diagnosis Procedure” of DTC P0524 finished?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-669, "Diagnosis Procedure"
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
WITH CONSULT
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
Value
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed:
1,053 mV or more
• Selector lever: P or N position (CVT), 600 rpm
EOP SENSOR Neutral position (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine speed:
1,802 mV or more
• No load 2,000 rpm
Without CONSULT

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to EC-669, "Diagnosis Procedure"
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC

C
Selector lever
D
Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more
NOTE: E
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily.
3. Check DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? F
G

H
2. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-17, "Inspection".
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE J
WITH CONSULT
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. K
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
Value L
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed:
1,053 mV or more
• Selector lever: P or N position (CVT), 600 rpm M
EOP SENSOR Neutral position (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine speed:
1,802 mV or more
• No load 2,000 rpm
N
Without CONSULT
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check oil pressure. Refer to LU-17, "Inspection".
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR P
Check engine oil pressure sensor. Refer to EC-667, "Component Inspection".
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check engine oil leakage. Refer to LU-17, "Inspection".

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAUSE OF ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
Check the following item.
Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference

1 PCV valve EC-757, "Inspection"
• No blocking
2 Exhaust front tube Visual —
• No abnormal sounds
• No blocking
3 Oil pump Visual —
• No damage
• Piston to piston pin oil clearance
EM-236, "Inspection"
• Piston
• Piston ring side clearance
4 • Piston pin
• Piston ring
• Piston ring end gap
• Cylinder block top surface distortion
5 Cylinder block
• Piston to cylinder bore clearance
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR

3. Check the resistance between engine oil pressure sensor connector terminals.
Engine oil pressure sensor

+ − Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 – 10
1
3 2–8
1 4 – 10
2
3 1–3
1 2–8
3
2 1–3

A
ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio EC
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
C
PBIA9222J E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC F
G
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT ECM back-up RAM system
P0603 [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or shorted.]
(ECM power supply circuit) does not function properly.
• ECM
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
>> GO TO 2. K
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes
O
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. P
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM

>> INSPECTION END

P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
A
C
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
G
>> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B J
K
NO >> GO TO 4.
L
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
O
1.INSPECTION START
P
1. Erase DTC.
YES >> GO TO 2.

P0605 ECM
2.REPLACE ECM
>> INSPECTION END

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
A

P0607 ECM
D
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
G
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-675, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
I
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
(Accelerator pedal position 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Intake camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Exhaust camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source
P0643 (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
circuit short for sensor is excessively low or high.
• Throttle position sensor
• Engine oil pressure sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

ECM Voltage
A
Ground
72
EC
F7 74
Ground 5V
78
E7 106 C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor F
Connector Terminal Item Connector Terminal
72 Throttle position sensor 1 F72 2
74 Engine oil pressure sensor F54 1 G
F7
Intake camshaft position sensor F66
78 1
Exhaust camshaft position sensor F71 H
E7 106 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 E71 4
YES >> GO TO 4. I
4.CHECK COMPONENTS J
• Throttle position sensor 1 (Refer to EC-638, "Component Inspection".)
• Engine oil pressure sensor (Refer to EC-667, "Component Inspection".)
• Intake camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-654, "Component Inspection".) K
• Exhaust camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-654, "Component Inspection".)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (Refer to EC-718, "Component Inspection".)
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

N
>> INSPECTION END

P0850 PNP SWITCH
P0850 PNP SWITCH
When the selector lever position is P or N (CVT), Neutral position (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) signal is
ON.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[The park/neutral position (PNP) signal
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not
Park/neutral position circuit is open or shorted.]
P0850 changed in the process of engine starting and
signal • Transmission range switch (CVT models)
driving.
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T
models)

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT

N or P position (CVT)
ON
YES >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:

P0850 PNP SWITCH
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 6,375 rpm A

B/FUEL SCHDL 4.2 (CVT) or 3.0 (M/T) - 31.8 msec
EC
4. Check 1st trip DTC. C
NO >> INSPECTION END D
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-679, "Component Function Check". E
NOTE:
F
G
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H

I
ECM
Condition Voltage
J
P or N (CVT)
69 Shift Battery voltage
F7 E7 108 Neutral (M/T)
(PNP signal) lever
K
NO >> Go to EC-679, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (CVT) OR PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH (M/T) M
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector. N
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector and
ground. O
Transmission range switch (CVT) /

PNP switch (M/T) Ground Voltage P
Connector Terminal
F102 (CVT) 1
F107 (M/T) 2
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

P0850 PNP SWITCH

• Harness connectors E19, M7 (M/T)
• IPDM E/R harness connector E35 (CVT)
• 10 A fuse (No. 5) (M/T)
• 10 A fuse (No. 52) (CVT)
• Harness for open or short between transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) and fuse
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector
Transmission range switch (CVT) /

ECM
PNP switch (M/T) Continuity
F102 (CVT) 2
F7 69 Existed
F107 (M/T) 3
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (CVT) OR PNP SWITCH (M/T)
Refer to TM-455, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)" (CVT) or TM-23, "PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Inspection" (M/T).
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T). Refer to TM-577, "Removal and
Installation" (CVT) or TM-27, "Removal and Installation" (M/T).
>> INSPECTION END

P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
A

NOTE:

D
EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 An excessively high or low (Exhaust camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P1078 (Exhaust camshaft position voltage from the sensor is • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the
sensor circuit) sent to ECM. camshaft E

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. G
>> GO TO 2.
J
K
1.CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY L

2. Disconnect exhaust camshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between exhaust camshaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
+ N
Voltage
Exhaust camshaft position sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F71 1 Ground 5V O
YES >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between exhaust camshaft position sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

+ −
Exhaust camshaft position sensor ECM Continuity
F71 2 F7 63 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between exhaust camshaft position sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
+ −
Exhaust camshaft position sensor ECM Continuity
F71 3 F7 48 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check the exhaust camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-682, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace exhaust camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-175, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXT)
Incident".
JSBIA0600ZZ
1.EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-I

2. Disconnect exhaust camshaft position sensor harness connector.

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace exhaust camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-
175, "Exploded View". EC
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-II D
Check resistance exhaust camshaft position sensor terminals as shown below.

E
Exhaust camshaft position sensor
+ − Resistance
Terminal F
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
G
2 3
NO >> Replace exhaust camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-175, "Exploded View".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
rise.
indicated.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly
• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay 1, 2)
(Overheat).
• Cooling fan relay 3
• Cooling fan system does not operate
• Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature properly (Overheat).
P1217 • Radiator hose
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the
• Radiator
system using the proper filling method.
• Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Reservoir tank
range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
NOTE:
not be confirmed.

WARNING:
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-685, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2
SEF621W

Did customer fill the coolant? E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F
With CONSULT
G
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT
screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Without CONSULT H
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-685, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-IV
With CONSULT K
1. Touch “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Without CONSULT L
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. M
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
O

With CONSULT P
3. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
Without CONSULT
Description" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-48, "Diagnosis Description" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
2. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (Low/High).

YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
• Hose (Refer to CO-53, "Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-45, "Inspection".)
• Water pump (Refer to CO-49, "Inspection".)

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check CO-35, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END

P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
C
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is excessively Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
performance low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. E
TESTING CONDITION:
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY K

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-157, "Exploded View". L
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve N
dure".
O
PBIB2974E

Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-159, "Exploded View". P
>> INSPECTION END

P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning is not performed Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer toEM-157, "Exploded View".
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 2.
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
dure".
PBIB2974E

>> INSPECTION END

A

(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is open or
The output voltage of the battery shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
current sensor remains within • Battery current sensor
P1550 (Battery current sensor circuit E
the specified range while engine • Crankshaft position sensor
range/performance)
is running. • Crankshaft
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit F
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
ing the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
>> GO TO 2.
M
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY N

Battery current sensor Voltage

Ground P
F98 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Continuity
F98 1 F7 71 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor
F7
75 Crankshaft position sensor F65 1
E7
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-650, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-745, "Diagnosis Procedure".)

Continuity
F98 3 F7 68 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.


Continuity
F98 4 F7 58 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
D
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-691, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Replace battery current sensor. Refer to PG-152, "Exploded View".
F
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. G
ground. H
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.
I
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.) J
Terminal
58 JPBIA3286ZZ
F7 68 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal) K
M

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR An excessively low voltage • Harness or connectors
P1551 (Battery current sensor circuit from the sensor is sent to (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
low input) ECM. (Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR An excessively high voltage • Crankshaft position sensor
P1552 (Battery current sensor circuit from the sensor is sent to • Crankshaft
high input) ECM. • Starter motor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition
switch ON
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


Ground
F98 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC

Continuity
F98 1 F7 71 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3. D
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
ECM Sensor F
F7 G
E7
102 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 E71 5 H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. J
L
Battery current sensor ECM N

Continuity
F98 3 F7 68 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. O
YES >> GO TO 6.
P


Continuity
F98 4 F7 58 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.

ground.
ground.
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
58 JPBIA3286ZZ
F7 68 2.5 V

A

(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
The signal voltage transmitted shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
from the sensor to ECM is • Battery current sensor
P1553 (Battery current sensor per- E
higher than the amount of the • Crankshaft position sensor
formance)
maximum power generation. • Crankshaft
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit F
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
ing the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
>> GO TO 2.
M
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY N


Ground P
F98 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.



Continuity
F98 1 F7 71 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
ECM Sensor
F7
E7
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS

Continuity
F98 3 F7 68 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.


Continuity
F98 4 F7 58 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 7. C
D
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". E
F
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. G
ground. H
ground.
I
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.) J
Terminal
58 JPBIA3286ZZ
F7 68 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal) K
M

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
The output voltage of the battery shorted.)
Battery current sensor current sensor is lower than the • Battery current sensor
P1554
performance specified value while the battery • Crankshaft position sensor
voltage is high enough. • Crankshaft
• Starter motor

NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT
ECM
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
58 Above 2.3 V at
F7 68
(Battery current sensor signal) least once

EC
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
D
Ground
E
F98 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> GO TO 2.
G
H
Continuity
I
F98 1 F7 71 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3. J
K
ECM Sensor L
F7 M
E7
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-650, "Component Inspection".) P

Continuity
F98 3 F7 68 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.

Continuity
F98 4 F7 58 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.

ground.
ground.
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
58 JPBIA3286ZZ
F7 68 2.5 V

P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
A
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
E
F
Input speed sensor signal is different G
Input speed sensor from the theoretical value calculated by
(TCM output) ECM from output speed sensor signal
(Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
and engine rpm signal.
• TCM
H
1.PRECONDITIONING I
ing the next test.
K
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. L
CAUTION:
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM O

P
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to TM-560, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

P1720 VSS
P1720 VSS
ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)” via combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module).
ECM uses these signals for engine control.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
(Secondary speed sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Wheel sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
The difference between two vehicle
Vehicle speed sensor • TCM
P1720 speed signals is out of the specified
(TCM output) • Secondary speed sensor
range.
• Wheel sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without depressing the brake
pedal.

YES >> GO TO 2.
Check DTC with “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Refer to BRC-40, "DTC Index".

P1720 VSS
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. A
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-35, "DTC Index" (TYPE A) or MWI-95, "DTC Index" (TYPE
EC
B).
>> INSPECTION END

C

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
P1805 Brake switch for extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)

3. Erase DTC.


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E59 (M/T)
E58 (CVT)
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 10 A fuse (No. 38)
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
ECM Stop lamp switch

Continuity
E59 (M/T)
E7 99 2 Existed
E58 (CVT)
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
Refer to EC-705, "Component Inspection". F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation". G
H
>> INSPECTION END


K
1 and 2 Brake pedal L
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment". N
Terminals Condition Continuity O

1 and 2 Brake pedal
P
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for
P2100 (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is
P2103 (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
relay circuit short stuck ON.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I A

EC
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
E
• IPDM E/R connector F104 F
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
4.CHECK FUSE
2. Check 20 A fuse for blown. H
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse. I
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. J
ECM
Conditions Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V
F10 2 E7 108
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
L
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6. M
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
O
ECM IPDM E/R
Continuity
P
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• IPDM E/R connector F104
8.CHECK FUSE
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
YES >> GO TO 9.
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With I–KEY) or PCS-73,

A

NOTE:
to EC-706, "DTC Logic". C
D
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
performance operate properly.
E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test.
engine is running.
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION M

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
P
ECM
Condition Voltage
F10 2 E7 108

YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 3.
ECM
Voltage
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK FUSE
YES >> GO TO 10.
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.


EC
9.CHECK FUSE C
YES >> GO TO 10.
E
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. G
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. H
nector. I

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
1 Not existed
F72 5 F10
4 Existed
K
1 Existed
F72 6 F10
4 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. M
1. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-157, "Exploded View" N
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
O
YES >> GO TO 13.
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve P
dure".
PBIB2974E


YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 15.
YES >> GO TO 15.
Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-159, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END



NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

A
C
Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118
circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor) D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
ing the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION K

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- N
nector.
Electric throttle control actuator ECM O

Continuity
1 Not existed
F72 5 F10 P
4 Existed
1 Existed
F72 6 F10
4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 3.

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END



NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

A
C
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
Electric throttle control
P2119 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B) D
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds. I
6. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds. J
9. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3. L
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds. M
5. Check DTC. N
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END O
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY P

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-157, "Exploded View".

and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 2.
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
dure".
PBIB2974E

>> INSPECTION END

A

NOTE:
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors D
P2122
sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2123 (APP sensor 1)
sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?

M
YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor Voltage P

Ground
E71 4 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.


APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END



ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
111
E7 Accelerator pedal
103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V C
104
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY E
>> INSPECTION END F

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P2127
sensor 2 circuit low input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2)
P2128
sensor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Battery current sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

EC
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4. D
ECM Sensor F
F7 G
75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) F65 1
E7
102 APP sensor E71 5 H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
YES >> GO TO 10.
L
APP sensor ECM N

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
P

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


ECM
Connector
+ −

111
104
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
• Harness or connector D
Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
1 and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

2. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
K

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N

O

Ground Voltage P
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
P2135 TP SENSOR

Continuity
F72 4 F7 36 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
1 33
F72 F7 Existed
3 34
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END



P2135 TP SENSOR
ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END F

P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
is sent to ECM compared [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2138 with the signals from APP (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
circuit range/performance
sensor 1 and APP sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 and 2)
2. • Battery current sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

P2138 APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 3. A
EC
APP sensor C
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
E
APP sensor ECM G

Continuity
H
YES >> GO TO 5.
I
J
ECM Sensor
K
F7
75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) F65 1
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E44 3 L
E7
102 APP sensor E71 5
YES >> GO TO 6. M
6.CHECK COMPONENTS N
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-745, "Diagnosis Procedure".) O
YES >> GO TO 9.
P

P2138 APP SENSOR
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
1 104
E71 E7 Existed
2 111
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
3 110
E71 E7 Existed
6 103
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


ECM
Connector
+ −

111
104

P2138 APP SENSOR
NO >> GO TO 2.
EC
>> INSPECTION END C

COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
3. Touch “LOW” and “Hi” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates at each speed.
Without CONSULT
Description" (With I-KEY) or PCS-48, "Diagnosis Description" (Without I-KEY).

YES >> GO TO 2.
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
31 1
E33 E26 Existed
29 2
Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E26 4 Ground Existed
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY 3
Refer to EC-731, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay 3)".

COOLING FAN
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor relay 3.
EC
Refer to EC-731, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-46, "Exploded View".
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". D
YES or NO
"Removal and Installation" (Without I–KEY). E
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000006941298
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
H
Cooling fan motor
+ − Operation
Connector
terminals I
1 4
E26 Cooling fan motor operates
2 3
J
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-46, "Exploded View". K
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay 3) INFOID:0000000007154121
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY 3 L

2. Remove cooling fan motor relay 3.
3. Check continuity between cooling fan motor relay 3 terminals M
Cooling fan motor relay 3 N

terminals
Existed O
JSBIA0671ZZ
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor relay 3.

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to


ON ON
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 2.

LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3.

ON ON
OFF OFF
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-732, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Perform trouble diagnosis of rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-15, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM A
Perform trouble diagnosis of headlamp system. Refer to EXL-48, "Work Flow".

EC
>> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
C
Perform trouble diagnosis of air conditioning system. Refer to HAC-42, "Work Flow" (AUTOMATIC AIR CON-
DITIONING), HAC-120, "Work Flow" (MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING).
D
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.

PBIB3332E

Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Front / Rear Terminal
F57 Front
1 1
F49 Rear
F59 Front
2 1
F50 Rear
F58 Front
3 1
F51 Rear
F60 Front
4 1
F52 Rear
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

FUEL INJECTOR
• 10 A fuse (No. 51)
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse A
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC

C
Fuel injector ECM

Continuity D
Cylinder Connector Front / Rear Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 Front 31
1 2
F49 Rear 12 E
F59 Front 30
2 2
F50 Rear 20
F10 Existed F
F58 Front 29
3 2
F51 Rear 16
F60 Front 25 G
4 2
F52 Rear 24
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-168, "Exploded View"
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K

NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. M
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR N

3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows. O
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] P


FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION


JPBIA5334ZZ
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

ECM
+ − Voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
5. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

FUEL PUMP
Fuel level sensor unit A

and fuel pump Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should for exist 1 second EC
B1 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turn ON.
C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUSE D
3. Check 15 A fuse. E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse. F
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. G
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
harness connector.
H
Fuel level sensor unit
IPDM E/R
and fuel pump Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
E32 33 B1 1 Existed
J
YES >> GO TO 6.
K
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground. L

Ground Continuity M
Connector Terminal
B1 3 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. O
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP
P
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".

FUEL PUMP
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Exploded View" (With I–KEY) or PCS-73, "Exploded View"
(Without I–KEY).
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows.

1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
C
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT G
1. Let engine idle.
H
ECM
Voltage signal
I
17
18
21 J
F10 E7 108
22
K
JMBIA0219GB
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. L
NO >> Go to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I N

O
ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector P
+ −
YES >> GO TO 2.

IGNITION SIGNAL
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Condenser
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
IPDM E/R Condenser

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser
5.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-743, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

IGNITION SIGNAL
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground. A
Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal EC
1 F27 3
2 F33 3
Ground Battery voltage C
3 F30 3
4 F45 3
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E

F
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal G
1 F27 2
2 F33 2
Ground Existed H
3 F30 2
4 F45 2
3. Also check harness for short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. J
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector. K
Ignition coil ECM

Continuity L
1 F27 1 17
2 F33 1 18 M
F10 Existed
3 F30 1 22
4 F45 1 21
N
YES >> GO TO 10. O
Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)". P
YES >> GO TO 11.

IGNITION SIGNAL
>> INSPECTION END


1 and 3
Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3
YES >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
dure.
4. Start engine.
portion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
functioning.

IGNITION SIGNAL
A
1.CHECK CONDENSER
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. EC
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] C

1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ
E

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
1.CHECK MI FUNCTION
2. Make sure that MI lights up.
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO >> GO TO 2.
B).
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.

A
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION EC

3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. C
ECM
Terminal Voltage D
Connector
+ −
101
E7 98 1.0 - 4.0V E
G
1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine. H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground. K

Ground Voltage L
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
O
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
tor.


Continuity
E44 1 E7 98 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
tor.

Continuity
E44 2 E7 85 Existed
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-39, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
EC

C
SYMPTOM

D


E

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Fuel EC-736, "Compo-
Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 nent Function
Check"
I
Fuel pressure regulator sys- EC-540, "Work Pro-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
tem cedure"
J
EC-734, "Compo-
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 nent Function
Check"
EC-475, "EVAPO- K
Evaporative emission sys- RATIVE EMISSION
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
tem SYSTEM : System
Description"
L
Air Positive crankcase ventila- EC-757, "Inspec-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
tion system tion"
3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjust- EC-536, "Work Pro- M
1 1 1 1 1
ment cedure"
EC-709, "DTC Log-
ic"
Electric throttle control actua- EC-713, "DTC Log- N
1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
tor ic"
EC-715, "DTC Log-
ic"
O
Igni- Incorrect ignition timing ad- EC-755, "Inspec-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
tion justment tion"
EC-739, "Diagnosis P
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Procedure"
Main power supply and ground circuit EC-555, "Diagnosis
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Procedure"

SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

EC-578, "DTC Log-
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
ic"
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-585, "DTC Log-
3 3
circuit ic"
EC-590, "DTC Log-
ic"
3 EC-594, "DTC Log-
ic"
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
EC-597, "DTC Log-
ic"
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-600, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-587, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-637, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-687, "DTC Log-
Throttle position sensor circuit
ic"
EC-688, "DTC Log-
ic"
2 2 EC-723, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-717, "DTC Log-
ic"
Accelerator pedal position sensor cir- EC-720, "DTC Log-
3 2 1
cuit ic"
EC-726, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-646, "DTC Log-
Knock sensor circuit 2 3
ic"
EC-666, "DTC Log-
Engine oil pressure sensor circuit 4 2 3
ic"
EC-648, "DTC Log-
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 2 2
ic"
EC-652, "DTC Log-
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 2
ic"
EC-664, "DTC Log-
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
ic"
EC-671, "DTC Log-
ic"
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-673, "DTC Log-
ic"

SYMPTOM
A


EC


C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL E

Intake valve timing control solenoid EC-560, "DTC Log- F
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
valve circuit ic"
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid EC-564, "DTC Log-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
valve circuit ic" G
EC-678, "DTC Log-
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3
ic"
EC-745, "Diagnosis H
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4
Procedure"
EC-732, "Diagnosis
Electrical load signal circuit 3
Procedure" I
HAC-42, "Work
Flow" (AUTOMATIC
AIR CONDITION- J
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 ING)
HAC-120, "Work
Flow" (MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONING) K
ABS actuator and electric unit (con- BRC-43, "Work
4
trol unit) Flow"
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. L

M

SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank FL-13, "Inspection"
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-5, "Inspection"
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
gasoline, Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-158, "Inspection"
Air cleaner EM-158, "Inspection"
(Mass air flow sensor —
electric throttle control ac-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control ac- EM-159, "Exploded
tuator View"
Air leakage from intake EM-159, "Exploded
manifold/Collector/Gasket View"
Crank- PG-131, "FOR MAIN-
ing TENANCE RE-
QUIRED BATTERY
Battery
MODELS : Work Pro-
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 cedure (Without Stop/
Start System)"
CHG-12, "GASOLINE
Generator circuit 1 ENGINE MODELS :
Work Flow"
STR-14, "HR15DE :
Starter circuit 3
Work Flow"
Signal plate 6 EM-236, "Inspection"
EC-679, "Diagnosis
PNP signal 4
Procedure"

SYMPTOM
A


EC


C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Engine Cylinder head F
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-209, "Inspection"
Cylinder block
G
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-236, "Inspection"
Connecting rod H
Bearing
Crankshaft
I
Valve Timing chain EM-186, "Inspection"
mecha-
Camshaft EM-197, "Inspection"
nism
EC-562, "Component J
Inspection"
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Exhaust valve timing con- EC-566, "Component
trol Inspection" K
Intake valve
3 EM-209, "Inspection"
Exhaust valve
Ex- Exhaust manifold/Tube/
L
haust Muffler/Gasket EM-163, "Inspection"
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-7, "Inspection"
Three way catalyst
M
Lubri- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil EM-167, "Inspection"
cation pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/ EM-227, "Inspection"
Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-22, "Inspection"
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-17, "Inspection" N
Cooling CO-41, "RADIATOR :
Radiator/Hose/Radiator Inspection"
filler cap CO-41, "RADIATOR O
CAP : Inspection"
Thermostat 5 CO-51, "Inspection"
Water pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-49, "Inspection" P
Water gallery CO-53, "Inspection"
Cooling fan CO-47, "Inspection"
Coolant level (Low)/Con- 5
CO-37, "Inspection"
taminated coolant
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
1 1 SEC-46, "Work Flow"
System)


A

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is neutral and
NOTE:

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
IDLE SPEED
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
With GST
Without CONSULT
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
>> INSPECTION END

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
A

E
JPBIA5335ZZ
G
>> INSPECTION END
H
I
MBIB1331E

JSBIA0335ZZ
ing, etc.
SEF989X
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
SEF943S

A

NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-175, "Exploded View".
E
PBIB1589E

ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]

ECM
JSBIA0333ZZ

: Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-149, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Exploded
View".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Exploded View" (With intelligent key system) or PCS-73,
"Exploded View" (Without intelligent key system).
3. Remove IPDM E/R cover (1).
A : mounting nut
B : mounting bolts
JSBIA0473ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-529, "Work Procedure".

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

EC
Transmission Condition Specification

C
CVT No load* (in P or N position) 650 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 650 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions D
• A/C switch: OFF
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position E
F
CVT No load* (in P or N position) 4 ± 5°BTDC
G
• A/C switch: OFF
H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000006941332 I
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST) J

At idle 10 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35%
K
L
0.8 – 4.0 g/s at idle* M
2.0 – 10.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*

APPLICATION NOTICE
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

APPLICATION NOTICE
Vehicle type
Service information

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: D
F
connectors. G
WARNING: H
serious injury.
windshield.
L
PIIB3706J N
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000008748635
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair P
tor".

PRECAUTIONS
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.

running.
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
SEF289H

the ECM value.
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
PBIB2947E

break).
age to ICs.
PBIB0090E

PRECAUTIONS
engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. A
EC
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator. C
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), D
MEF040D
E
TION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component F
H
SAT652J
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow I

J
SEF348N
P

PRECAUTIONS
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
SEF709Y

trol units.
from the harness of electronic controls.
ratio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
Fuel tube adapter
D
E
PBIB3043E
KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter F
JSBIA0410ZZ
H
I
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti- J
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita- K
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
L
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica- M
tion MIL-A-907)
N
S-NT779

COMPONENT PARTS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000008748639
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT
JSBIA1899ZZ
1. Cooling fan relay 2. IPDM E/R 3. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts temperature sensor)
Location".
4. Electric throttle control actuator (with 5. EVAP canister purge volume control
built in throttle position sensor and solenoid valve
throttle control motor)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
I
JSBIA0564ZZ
1. PCV valve 2. Fuel injector No.1 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve J
4. Fuel injector No.2 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Knock sensor
7. Fuel injector No.4 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Engine coolant temperature sensor
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 12. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- K
tor) tor) tor)
13. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- 14. Engine oil temperature sensor* 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
tor) L
A. Under water inlet B. Right side of engine rear
*: Not used for engine control system.

M
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA0565ZZ
1. Heated oxygen sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2
BODY COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
L
JSBIA1900ZZ
1. Combination meter 2. EVAP canister 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor M

Refer to HA-13, "Component Parts Lo-
cation".
4. Cooling fan motor 5. ECM 6. Stop lamp switch
N
7. Accelerator pedal position sensor 8. Fuel pump (with fuel level sensor unit
and fuel pressure regulator)
A. Left side of engine room B. Cooling fan assembly C. View with battery removed O
D. Periphery of pedals
: Vehicle front
P
Component Description INFOID:0000000008748640
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-770, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-770, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Reference
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-771, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-771, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-772, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-772, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
EPS control unit STC-8, "EPS Control Unit"
Fuel injector EC-772, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel pump EC-773, "Fuel Pump"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-774, "Ignition Coil"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-775, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Mass air flow sensor EC-776, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
PCV valve EC-778, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
Throttle control motor EC-776, "Throttle Control Motor"
Throttle control motor relay EC-776, "Throttle Control Motor Relay"
Throttle position sensor EC-777, "Throttle Position Sensor"

Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal
these signals.
PBIB1741E
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of

camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
PBIA9209J
change.

COMPONENT PARTS
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. A
EC
JMBIA0714GB D
Cooling fan operates at low and high speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor. E
F
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder
block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolu- G
tion.
cause the gap with the sensor to change. H
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor I
changes.
PBIA9209J
J
JMBIA0714GB
M
ECM INFOID:0000000008748645
N
PBIA9222J

COMPONENT PARTS

ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
SEF594K
<Reference data>

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 38
(Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transis-
tor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
PBIA9215J
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J

COMPONENT PARTS

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay EC
Engine speed*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. C
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the D
E
F
Except as shown above Stops. G
H
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from I
approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. J
The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1 V to 0
V.
K
SEF463R
SEF288D
O
P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1

COMPONENT PARTS
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after warming up ON

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
SEF327R
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION

Above 3,900 rpm OFF
ON
Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000008748655
secondary circuit.

COMPONENT PARTS
A
to the ECM. EC
C
D
PBIA9559J
<Reference data> E

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 F
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
G
(Intake air temperature sensor signal) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM SEF012P H
terminals, such as the ground.

I
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil J
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. K
position. L
PBIB1842E
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000008748658 M
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM. N
O
The Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the combination meter.
The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the
engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MI should go off. If the MI remains P
on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system
malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-800, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc-
tion Indicator (MI)".
SAT652J

COMPONENT PARTS
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
PBIA9559J
PBIB2657E
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.

COMPONENT PARTS
A
the throttle valve movement. EC
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- C
D
PBIB0145E

PBIB2962E

manifold.
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
PBIB1588E

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000008748667
EC
JSBIA0070GB

SYSTEM
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
JSBIA2784GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA2785GB

SYSTEM
JSBIA2786GB
*3: 2
*4: 1
*5: 7
*6: 10
NOTE:

SYSTEM
• The following parts are not used in this model.
- Exhaust camshaft position sensor A
- Engine oil pressure sensor
- Engine oil temperature sensor
- Battery current sensor
EC
- Fuel injector No. 1 (Rear)
- Fuel injector No. 4 (Rear) C
- Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
- ECM terminal No. 81
• The following parts are used for the vehicle with intelligent key. D
- Starter relay
- BCM
• The transmission range switch is used for the vehicle with A/T.
• The park/neutral position (PNP) switch is used for the vehicle with M/T. E
• The cooling fan motor (4 terminals type) and cooling fan relay 3 is not used for the vehicle with cooling fan
resister.
• The following terminal No. changed in this model. F
ECM
- 98 → 48
- 85 → 41
- 101 → 74 G
- 53 → 56
- 1→2 H
- 2→1
I
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000008748669
JSBIA0762GB

SYSTEM

Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal (M/T models) Fuel injection &
PNP signal Fuel injector
mixture ratio control
Transmission range switch (A/T models)
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

A/C ON signal*3
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
<Fuel decrease>

SYSTEM
A
EC
PBIB2953E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control. D
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses heated
oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-773, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the E
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching F
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
G
- High-load, high-speed operation H
- Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
- High engine coolant temperature I
- During warm-up
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL J
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic K
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between L
the two ratios.
M
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean. N
O

SYSTEM
SEF337W

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000008748671
JSBIA0763GB

SYSTEM

EC

Throttle position sensor Throttle position C
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Ignition timing
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
control
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal (M/T models)
PNP signal
Transmission range switch (A/T models) D
Knock sensor Engine knocking E
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 G
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. H
the ECM.
• At starting I
• During warm-up
• At idle
• During acceleration J
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. K
L

SYSTEM
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000008748673
JSBIA0320GB

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

IPDM E/R
A/C compressor
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure request signal
↓
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*2 Compressor
A/C ON signal*2
BCM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.

SYSTEM
CAN COMMUNICATION
A
munication for detail. D
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000008748676
E
J
JSBIA0321GB

K

L
M
IPDM E/R
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan relay
Battery Battery voltage*1 N
↓
BCM A/C ON signal*2 O

Blower fan ON signal
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
JSBIA0077GB

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000008748678
JSBIA0764GB

SYSTEM

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air EC

Heated oxygen sensor 1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) C
D
E
K
PBIB3039E
N

SYSTEM
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000008748680
JSBIA0079GB

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature solenoid valve
Combination meter Vehicle speed*

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MBIB1560E
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.

A
(MI) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diagnostic tool
(GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-793, "Diag- D
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E

INFOID:0000000008748684
ECM memory. The MI will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
the ECM memory, and the MI illuminates. The MI illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MI,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
MI DTC 1st trip DTC


damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-821, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —

If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MI will not
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words, the
DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive
trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips,
only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the 1st trip,
the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
minating the MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or

ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
EC
Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
D
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
stored in the ECM memory. I
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on.
• The MI will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
M
MI (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
O
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-

JMBIA1060GB
stored in ECM.
remain in ECM.)
is stored in ECM.
Driving Pattern B

Driving Pattern C
Refer to EC-798, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern". A
Example:
EC
70°C (158°F)
C
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Qual-
ity Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
D
JMBIA1061GB

stored in ECM.
System”
Driving Pattern A
Driving Pattern B
DRIVING PATTERN A
NOTE:
A.
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
closed loop.
closed loop.
NOTE:
B.
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ± 375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1 ±0.1) [%]

than 70°C (158°F). A
NOTE:
EC
ing pattern C.
pattern C. C
stored in ECM.
D
NOTE:
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
J
SRT SET TIMING K
L
Example
Diagnosis M
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
N
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) O
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
P

Example
Diagnosis
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG
(Consecutive NG)
(1st trip) DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
NOTE:
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator (MI) INFOID:0000000008748689
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MI: ON/blink) the signal received from the exhaust
emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC that
affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp sig-
nal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MI, according to the
signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunction
detection.
• Control modules that a DTC of MI ON/Blink is stored (Control mod-
SAT652J
ule varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM
1. The MI illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MI circuit if MI does not illuminate. Refer to EC-1030, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
NOTE:
If MI remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self-

A
Bulb check MI can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set. EC
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MI to inform the driver that a malfunction has been
detected.
C
Accelerator pedal released ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-841, "Description".
position learning
D
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-842, "Description".
learning
E
Mixture ratio self-learning Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-845, "Description".
value clear
BULB CHECK MODE F

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MI bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
G
Operation Procedure
2. The MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. H
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-1030, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
I
Description
components. For SRT, refer to EC-799, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
J
Operation Procedure
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow. K
• ECM continues to illuminate MI if all SRT codes are set.
• ECM blinks MI for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
L
JMBIA1515GB

Description

In this function ECM turns on or blinks MI when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system compo-
nents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
Operation Procedure
2. Check that MI illuminates.
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-1030, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects the same malfunction twice in
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MI when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MI is
blinking.
NOTE:
function.
MI starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MI starts blinking during this period. This blinking is
displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
PBIB0092E

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs

or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using
the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. A
EC
PBIB3005E
J
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
K
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later L
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- M
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as N
well.
O
• Test values P
NOTE:

FUNCTION

Active Test
Work support
• Test values
NOTE:

DTC RESULTS
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
schedule than short-term fuel trim.

A
fuel schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. EC
C
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. D
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control E
F
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
G
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm. H
ENG SPEED rpm signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
I
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
displayed. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”. J
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL ms pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
learned on board correction.
K
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 % L
rection factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant tempera- M
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by ture sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed. N
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
HO2S1 (B1) V
the heated oxygen sensor 1 is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 O
HO2S2 (B1) V
is displayed.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during • After turning ON the ignition switch,
air-fuel ratio feedback control: ″RICH″ is displayed until air-fuel mix- P
RICH: means the mixture became ″rich″, and ture ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN
control is being affected toward a leaner mixture. • When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: means the mixture became ″lean″, and clamped, the value just before the
control is being affected toward a rich mixture. clamping is displayed continuously.

• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN way catalyst is relatively small.
value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal volt-
ACCEL SEN 2 age is displayed.
TP SEN 1-B1 • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
TP SEN 2-B1 played.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine played regardless of the starter sig-
speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condition-
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF er switch as determined by the air conditioner
signal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal sent from EPS control
unit) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical
load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and
lighting switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
INJ PULSE-B1 msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig-
computed value is indicated.
nals.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
according to the input signals. value is indicated.
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA
gle.

A
• The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
INT/V SOL(B1) ing to the input signals) is indicated.
%
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value EC
increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
C
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals. D
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals. E
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals).
COOLING FAN HI/LOW/OFF HI: High speed operation
F
OFF: Stop
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 1 heater determined by ECM according to G
the input signals.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to H
the input signals.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
input speed sensor signal.
I
VEHICLE SPEED km/h
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learn- J
ing
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT
formed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already K
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MI is activated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neu- L
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tral position (PNP) signal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen- M
sor) is indicated.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
N
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
O2SEN HTR DTY %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases. O
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) INCMP/CMPLT
A/F SEN1 NOTE: P
INCMP/CMPLT
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item


condition If trouble symptom disappears, • Engine coolant temperature
ENG COOLANT TEMP
• Change the engine coolant tempera- see CHECK ITEM. sensor
ture using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injection see CHECK ITEM.
using CONSULT.
gine at 1,500 rpm.
Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge
to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
volume control solenoid valve open-
ing percent using CONSULT.
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and Fuel pump relay makes the oper- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY
“OFF” using CONSULT and listen to ating sound. • Fuel pump relay
operating sound.
condition
CONSULT.
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Intake valve timing control
• Change intake valve timing using see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve
CONSULT.
engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
• Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE • Select lever: P or N position (A/T), Engine runs rough or dies.
• Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal one
• Ignition coil
at a time using CONSULT.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
SELF-LEARNING CONT • The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self-
SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT

This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. A
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page EC

HO2S1 C
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-905, "DTC Logic" D
E

ECM

ECM

Remarks:
*Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.

MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-857, "Component Function Check".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-857, "Component Function Check".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-857, "Component Function Check".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
1.0 V
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds
are met.
VHCL SPEED SE

ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 1-B1
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)

ECM
A
CLSD THL POS
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off EC
the engine On
• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned Off C
PW/ST SIGNAL
On
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position D
Off
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On E

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF Off
F
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec G
• Selector lever position: P or N (A/
INJ PULSE-B1 T) or Neutral (M/T)
• No load H
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1° - 11°BTDC
IGN TIMING T) or Neutral (M/T) I
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35% J
CAL/LD VALUE T) or Neutral (M/T)
• No load K
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g/s
MASS AIRFLOW T) or Neutral (M/T)
2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g/s L
• No load
• Selector lever position: P or N (A/ M
PURG VOL C/V T) or Neutral (M/T)
• No load
N
INT/V TIM (B1) T) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0° - 40°CA O
Quickly
• No load
• Selector lever position: P or N (A/ P
INT/V SOL (B1) T) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
Quickly
• No load
the engine On

ECM
On
Off
(203°F) or less
95°C (203°F) and 99°C (210°F)
HIGH
(212°F) or more
On
HO2S1 HTR (B1) • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Off
HO2S2 HTR (B1) On
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
VEHICLE SPEED
YET
formed yet.
CMPLT
Vehicle has traveled after MI has turned 0 - 65,535 km
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
Selector lever position: P or N (A/T) or
On
Selector lever: Except above Off
ture.
• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2 SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
• Engine: Idle
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) —
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 NOTE:
—
(B1) The item is indicated, but not used.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PBIA9221J

ECM
PHYSICAL VALUES
A
NOTE:
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (A), loosen (C) it with EC
- ECM (1)
- Fasten (B)
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM C
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact. D
JMBIA0029ZZ E
Value
Input/ Condition
Output F
2.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON] G

Output
(L) (B) (Open) • Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
H
JMBIA0213GB
2 108 Throttle control motor pow- BATTERY VOLTAGE I

(L/W) (B) er supply (11 - 14 V)
2.9 - 8.8 V
J
[Engine is running]
3 108 Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Idle speed
Output K
(G) (B) heater
JMBIA0030GB
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE L

• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (11 - 14 V)
1.8 V
M
Output
(P) (B) (Close) • Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released N
JMBIA0215GB

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
- Keeping the engine speed be-
5 108 Heated oxygen sensor 2 tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
Output minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
(BR/W) (B) heater
der no load
JMBIA0214GB

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
9 108 EVAP canister purge vol- JMBIA0039GB

Output
(SB) (B) ume control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
ing engine.)
JMBIA0216GB
10
(B)
11
(B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G/W) (B)
17 0 - 0.3 V
(V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
18 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depend-
(Y/B)
ing on rpm at idle
JMBIA0219GB
108
Output
21 (B)
(W)
[Engine is running]
22 • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
(BR)
JMBIA0220GB

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
• For 1 second after turning ignition EC
0 - 1.0 V
switch ON
(GR) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch ON
25 BATTERY VOLTAGE D
Fuel injector No. 4
(R) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed E
29 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3 The pulse cycle changes depend-
(G)
ing on rpm at idle
F
JMBIA0221GB
108
Output
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) (11 - 14 V) G
[Engine is running]
31
Fuel injector No. 1 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm H
(L)
JMBIA0222GB I
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
32 108 ECM relay J
Output switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) K
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) L
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V M
• Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Engine stopped N
Less than 4.75 V
(B) (R) [Ignition switch: ON] O
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
P
36 Sensor ground
— — — —
(W) (B) • Idle speed
0 - 4.8 V
38 44 Engine coolant tempera-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with en-
(LG) (P) ture sensor
gine coolant temperature.

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
Sensor ground
40
— (Knock sensor shield cir- — — —
(B)
cuit)
[Engine is running]
41 48 Refrigerant pressure sen- • Warm-up condition
Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
(GR) (R/B) sor • Both A/C switch and blower fan
Sensor ground
44
— (Engine coolant tempera- — — —
(P)
ture sensor)
0.4 V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
45 52
(G/B) (LG)
0 - 4.8 V
46 55 Intake air temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with in-
(V) (O) sensor
take air temperature.
Sensor ground
48
(R/B)
sor)
[Engine is running]
49 56 0 - 1.0 V
Heated oxygen sensor 1 — • Warm-up condition
(P) (G/W) (Periodically change)
[Engine is running]
rpm quickly after the following con-
ditions are met
50 59
(L/R) (R/W)
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
52 Sensor ground
— — — —
Sensor ground
55
— (Intake air temperature — — —
(O)
sensor)
56 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G/W) (Heated oxygen sensor 1)
59 Sensor ground
— — — —

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
4.0 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depend-
ing on rpm at idle
JMBIA2185GB
61 62 Crankshaft position sensor D
Input
(R) (G) (POS)
4.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
JMBIA2186GB
Sensor ground
62
— [Crankshaft position sen- — — — G
(G)
sor (POS)]
Sensor ground
63
— [Camshaft position sensor — — — H
(GR)
(PHASE)]
3.6 V
[Engine is running] I
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depend- J
ing on rpm at idle
65 63 Camshaft position sensor JMBIA2183GB

Input
(W/R) (GR) (PHASE) K
3.6 V
[Engine is running] L
JMBIA2184GB
M
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(11 - 14 V)
69 108 Park/Neutral position sig- (M/T) N
Input
(BR) (B) nal [Ignition switch: ON]
tion O

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 10 V
2,000rpm quickly
PBIA4937J
Sensor power supply

74 48
(W) (R/B)
sor)
Sensor power supply
75 62
[Crankshaft position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (G)
sor (POS)]
Sensor power supply
78 63
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L/W) (GR)
(PHASE)]
83 Input/
— CAN communication line — —
(P) Output
84 Input/
(L) Output
88 Input/
(GR) Output
93 108
(11 - 14 V)
0V
Sensor power supply
102 104
(BR) (Y)
sensor 2)
Input
Sensor ground
104
(Y)
sensor 2)
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
106 111
(V) (R)
sensor 1)
108
(B)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V EC
Input
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V C
Sensor ground
111
— (Accelerator pedal position — — — D
(R)
sensor 1)
E

F
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the G
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-1030, "Com-
H
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the ponent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check"
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI I
DTC RELATED ITEM

J
control does not function. K
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions. L
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
(CONSULT display) M
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) N
fan operates while engine is running. O
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal P
P0223 condition.

ECM
malfunction:)
degrees or less.
engine stalls.
or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
small range.
P2128 condition.
chart.

ECM
Priority DTC Detected items A

U1000, U1001 CAN communication line
U1010 CAN communication
EC
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor C
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
1 P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
E
P0605 ECM
P1610 - P1615 NATS F
G
P0132, P0133, P0134, P1143, P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0135 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 H
I
P1065 ECM
2
P1122 Electric throttle control function J
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) K
P1805 Brake switch
L
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
3 P0300 - P0304 Misfire
P0420 Three way catalyst function M
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
DTC Index INFOID:0000000008748695 N
DTC*1 Test value/ O

Items Reference
CONSULT SRT code Test limit Trip MI
(CONSULT screen terms) page
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
×
P
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — — 1 EC-868
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — — 2 — EC-868

2 (M/T) — (M/T)
U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) — — EC-869
1 (A/T) × (A/T)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — Flashing —
MAY BE REQUIRED.

ECM
DTC*1 Test value/

Items Reference
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — — 2 × EC-870
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — — 1 × EC-874
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — — 1 × EC-874
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — — 2 × EC-879
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — — 2 × EC-879
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — — 1 × EC-881
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — — 1 × EC-881
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — — 1 × EC-883
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — — 1 × EC-883
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) — × 2 × EC-886
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) × × 2 × EC-890
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) — × 2 × EC-895
P0135 0135 HO2S1 HTR (B1) × × 2 × EC-899
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) — × 2 × EC-901
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × × 2 × EC-905
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) × × 2 × EC-911
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — — 2 × EC-913
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — — 2 × EC-917
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — — 1 × EC-921
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — — 1 × EC-921
P0300 0300 MULTICYL MISFIRE — — 2 × EC-924
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — — 2 × EC-924
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — — 2 × EC-924
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — — 2 × EC-924
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — — 2 × EC-924
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — — 2 — EC-930
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — — 2 — EC-930
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — — 2 × EC-932
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — — 2 × EC-936
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × × 2 × EC-939
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — — 2 × EC-944
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC — — 2 × EC-947
P0605 0605 ECM — — 1 or 2 × or — EC-949
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*5 — — 2 × EC-951
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM C/CIRC — — 2 × EC-952
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR-B1 — — 1 × EC-954
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 — — 1 × EC-956
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWP — — 1 × EC-960
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWP-B1 — — 1 × EC-960
P1128 1128 ETC MOT-B1 — — 1 × EC-963
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) × × 2 × EC-965
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) × × 2 × EC-969

ECM
DTC*1 Test value/

Items Reference A
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) × × 2 × EC-973 EC
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) × × 2 × EC-979
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — — 1 × EC-985
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — — 2 — EC-989 C
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — — 2 — EC-991
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — — 1 × EC-993
D
SEC-197
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — — 2 —
SEC-369
SEC-198 E
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — — 2 —
SEC-370
SEC-199
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — — 2 —
SEC-371
F
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — — 2 — SEC-372
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — — 2 × EC-995
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — — 2 — EC-998 G
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1000
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1000
H
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1003
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1003
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — — 1 × EC-1007 I
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — — 1 × EC-1010
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. J
*5: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is dis- K
played on CONSULT screen.
L
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
M
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the N
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)

ECM
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
01H
(Bank 1)
P014C 8DH 04H
P014C 8EH 04H
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
HO2S P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
P015B 93H 01H
P015B 94H 01H
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
02H
P0139 82H 11H
nosis
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
C
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
E
P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean)
F
G
05H
(Bank 2)
P014E 8DH 04H
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
HO2S P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H
P015D 94H 01H
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
06H
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0420 82H 01H
21H
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage

P0430 82H 01H
22H
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
31H EGR function
idling condition
P1402 84H 96H
rate

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0011 80H 9DH
C
P0014 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
P0014 83H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
Advanced: P052A G
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
P0021 80H 9DH H
P0024 81H 9DH
I
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH J
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
L
Advanced: P052C
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
valve close

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
42H 80H 0CH
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
SOR
46H 80H 0CH
47H P0063 80H 0CH
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
81H 01H
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
airflow
ARY AIR
84H 01H
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped

82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
P0307 86H 24H
G
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H H
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires I
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H J
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of K
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder L
P0307 8FH 24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of M
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of O
P0300 93H 24H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
P0305 0CH 24H
cycles
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles

WIRING DIAGRAM A
EC
C
JRBWC1221GB

JRBWC1222GB

EC
JRBWC1223GB

JRBWC1224GB

EC
JRBWC1225GB

BASIC INSPECTION
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

Sheet".)
EC
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.) D
- Erase DTC. (Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st trip DTC” in EC-804, "CONSULT Function".)
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-1033, "Symptom Table".) E
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. F
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM G
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MI ON).
819, "Fail Safe". H
I
>> GO TO 5.
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. J
819, "Fail Safe".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. K
>> GO TO 6. L
M
detected again.
diagnosis order.
NOTE: N
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during O
this check.
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected? P
YES >> GO TO 10.

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
With CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
>> GO TO 10.
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
tion".
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st trip DTC” in EC-804,
"CONSULT Function".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM.
(Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st trip DTC” in EC-804, "CONSULT Function".) If the comple-
tion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING PATTERN” in EC-852, "Descrip-
tion".

A
DESCRIPTION
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- EC
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus- C
tomer complaint.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and D
SEF907L
E
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017


Refer to SEC-195, "ECM : Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system) or SEC-367, "ECM : Work Proce-
dure" (Without intelligent key system).
>> GO TO 2.
>> GO TO 3.
>> GO TO 4.
>> END

A
1.START
>> END F

valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END

A
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed EC
C
1.PRECONDITIONING D
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
• Transmission: Warmed-up G
- A/T models
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. H
- M/T models
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING J
With CONSULT
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-841, "Work Proce- K
dure".
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT. L
YES >> GO TO 4. M
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING N
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
O
a malfunction.
dure". P

7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
PBIB0665E
>> GO TO 4.
cations.
For specification, refer to EC-1044, "Idle Speed" and EC-1044, "Ignition Timing".
NO >> GO TO 5.
Check the following
YES >> GO TO 6.
the incident.
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
>> INSPECTION END

A
C
1.START
With CONSULT
With GST E
F
>> END
H

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
1.INSPECTION START
- Gasket
SEF983U
SEF976U

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
>> GO TO 3

BASIC INSPECTION
EC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
PBIA8513J
1. Stop engine.
E
>> GO TO 5.
G
>> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
K
YES >> GO TO 10.
L
NO >> GO TO 8.
Check the Following. M
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-938, "Component Inspection".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION O
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-195, "ECM : Work Proce- P
dure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-367, "ECM : Work Procedure" (Without intelligent key system).
>> GO TO 4.

BASIC INSPECTION

YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
MBIB1331E

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 13.
YES >> GO TO 14.
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.

YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
MBIB1331E

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-302, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> GO TO 17.

BASIC INSPECTION

EC
YES >> GO TO 18.
C
"ECM : Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-195, "ECM : Work Procedure" (Without intel-
ligent key system). E
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END F
G
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

With CONSULT
3. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
2. Start engine.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
purposes.
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
sure cannot be completely released because K13 models do not have fuel return system.
To quick connector
C : Hose clamp
CAUTION:

CAUTION:

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure. A
5 : No.2 spool
CAUTION: EC
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel C

N4710 or 16439 40U00).

F
5. Connect fuel tube adapter [SST: KV10118400 or KV10120000]
(C) to quick connector (1).
G
B : Fuel hose for fuel pressure check H
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off. I
JSBIA0577ZZ
CAUTION: J
false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes. K
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE M
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
O

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
OUTLINE
SRT Item
SRT item Performance Corresponding

Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT indication) Priority* DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0135
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0141
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by
one based on the priority for models with CONSULT.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart. A
EC
K
JSBIA0399GB

L
CAUTION:
M

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
JPBIA5422GB
(56 MPH) again.
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level A
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions, EC
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
C
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. D
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT. F
Without CONSULT
With GST G
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END H
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-852, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
K
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-852, "Description".
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
NOTE:
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
With GST
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END

EC
MI.
tion) E
F
1.START
G
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID I
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
NOTE:
with CONSULT.
N
YES >> END O

OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2384E

EC
O
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NOTE:

Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
YES >> GO TO 17.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
3. Start engine.
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
NOTE:
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-6, "Exploded


1. Start engine.
the SP value.
EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10. E
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1025, "Component Function Check".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1020, "Component Function Check".)
YES >> Replace fuel injector (Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View"), and then GO TO 11.

1. Start engine. I
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION K
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.), L
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 time : RICH → LEAN → RICH M

2 times : RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
Is the inspection result more than 5 times during 10 seconds?
YES >> GO TO 15. N
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT O
Check heated oxygen sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-886, "DTC Logic".
>> GO TO 14. P
1. Start engine.
the SP value.

NO >> GO TO 15.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
SP value.
- Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine

YES >> GO TO 21.
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21
1. Stop the engine.

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again. A
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” EC
1. Start engine.
C
the SP value.
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-874, "DTC D
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” E
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? F
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-284, "Exploded View"), and
then GO TO 29. G
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-840, "Work Procedure". H
>> GO TO 29.
I
• Crushed air ducts J
K
YES >> GO TO 27.
L
SP value. M
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27. N
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the O
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 28. P
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-284, "Exploded View"), and
then GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.

valve
>> GO TO 30.
indication is within the SP value.

A

YES >> GO TO 2.

ECM
Ground Continuity
10
F9
11 Ground Existed
G
E6 108
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

K
ECM M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
O
• Harness connectors E12, F39 P
• 10 A fuse (No. 51)

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E6 105 Ground
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With Intelligent Key system), or
PCS-73, "Removal and Installation" (Without Intelligent Key system).
>> INSPECTION END

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 10.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R A

2. Check 20 A fuse.
C
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse. D
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E32. E
ECM IPDM E/R F

Continuity
G
YES >> GO TO 14. H
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". I
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With Intelligent Key system), or
J

U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 communication signal of OBD (emission related di-
agnosis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors
CAN communication line (CAN communication line is open or
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN shorted)
U1001 communication signal other than OBD (emission
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
U1010 CAN communication bus • ECM
of CAN controller of ECM.
F
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
I
1.INSPECTION START
J
1. Erase DTC.
3. Check DTC. K
Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. M
>> INSPECTION END N

P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion
P0011
performance and phase-control angle degree. of the camshaft
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
as possible.

P or N (A/T)
Shift lever
Neutral (M/T)
With GST
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT


P0011 IVT CONTROL
A
CAUTION: EC
With GST C
YES >> Go to EC-871, "Diagnosis Procedure" D
E
1. Start engine.
F
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
G
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
I
PBIA8559J

Refer to EC-872, "Component Inspection". J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-311, "Exploded View". K
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-351, "Exploded View". M
N
YES >> GO TO 5.
O
P

P0011 IVT CONTROL
YES >> GO TO 6.
"Exploded View".
PBIA9557J

YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-302, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END



1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

P0011 IVT CONTROL
EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
P0102

1.PRECONDITIONING
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses

YES >> GO TO 3.

C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. D
MAF sensor F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
MAF sensor ECM J

Continuity
F47 4 F6 52 Existed
K
YES >> GO TO 6. L
M
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity N
F47 3 F6 45 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.


>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
45
signal)
NO >> GO TO 2.
- Crushed air ducts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

A
EC
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. C
Without CONSULT
ECM
E
Connector
+ −
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V F
45
signal)
G
NO >> GO TO 4.
I
With CONSULT
K
L
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. M
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
ECM
O
Connector
+ −
P
45
signal)

NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor.

A
Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is C
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008748734 I

YES >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L
M
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
YES >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
F47 1 F6 55 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END



and Installation".

A
P0118
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H

YES >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L
M
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
YES >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
F68 2 F6 44 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-53, "Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END



20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
CO-53, "Removal and Installation".

A

NOTE:
P0122
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
J
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
N
O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-885, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


5. Set selector lever to the D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.

ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
F
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000008748742
G
Refer to EC-842, "Work Procedure". H
>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING I

J
>> END

P0132 HO2S1
P0132 HO2S1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 is not inordinately high.
PBIB1848E
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor
high voltage is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
Is 1st trip DTC is detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 3.

P0132 HO2S1
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
EC
F116 1 F6 56 existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
E
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
F116 4 F6 49 existed F
2. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM G
Ground Continuity
F116 4 F6 49 Ground Not existed H
YES >> GO TO 5. I
J
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 connector for water.
YES >> GO TO 6. K
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View". M

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". N
>> INSPECTION END

O
1.INSPECTION START P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

P0132 HO2S1
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT screen.
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ

NO >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
49
Engine speed held at 2,000 • The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
F6 (HO2S1 56
rpm constant under no load. • The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V →
0 - 0.3 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:

P0132 HO2S1
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service A
tool).
>> INSPECTION END EC

P0133 HO2S1
P0133 HO2S1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
PBIB2991E
• Fuel pressure
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • The response of the voltage signal from the
circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
• PCV valve

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.

P0133 HO2S1
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to A
50 seconds.)
CAUTION:
EC

VHCL SPEED SE More than 80 km/h (50 MPH) C
D
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on COUSULT screen?
E
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK F
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this G
I
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.
ECM K
Connector
+ − L
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0
49 V more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
F6 (HO2S1 56 1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
constant under no load. M
signal) 2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
→ 0 - 0.3 V
O

YES >> GO TO 2.
Loosen and retighten the heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".

P0133 HO2S1
>> GO TO 3.
SEC502D

NO >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity

P0133 HO2S1
A
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR D
E
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK PCV VALVE F
YES >> GO TO 10. G
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 H
Perform EC-893, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 11. I
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
J
>> INSPECTION END

K
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 N
With CONSULT
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. O
P

P0133 HO2S1
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ

NO >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
49
F6 (HO2S1 56
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V →
0 - 0.3 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0134 HO2S1
P0134 HO2S1
A

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approx. 0.3 V.
Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within C
200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that
this time is not inordinately long.
D
E
SEF237U
F
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly G
circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3 V.

H
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
J
2.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
TESTING CONDITION:
L
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. N
with CONSULT.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. O
NOTE:
return to step 5. P
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
CAUTION:

P0134 HO2S1

7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on COUSULT screen?
NOTE:

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
49 Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm • The voltage dose not remain in the range of 0.2 to
F6 56
(HO2S1 signal) constant under no load. 0.4 V.

YES >> GO TO 2.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity

P0134 HO2S1
Is inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
C
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
F116 4 F6 49 Existed D
2. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector 49 or HO2S1 harness connector and ground.
E
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
F116 4 F6 49 Ground Not existed F
YES >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 H
YES >> GO TO 5. I
J
>> INSPECTION END K

M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 N
With CONSULT
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. O
P

P0134 HO2S1
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ

NO >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
49
F6 (HO2S1 56
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V →
0 - 0.3 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
A
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0135
heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. F
>> GO TO 2.
G
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION J

K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. L
HO2S1 N
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
• 10 A fuse (No. 49)
• Harness for open or short between HO2S1 and fuse

P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
4.CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
F116 3 F9 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END



2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω

NO >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize lubricant (commercial
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0138 HO2S2
P0138 HO2S2
A

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time.
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel cut. D
E
PBIB1848E
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor G
circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
L
M
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION N

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P


P0138 HO2S2
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 1 F6 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 4 F6 50 Existed
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.

YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P0138 HO2S2
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. A
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. EC
CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. C
JSBIA0082GB F
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.36 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I H
Without CONSULT
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. J
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage K
Connector
+ −
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least least once during this procedure.
L
F6 59
(HO2S2 signal) 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II N
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.
O
ECM
Connector
+ − P
(HO2S2 signal) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at

P0138 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
+ −
F6 59
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize lubricant (commercial service
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0139 HO2S2
P0139 HO2S2
A

tion such as fuel cut. D
E
SEF302U
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds. L
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed. M
TESTING CONDITION:
N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I O
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
>> GO TO 4. P
>> GO TO 5.
P0139 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60
seconds.)

While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the above condition until “INCOMPLETED” at
>> GO TO 9.
Touch “SELF DIAGRESULTS”.
>> GO TO 5.
NOTE:

P0139 HO2S2
NO >> Go to EC-907, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I EC
Without CONSULT
C
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. D
ECM
E
Connector
+ −
F6 59 F
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. H
ECM
I
Connector
+ −
50 A change of voltage should be more than J
NO >> GO TO 3.
L
ECM M
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position A change of voltage should be more than N
F6 59
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (A/T) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
YES >> INSPECTION END O
P

YES >> GO TO 2.

P0139 HO2S2
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 1 F6 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 4 F6 50 Existed
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
P0139 HO2S2
Do you have CONSULT? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 EC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. D
CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. E
JSBIA0082GB
H
I
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I J
Without CONSULT
L
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage M
Connector
+ −
F6
50
59
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least least once during this procedure. N
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II P

P0139 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
+ −
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
+ −
F6 59
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
A
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors C
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0141
D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. F
>> GO TO 2.
G
Is 1st tip DTC detected?

K
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
HO2S2 N
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
• IPDM E/R connector E32
• 10 A fuse (No. 49)
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
4.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 3 F9 5 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER
YES >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END



2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω

NO >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

A

theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical C
ratios.
D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector E
F
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks G
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Lack of fuel
• Incorrect PCV hose connection H

1.PRECONDITIONING I
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I K
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE M
NOTE: N
Does engine start? O
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P

NO >> GO TO 5.


CAUTION:

SEC502D

NO >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Heated oxygen sensor 1 ECM A

Continuity
EC
5. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and
ground.
C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 ECM
Ground Continuity
F116 4 F6 49 Ground Not existed D
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE F
G
H
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES I
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and J
Installation".
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K
With CONSULT
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. L

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm M
With GST
N

O
2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
YES >> GO TO 7. P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.

Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.

YES >> GO TO 8.
PBIB3332E

4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View".
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.

YES >> GO TO 9.
PBIA9666J

>> INSPECTION END

A

theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical C
ratios.
D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector E
F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
Fuel injection system too
P0172 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
rich
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure G

H
1.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I J
2. Start engine.
K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. L
3.RESTART ENGINE
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. M
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. N
Does engine start?
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc. O
NO >> GO TO 5.

CAUTION:

SEC502D

NO >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
5. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and
ground.

Heated oxygen sensor 1 ECM A

Ground Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4. C
D
E
YES >> GO TO 6. F
NO >> GO TO 5.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. G
Installation". H
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I
With CONSULT
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. J
2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm K
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST. L

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or N
O
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. P
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.


YES >> GO TO 8.
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUELINJECTOR
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
YES >> GO TO 9.
to EM-294, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

A

NOTE:
P0222
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
J
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
N
O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


5. Set selector lever to the D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.

ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
>> GO TO 2

J
>> END

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC


overheating, the MI will blink.
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
• Lack of fuel

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
time. Refer to the table below. A
EC
CAUTION:
driving.
C
D
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
E
F
Engine speed Time
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes G
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
H
I
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE J

2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection. K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. M
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4. N
With CONSULT O
1. Start engine.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. P
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE

YES >> GO TO 5.
PBIB3332E

CAUTION:
NOTE:
dure.
3. Start engine.
tion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.

YES >> GO TO 7.
Check".

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG A

YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer EC
to EM-299, "Exploded View". For spark plug type, refer
to EM-282, "Inspection".
C
D
SEF156I

E
F
G
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". For spark
plug type, refer to EM-282, "Inspection".
H
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE J
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-850, "Work Procedure". K

L
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
M
Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace. O
P
YES >> GO TO 13.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
YES >> GO TO 14.
YES >> GO TO 15.
With CONSULT

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
With GST

2.0 - 10.0 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
YES >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
YES >> GO TO 17.
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st
Trip DTC” in EC-804, "CONSULT Function".
>> GO TO 18.
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC

P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
input sent to ECM.
P0328

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
F2 2 F6 40 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0327, P0328 KS
Knock sensor ECM A

Continuity
F2 1 F6 37 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 4. C
D
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-352, "Disassembly and Assembly".
>> INSPECTION END

G
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR H

3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows. I
NOTE:
J
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ
CAUTION: K
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-352, "Disassembly and Assembly".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is
signal is not detected by the ECM during open or shorted.]
the first few seconds of engine cranking. (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• The proper pulse signal from the crank- (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is
Crankshaft position sensor
P0335 shaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to shorted.)
(POS) circuit
ECM while the engine is running. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor
signal is not in the normal pattern during • Accelerator pedal position sensor
engine running. • Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Signal plate

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.

NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

EC

Continuity C
F64 1 F6 75 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
F
ECM Sensor
74 Refrigerant pressure sensor E44 3 G
F6
E6 102 APP sensor E71 5
H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to EC-1031, "Component Function Check".
J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-39, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation". K
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 7. M
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1002, "Special Repair Requirement". N
>> INSPECTION END

O
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. P

Continuity
F64 2 F6 62 Existed

YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
F64 3 F6 61 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-352, "Disassembly and Assembly".
11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-352, "Disassembly and Assembly".
>> INSPECTION END


YES >> GO TO 2.
352, "Disassembly and Assembly".
PBIA9210J


Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] A

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
EC
2 (+) - 3 (-)
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-352, "Disassembly and Assembly".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 • Camshaft (INT)
(PHASE) circuit during engine running.
• Starter motor

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.

YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC
CMP sensor (PHASE)

Ground Voltage C
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E

F

Continuity G
YES >> GO TO 5.
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. J

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
YES >> GO TO 7.
O
P

YES >> GO TO 8.
"Exploded View".
PBIA9557J

>> INSPECTION END


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to
PBIA9210J

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)

A

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensor 1 and heated D
E
SEF484YF
F
• Exhaust tube G
Catalyst system efficiency properly.
below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity. H
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.INSPECTION START
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
M
>> GO TO 3.
N
With CONSULT
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. O
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). P
pedal completely.

CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
>> GO TO 3.
Check 1st trip DTC.
NOTE:

Without CONSULT
ECM
Terminal Condition Specification
Connector
+ −
49 Keeping engine speed at 2,000 The voltage switch periodically more than 5 times within
F6 56
(HO2S1 signal) rpm constant under no load 10 seconds.
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Go to EC-890, "DTC Logic".
Without CONSULT
1. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals and ground.
2. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low) HO2S2 voltage is very less than that of
HO2S1 voltage under the following condition.

ECM A
Terminal Condition Specification
Connector
+ −
EC
49
56 Switching frequency ratio (A/B) : Less than 0.75
(HO2S1 signal) Keeping engine speed at 2,000
F6 A : Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
50 rpm constant under no load
59 B : Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency C
(HO2S2 signal)
NO >> If the ratio is greater than above (0.75), it means three way catalyst does not operate properly.
Refer to EC-941, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008748788 E

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent. F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace. G
1. Start engine and run it at idle. H
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
K
SEC502D

YES >> Repair or replace. L
NO >> GO TO 3.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. M
NO >> GO TO 4. N

Check the following items. Refer to EC-846, "Work Procedure". O
For specification, refer to EC-1044, "Ignition Timing"
YES >> GO TO 5.

ECM
+ − Voltage
31
30
F9 E6 108 Battery voltage
29
25
YES >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
dure.
3. Start engine.
tion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1025, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Refer to EM-282,
EC
"Inspection".
C
to EM-299, "Exploded View". For spark plug type, refer
to EM-282, "Inspection".
D
SEF156I
E
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and F
Spark should be generated. G

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". For spark H
plug type, refer to EM-282, "Inspection".
I
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. J
5. Turn ignition switch ON. K
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". L
M
NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation".
N

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
ground.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and A
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM EC

Continuity
F117 2 F9 9 Existed
C
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4. D
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION E
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. F
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H
I
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J
>> INSPECTION END K
L
With CONSULT
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. N
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following O
conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity P

100% Existed
0% Not existed
PBIA9668J
Without CONSULT


Condition
between (A) and (B)
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIA9668J


P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A
cation line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
E
F
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor speed signal is sent to ECM even
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) G

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. J
2.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
>> GO TO 3.
L
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a M
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. N
should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:

P0500 VSS

Shift lever Except P or N position (A/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

With GST
2. Start engine.
Refer to BRC-34, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 2.
Refer to TM-184, "CONSULT Function".
>> INSPECTION END

P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
A
C
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B I
NO >> GO TO 4. K
L
N
1. Erase DTC.
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.

P0605 ECM
>> INSPECTION END

P1065 ECM
P1065 ECM
A
ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio EC
C
PBIA9222J E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC F
G
P1065* Engine control module ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly. • ECM
*: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
>> GO TO 2. J
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds. K
5. Check 1st trip DTC. L
NO >> INSPECTION END M
N
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. O
YES >> GO TO 2. P
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
valve.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO2.

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
AND SHORT
ness connector.

IVT control solenoid valve ECM A

Continuity
F23 1 F6 73 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 4. C
D
YES >> GO TO 5. E
>> INSPECTION END

G
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I H

3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows. I

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω J
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve M
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more. N
NOTE: O
P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
A)
P1121 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Set shift lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to Neutral position.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

2. Remove the intake air duct.

and the housing. A
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 2. EC
control actuator inside.
C
PBIB2974E
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

E
>> INSPECTION END

F

G
>> GO TO 2 H
I
>> END
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
engine is running.
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
ECM
F9 2 E6 108
YES >> GO TO 10.

NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A

EC
ECM
+ − Voltage C
D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
E
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector F104. F
IPDM E/R ECM G

Continuity
H
YES >> GO TO 6. I
NO >> GO TO 5.
K
6.CHECK FUSE L
YES >> GO TO 9.
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III N
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. O
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.


nector.

Continuity
1 Not existed
F115 5 F9
4 Existed
1 Existed
F115 6 F9
4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 11.
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 12.
PBIB2974E

YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.

YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. A
1. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator.
EC
>> INSPECTION END

C
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR D

E
F
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2. Perform EC-959, "Special Repair Requirement". H
>> INSPECTION END

I
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING J

>> GO TO 2 K
Refer to EC-843, "Work Procedure". L
>> END
M

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
P1124 >> GO TO 2.
P1126 >> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

ECM
+ − Voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.

3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. A
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. D
• IPDM E/R connector F104 E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
4.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 47) from IPDM E/R. G
YES >> GO TO 8. H
1. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. I
ECM
J
+ − Conditions Voltage
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V K
F9 2 E6 108
L
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II M
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector F104. N
ECM IPDM E/R O

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.

PCS-73, "Removal and Installation" (Without Intelligent Key system),.

A
C
P1128
(Throttle control motor) D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
I

YES >> GO TO 2.
L
nector.
N
Continuity
1 Not existed O
F115 5 F9
4 Existed
1 Existed
F115 6 F9 P
4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END



NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2
>> END

P1143 HO2S1
P1143 HO2S1
A

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the C
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
E
SEF300U
F
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater G
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
P1143 • Fuel pressure
lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
• Fuel injector
H
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F). L
>> GO TO 3. M
with CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”. O
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, P
return to step 5.
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)
CAUTION:

P1143 HO2S1

VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
NOTE:

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
49
Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant • The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
F6 (HO2S1 56
under no load • The minimum voltage is over 0.1 V at least 1 time.
signal)

YES >> GO TO 2.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

P1143 HO2S1
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? A

Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-913, "DTC Logic".
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER EC
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 D
YES >> GO TO 6. E
F
>> INSPECTION END G

1.INSPECTION START H
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 J
With CONSULT
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. K
L
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure. M
N
O
SEF217YA

P1143 HO2S1
JMBIA0352ZZ

NO >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
49
F6 (HO2S1 56
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V →
0 - 0.3 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P1144 HO2S1
P1144 HO2S1
A

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are C
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
E
SEF299U
F
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater G
P1144
rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4. J
2.PRECONDITIONING
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. L
>> GO TO 3.
M
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. N
with CONSULT.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. O
NOTE:
return to step 5. P
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)
CAUTION:

P1144 HO2S1

VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
NOTE:

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
49
Engine speed is held at 2,000 rpm constant • The maximum voltage is over 0.8 V at least 1 time.
F6 (HO2S1 56
under no load • The minimum voltage is over 0.35 V at least 1 time.
signal)

YES >> GO TO 2.
>> GO TO 3.

P1144 HO2S1
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected or difficult to start engine? A

Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-917, "DTC Logic".
No >> GO TO 4
4.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER EC
3. Check connectors for water. C

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER E

YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 G
H
YES >> GO TO 7.
>> INSPECTION END J
K
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 M
With CONSULT
N
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT screen. O

P1144 HO2S1
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ

NO >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
49
F6 (HO2S1 56
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V →
0 - 0.3 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P1146 HO2S2
P1146 HO2S2
A

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel
cut. D
E
JSBIA0083GB
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146
minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
pleted.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform ″DTC WORK SUPPORT″ at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). M
N
>> GO TO 3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. O
>> GO TO 4.
P
>> GO TO 5.

P1146 HO2S2
2. Let engine idle 1 minute.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 60
seconds.)

>> GO TO 9.
>> GO TO 5.
NOTE:

P1146 HO2S2
A

Without CONSULT
C
D
ECM
Connector E
+ −
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least once during
F6 59
(HO2S2 signal) load at least 10 times this procedure.
F
NO >> GO TO 2. G
H
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage I
Connector
+ −
50 The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least
(HO2S2 signal) once during this procedure. J
NO >> GO TO 3. K
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. L
ECM
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least
F6 59 N
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) once during this procedure.
NO >> Go to EC-975, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P
YES >> GO TO 2.

P1146 HO2S2


NO >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 1 F6 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 4 F6 50 Existed
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START

P1146 HO2S2
Do you have CONSULT? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 EC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. D
CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. E
JSBIA0082GB
H
I
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I J
Without CONSULT
L
ECM
Connector
+ −
F6
50
59
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least least once during this procedure. N
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II P

P1146 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
+ −
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
+ −
F6 59
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P1147 HO2S2
P1147 HO2S2
A

dition such as fuel cut. D
E
SEF259VA
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
pleted.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). M
N
>> GO TO 3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. O
>> GO TO 4.
P
>> GO TO 5.

P1147 HO2S2
2. Let engine idle 1 minute.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 60
seconds.)

>> GO TO 9.
>> GO TO 5.
NOTE:

P1147 HO2S2
A

Without CONSULT
C
D
ECM
Connector E
+ −
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
F6 59
(HO2S2 signal) 10 times once during this procedure.
F
NO >> GO TO 2. G
H
ECM
Connector
+ −
50 The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
(HO2S2 signal) once during this procedure. J
NO >> GO TO 3. K
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. L
ECM
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
F6 59 N
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) once during this procedure.
NO >> Go to EC-981, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P
YES >> GO TO 2.

P1147 HO2S2

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 1 F6 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
E9 4 F6 50 Existed
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.

YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START

P1147 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> GO TO 3.
EC
With CONSULT
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with D
CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
E
JSBIA0082GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.36 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%. H
NO >> GO TO 6. I

Without CONSULT J
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. K
L
ECM
Connector
+ − M
F6 59
N
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. P

P1147 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
+ −
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
+ −
F6 59
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

A

NOTE:
rise. D
indicated.
E
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) F
(Overheat). • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays -1, -2 and -3)
• Cooling fan system does not operate • Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature properly (Overheat). • Radiator hose
P1217 G
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the • Radiator
system using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank
range. • Water pump
H
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-29, "Refilling". I
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. J
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK K
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might L
not be confirmed.
N
WARNING:
O
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. P

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
proper range?
NO >> GO TO 2
SEF621W

Did customer fill the coolant?
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
screen.
Without CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
Description" (With intelligent key system), PCS-48, "Diagnosis Description" (Without intelligent key sys-
tem).

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I EC

Is leakage detected? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II D
• Hose
• Radiator E
• Water pump
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. F

Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-41, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection". G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-43, "Exploded View". H
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
I
YES >> GO TO 6.
J
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-53, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES L
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.

M
OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille N
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio"
O
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in CO-37, "Inspection"
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-41, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" P
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-37, "Inspection"
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-51, "Inspection"
lower radiator hoses
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan motor • CONSULT Operating EC-1016, "Component In-

spection (Cooling Fan
Motor)"

OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving CO-37, "Inspection"
ervoir tank and idling
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-37, "Inspection"
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-334, "Inspection"
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-359, "Inspection"
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-35, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END

P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
C
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
performance excessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. E
TESTING CONDITION:
F
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
2. Remove the intake air duct. K
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle M
N
PBIB2974E

O
P
>> INSPECTION END


P1225 TP SENSOR
>> GO TO 2
>> END

P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
A
C
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
E
TESTING CONDITION:
F
>> GO TO 2.
I

and the housing. L
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 2. M
N
PBIB2974E
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR O

P
>> INSPECTION END



P1226 TP SENSOR
>> GO TO 2
>> END

A
C
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
ECM detects a voltage of power (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Sensor power supply circuit
P1229 source for sensor is excessively [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] D
short
low or high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

2. Check DTC.
I
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
APP sensor O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.

ECM Sensor
72 Electric throttle control actuator F115 1
F6
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

P1706 PNP SWITCH
P1706 PNP SWITCH
A
For A/T models, transmission range switch is turn ON when the selector lever is P or N. EC
For M/T models, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON when the selector lever is Neutral position.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

D
[The transmission range switch circuit is open or E
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal shorted. (A/T models)]
Park/neutral position
P1706 is not changed in the process of engine [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is
signal
starting and driving. open or shorted. (M/T models)]
• Transmission range switch (A/T models) F
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)

G
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
I
2.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION K
With CONSULT
L
M
P or N position (A/T)
ON
N
YES >> GO TO 4. O
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. P
CAUTION:

P1706 PNP SWITCH

NOTE:

ECM
Connector
+ −
P or N (A/T)
69 Battery voltage
F6 108 Shift lever Neutral (M/T)
(PNP signal)
1.CHECK POSITION SWITCH (NEUTRAL SWITCH) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect transmission range switch (A/T) or park/neutral position switch (M/T) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch (A/T) or park/neutral position switch (M/T) harness
connector and ground.
Transmission range switch (A/T)

Park/neutral position switch (M/T) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F133 (A/T) 7
F107 (M/T) 2
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

P1706 PNP SWITCH

Check the following
A/T models
• Harness connectors E12, F39 EC
• 10 A fuse (No.52)
• Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and fuse C
M/T models
• Harness connectors M7, E19 D
• 10 A fuse (No.5)
• Harness for open or short between park/neutral position switch and fuse
E
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch (A/T) or park/neutral position switch (M/T) har-
ness connector and ECM harness connector. G
Transmission range switch (A/T)

ECM
Park/neutral position switch (M/T) Continuity H
F133 (A/T) 10
F6 69 Existed I
F107 (M/T) 3
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T) OR PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH (M/T) K
Check transmission range switch (A/T) or park/neutral position switch (M/T). Refer to TM-232, "Component
Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)" (A/T) or TM-23, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH :
Component Inspection" (M/T). L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace transmission range switch (A/T) or park/neutral position switch (M/T). Refer to TM-340, M
"Removal and Installation" (A/T) or TM-27, "Removal and Installation" (M/T).
N
>> INSPECTION END O

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

3. Erase DTC.


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E58 (A/T)
E59 (M/T)
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 10 A fuse (No. 38)

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
EC

Continuity
E58 (A/T)
E6 99 2 Existed
E59 (M/T)
D
YES >> GO TO 5. E
YES >> GO TO 6.
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H
>> INSPECTION END

I

J
K
Fully released Not existed L
1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
N
O
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
P2122
sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

A
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
E
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
E71 3 E6 110 Existed F
YES >> GO TO 5. G
5.CHECK APP SENSOR H
YES >> GO TO 7. I
NO >> GO TO 6.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". L
>> INSPECTION END

M
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR N

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage P
Connector
+ −

111
104

NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2.
>> GO TO 3.
>> END

A
C
P2127
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) D
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sensor
sensor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
J
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. N
O
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E71 5 Ground Approx. 5 V P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECM Sensor
F6
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
YES >> GO TO 10.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.

8.CHECK APP SENSOR A

YES >> GO TO 10. EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
D
>> INSPECTION END
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". E
>> INSPECTION END

F
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR G

3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. H
ECM
Connector
+ −

(APP sensor 1 signal)
111 J
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. M
>> INSPECTION END N

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING O

P
>> GO TO 2.
>> GO TO 3.


>> END

P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
1 and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?

L
YES >> GO TO 2.
M
Electric throttle control actuator O

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
P
YES >> GO TO 3.

P2135 TP SENSOR

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
2 33
F115 F6 Existed
3 34
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2. Go to EC-1009, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


5. Set shift lever to the D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.

P2135 TP SENSOR
ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
>> GO TO 2

J
>> END

P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Rationally incorrect voltage is [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor sent to ECM compared with (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2138
circuit range/performance the signals from APP sensor 1 • Accelerator pedal position sensor
and APP sensor 2. (APP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

P2138 APP SENSOR
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A

APP sensor EC
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
D
APP sensor ECM F

Continuity
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
I
ECM Sensor
J
F6
E6 102 APP sensor E71 5 K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. M
N
YES >> GO TO 9.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows. P
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
1 104
E71 E6 Existed
2 111

P2138 APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 8.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
3 110
E71 E6 Existed
6 103
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


ECM
Connector
+ −

111
104
NO >> GO TO 2.

P2138 APP SENSOR
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC

Refer to EC-841, "Work Procedure". C
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING D

E
>> GO TO 3.
F
>> END G

COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
tem).
With cooling fan resistor

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

COOLING FAN

• Resistor E24
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and cooling fan motor
EC

5.CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
D
Continuity
E33 29 E26 1 Existed E
YES >> GO TO 6. F
G
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-1016, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
YES >> GO TO 7. H
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-46, "Removal and Installation".
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". I
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With intelligent key system),
J
PCS-73, "Removal and Installation" (Without intelligent key system).
Without cooling fan resistor K
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector. L

Continuity M
31 1
E33 E26 Existed
29 2 N
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-3 harness connector and cooling fan motor harness con-
nector.
O
Cooling fan relay-3 Cooling fan motor
Continuity
P
E72 5 E26 3 Existed
Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal

COOLING FAN
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-3 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-3 harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan relay-3 harness connector.
IPDM E/R Cooling fan relay-3

Continuity
9 2
E34 E72 Existed
15 1
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-3 harness connector and ground.
Cooling fan relay-3

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-3
Check cooling fan relay-3. Refer to EC-1017, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay-3.
YES >> GO TO 5.
PCS-73, "Removal and Installation" (Without intelligent key system).


COOLING FAN
Cooling fan motor A

terminals Operation
Connector
+ −
EC
E26 1 2 Cooling fan motor operates.
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-46, "Removal and Installation"
Without cooling fan resistor
D
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector. E
Cooling fan motor F

terminals Operation
Connector
+ −
1 4 G
E26 Cooling fan motor operates.
2 3
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000008748870
I

J
2. Remove cooling fan relay-3.
3. Check continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminals under
the following conditions. K
Cooling fan relay-3

Conditions Continuity L
terminal
Existed
M
JSBIA0671ZZ

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to


ON ON
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 2.

LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3.

ON ON
OFF OFF
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-1018, "Com-
ponent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Refer to DEF-15, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM A
Refer to EXL-48, "Work Flow".

EC
>> INSPECTION END
C
Refer to HAC-42, "Work Flow" (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING), HAC-120, "Work Flow" (MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONING) or HA-16, "Work Flow" (HEATER AND VENTILATION).
D
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.

PBIB3332E

Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
1 F14 1
2 F20 1
3 F17 1
4 F42 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
• 10 A fuse (No. 51)
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

FUEL INJECTOR
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
1 F14 2 31
2 F20 2 30
F9 Existed D
3 F17 2 29
4 F42 2 25
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR K

L
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] M
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View". N

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION


JSBIA0578ZZ
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
F9 23 108 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• Harness for open or short to ground and short power
FUEL PUMP
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A
5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
EC

C
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should for exist 1 second
B1 1 Ground
D
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5. E
5.CHECK 15 A FUSE
2. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 50) from IPDM E/R. F
3. Check 15 A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 6. G
NO >> Replace fuse.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV H
harness connector.
I
Fuel level sensor unit and

IPDM E/R
fuel pump Continuity
J
E32 33 B1 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7. L
Check the following. M
• Harness connectors E17, B10
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
N
1. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground. O

Ground Continuity P
Connector Terminal
B1 3 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 9.

FUEL PUMP
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP


2 and 4 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation"

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
C
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT G
1. Let engine idle.
H
ECM
Terminal Voltage signal
Connector I
+ −
17
18 J
21
F9 108
K
22
JMBIA0219GB
NOTE: L
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. O
ECM
P
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
YES >> GO TO 2.

IGNITION SIGNAL
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Condenser
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
IPDM E/R Condenser

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 4.
Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-1029, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
YES >> GO TO 7.

IGNITION SIGNAL
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground. A
Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal EC
1 F26 3
2 F32 3
Ground Battery voltage C
3 F29 3
4 F44 3
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E

F
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal G
1 F26 2
2 F32 2
Ground Existed H
3 F29 2
4 F44 2
3. Also check harness for short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. J
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector. K
Ignition coil ECM

Continuity L
1 F26 1 17
2 F32 1 18 M
F9 Existed
3 F29 1 22
4 F44 1 21
N
YES >> GO TO 10. O
Refer to EC-1028, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)". P
YES >> GO TO 11.

IGNITION SIGNAL
>> INSPECTION END


1 and 3
2 and 3
YES >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
dure.
4. Start engine.
portion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
functioning.

IGNITION SIGNAL
A
1.CHECK CONDENSER
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. EC
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] C

1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ
E

1.CHECK MI FUNCTION
2. Make sure that MI lights up.
1.CHECK DTC
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-868, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation".

A
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION EC

3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. C
ECM
Terminal Voltage D
Connector
+ −
41
F6 48 1.0 - 4.0V E
G
2. Stop engine. H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground. K

Ground Voltage L
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor O
P
tor.


Continuity
E44 1 F6 48 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
tor.

Continuity
E44 2 F6 41 Existed
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
EC

C
SYMPTOM

D


E

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 FL-10
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-850 I
J
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-1041
tem 3 3
K
EC-954
EC-963
L

Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-865
M
1
EC-886 N
3 EC-890
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit EC-895
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-965
EC-969
O
EC-883
EC-921
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-989 P
EC-991
2 2 EC-1007
EC-1000
EC-1010

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-947
EC-949
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-951
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-952
cuit
HAC-42
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-120
HAC-163
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-43

SYMPTOM A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank FL-13
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-5
Vapor lock — G
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
— H
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-285
Air cleaner EM-285 I
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-285
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-286
Collector/Gasket
K
Cranking PG-131 or
Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PG-139
Generator circuit CHG-15 L
Starter circuit 3 STR-14
1
TM-227 (A/ M
T)
PNP signal circuit 4
TM-23 (M/
T)
N
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-334
Cylinder block O
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-359 P
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
mecha-
Camshaft EM-322
nism
Intake valve
3 EM-359
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-290
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil EM-293
tion filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-350
Cooling CO-41
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-41
Thermostat 5 CO-51
Water pump CO-49
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-53
Cooling fan CO-47
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-37
ed coolant
SEC-192
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System) 1 1
SEC-364

A

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is neutral and
NOTE:

IDLE SPEED
IDLE SPEED
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
With GST
>> INSPECTION END

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
A

E
JSBIA0579ZZ
G
>> INSPECTION END
H
I
MBIB1331E

JSBIA0335ZZ
ing, etc.
SEF989X
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
SEF943S

A

E
PBIB1589E

ECM

ECM
JSBIA0333ZZ

: Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-149, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Removal
and Installation".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With intelligent key system), PCS-73,
"Removal and Installation" (Without intelligent key system).
3. Remove mounting nut (A) and bolts (B).
4. Disconnect harness connectors, and then remove IPDM E/R
cover (1).
JSBIA0473ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-840, "Work Procedure".

EVAP CANISTER
EVAP CANISTER
A
Hydraulic Layout INFOID:0000000008748896
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING EC
JSBIA0567ZZ
N
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. EVAP canister 3. Intake manifold

solenoid valve O
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. P



A/T No load* (in P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm
• A/C switch: OFF

A/T No load* (in P or N position) 6 ± 5°BTDC
• A/C switch: OFF
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000008748899
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)

At idle 10 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35%

1.0 – 4.0 g/s at idle*
2.0 – 10.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*

APPLICATION NOTICE
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
EC
Vehicle type C
Service information
D
E

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
WARNING:
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
connectors.
WARNING:
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
windshield.
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000007748509
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
cause the MIL to light up.
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
tor".

PRECAUTIONS
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. A
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
EC
C
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- D
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is E
turned OFF.
F
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM. G

the ECM value.
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this H
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related I
- Freeze frame data
PBIA9222J J
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it K
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
L
PBIB2947E N

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or O
break).
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors. P
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
MEF040D

TION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component
JSBIA1315ZZ

SEF348N


PRECAUTIONS
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- A
ily.
EC
SEF709Y
D
control systems depending on installation location. E
trol units.
from the harness of electronic controls. F
ratio can be kept smaller. G
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
Fuel tube adapter
PBIB3043E
KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter
JSBIA0410ZZ

cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
S-NT779

COMPONENT PARTS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
EC
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT C
J
JSBIA1899ZZ
No. Component Function K

1. Relay box Cooling fan relay EC-1055, "Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Relay"
IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the re-
lay ON-OFF control according to the input signals from various
L
sensors and the request signals received from control units via
2. IPDM E/R CAN communication.
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" (WITH I-KEY) or M
PCS-42, "Component Parts Location" (WITHOUT I-KEY) for
detailed installation location.
3. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) EC-1061, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
N
Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position
4. EC-1056, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
sensor and throttle control motor)
EC-1057, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
5. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
Valve"
O
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
P

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA0564ZZ
A. Under water inlet B. Right side of engine rear

1. PCV valve EC-1063, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
3. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-1060, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
6. Knock sensor EC-1060, "Knock Sensor"
8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-1055, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
9. Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1057, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transistor) EC-1060, "Ignition Coil"
14. Engine oil temperature sensor Not used for engine control system.
15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-1056, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"

COMPONENT PARTS
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
A
EC
I
JSBIA0565ZZ

J
1. Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC-1058, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1"
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-1059, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
K
BODY COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA1900ZZ
A. Left side of engine room B. Cooling fan assembly C. View with battery removed
D. Periphery of pedals
: Vehicle front

Malfunction indicator lamp
1. Combination meter EC-1061, "Malfunction Indicator lamp"
(MIL)
2. EVAP canister EC-1057, "EVAP Canister"
3. Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-1061, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
4. Cooling fan motor EC-1055, "Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Relay"
5. ECM EC-1056, "ECM"

COMPONENT PARTS
A
7. Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-1055, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
EC-1058, "Fuel Pump"
Fuel pump (with fuel level sensor unit and fuel pressure
8. Refer to MWI-7, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installa-
regulator) EC
tion location.
C
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors D
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal E
these signals.
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The F
PBIB1741E
G
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of
camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. H
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification I
signals.
the gap with the sensor to change. J
PBIA9209J
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. K
N
JSBIA1901GB
NOTE:
O
Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Relay INFOID:0000000007748517
COOLING FAN MOTOR P

COOLING FAN RELAY
The cooling fan relay is installed in the relay box and controls the revolution speed of the cooling fan motor.

COMPONENT PARTS
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolu-
tion.
change.
changes.
PBIA9209J
JSBIA1901GB
NOTE:
ECM INFOID:0000000007748519

PBIA9222J

COMPONENT PARTS
A
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant EC
C
D
SEF594K
<Reference data> E

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 F
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
G
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
(Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. SEF012P H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transis-
tor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
I
EVAP Canister INFOID:0000000007766985
The EVAP canister is filled with activated carbon, and fuel evapora- J
tive emission in the sealed fuel tank is conveyed to the EVAP canis-
ter and adsorbed by the activated carbon during engine stop or
fueling. On the other hand, while the engine is running, fuel evapora-
tive emission in the EVAP canister passes through the EVAP purge K
control solenoid valve and absorbed by the intake manifold.
JSBIA1428ZZ M
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ N
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, O
PBIA9215J

COMPONENT PARTS
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay
Engine speed*
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the

Except as shown above Stops.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio.
The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1 V to 0
V.
SEF463R

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
SEF288D
D
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION E

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) F
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1
G
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
H
OPERATION

I
Above 3,200 rpm OFF
Below 3,200 rpm after warming up ON
J

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. K
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
L
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for M
SEF327R
N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION O
Engine speed P
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION

COMPONENT PARTS

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
ON
Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000007748529
secondary circuit.
to the ECM.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
(Intake air temperature sensor signal) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM SEF012P
terminals, such as the ground.

or stops oil flow.
position.
PBIB1842E
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

COMPONENT PARTS
Malfunction Indicator lamp INFOID:0000000007748533
A
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is located on the combination
meter.
The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without EC
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. If the MIL remains
on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system
malfunction. C
For details, refer to EC-1088, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Mal-
function Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
D
JSBIA1315ZZ

E
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the F
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to G
H
PBIA9559J

I
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. J
PBIB2657E M
N
O
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- P

COMPONENT PARTS

the throttle valve movement.
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
PBIB0145E

A
EC
G
PBIB2962E

manifold. H
valve.
tions.
M
PBIB1588E

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA2091GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
A
Function Reference
EC-1071, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
Multiport fuel injection system
scription" EC
Electric ignition system EC-1074, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-1075, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System De-
Air conditioning cut control
scription" C
Cooling fan control EC-1076, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
Throttle control EC-1077, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
D
EC-1078, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System De-
Evaporative emission system
scription"
EC-1080, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
Intake valve timing control E
tion"
CAN communication EC-1081, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000007905867 F

G
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the H
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the ponent Function I
by means of operating fail safe function.
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. J
DTC RELATED ITEM

K
L
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions. M
Condition
(CONSULT display)
N

40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) O
P
P0223 condition.

SYSTEM
malfunction:)
degrees or less.
engine stalls.
or more.
small range.
P2128 condition.

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA2784GB
P

SYSTEM
JSBIA2785GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA2786GB
*2: 2 (with engine coolant temperature gauge) / 10 (without engine coolant temperature gauge) P
*3: 2
*4: 1
*5: 7
*6: 10
NOTE:

SYSTEM
• The following parts are not used in this model.
- Exhaust camshaft position sensor
- Engine oil pressure sensor
- Engine oil temperature sensor
- Battery current sensor
- Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
- ECM terminal No. 81
- Starter relay
- BCM
• The transmission range switch is used for the vehicle with A/T.
• The cooling fan motor (4 terminals type) and cooling fan relay 3 is not used for the vehicle with cooling fan
resister.
• The following terminal No. changed in this model.
ECM
- 98 → 48
- 85 → 41
- 101 → 74
- 53 → 56
- 1→2
- 2→1

SYSTEM
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA0762GB J
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator K

L
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature M
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
N
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models) Fuel injection & mixture
PNP signal Fuel injector
ratio control
Transmission range switch (A/T models) O
Battery 2
Battery voltage*
P
1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 2*
A/C ON signal*3
BCM

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
<Fuel decrease>
PBIB2953E
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses heated
oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1058, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
- Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen

SYSTEM
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic A
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
EC
the two ratios.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical C
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean. D
E
H
SEF337W

Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used I
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals J
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
K
FUEL SHUT-OFF
L

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0763GB

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Ignition timing
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
control
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)
PNP signal
Transmission range switch (A/T models)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle

SYSTEM
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM EC
I
JSBIA0320GB
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART J

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) K

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position L
IPDM E/R
A/C compressor
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure request signal
↓ M
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*2 Compressor

N
A/C ON signal*2
BCM
O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. P

SYSTEM
COOLING FAN CONTROL
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0321GB


IPDM E/R
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan relay
BCM A/C ON signal*2

Blower fan ON signal
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
A
EC
PBIB2483E F
G
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
H
Low (LOW) OFF ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON
I
THROTTLE CONTROL
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007905866 J
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
K
JSBIA2019GB
P

SYSTEM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Electric throttle control
Throttle control
actuator
Ignition switch Start signal and ignition OFF
CAN communi-
cation
BCM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM calculates the value of signal transmitted from the accelerator pedal and activates the throttle valve by
transmitting a control signal to the electric throttle control actuator. This allows the optimum throttle angle and
improves drivability and fuel consumption. In addition, ECM learns the fully closed position every time when
the ignition switch is turned OFF to improve the accuracy in throttle valve position.
When a malfunction occurs in the throttle control system, the throttle valve is closed by the return spring and
maintains the minimum engine speed by holding a slightly opened condition which is close to the fully opened
condition. This allows the securing of brake system, power steering system, and electric system and the
ensuring of the safety.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0764GB

SYSTEM

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air EC

Heated oxygen sensor 1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) C
D
E
K
PBIB3039E
N

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0079GB

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature solenoid valve
Combination meter Vehicle speed*

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MBIB1560E
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CAN COMMUNICATION

SYSTEM
A
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other EC
Refer to LAN-32, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com- C

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC.

A
INFOID:0000000007748557 EC
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC E
One trip detection diagnoses F

(Refer to EC-1109, — × — — × — — —
"DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × — G
H
I
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the J
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd K
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored L
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. M
cated, the item requires repair. N

perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base O
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT. The P
1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no

Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
stored in the ECM memory.
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.

MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-

EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
stored in ECM.
N
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
remain in ECM.)
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
is stored in ECM.
Driving Pattern B

Driving Pattern C
Example:
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
C
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
System” E
Driving Pattern A
F
Driving Pattern B
G
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions. H
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more. I
NOTE:
J
A.
pattern A.
K
DRIVING PATTERN B
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more. L
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total. N
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity. O
B.
pattern B. P
DRIVING PATTERN C
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ± 375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1 ±0.1) [%]

than 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
ing pattern C.
pattern C.
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000007748561
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MIL: ON/blink) the signal received from the
exhaust emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC
that affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MIL, according to
the signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunc-
tion detection.
• Control modules that a DTC of MIL ON/Blink is stored (Control
JSBIA1315ZZ
module varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-1271, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
If MIL remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self-


Bulb check MIL can be checked.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction
has been detected.
This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich), monitored by heated oxygen sen-
Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
sor 1, to be read.
Accelerator pedal released position ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-1122, "Description".
learning
Throttle valve closed position learning ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-1123, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value clear Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-1126, "Description".
BULB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure

2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. A
EC
Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
C
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Check that MIL illuminates.
3. Start engine and let it idle. E
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
F
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE G
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking. H
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. I
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode. J
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal. K
MIL starts blinking.
L
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs. M
PBIB0092E P
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either

DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
NOTE:

Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR MODE
EC
Description
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
C
Operation Procedure
1. Set the ECM in self-diagnostic results mode.
Refer to “How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode”. D
ECM has entered to heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor mode.
E
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich F
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
G
CAUTION:
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it
up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that H
the MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no
load.
NOTE: I
If the ECM is in self-diagnostic results mode, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM
diagnostic test mode. How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions
are described later.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. J
• Freeze frame data K
L
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function M

Self Diagnostic Result N
Active Test O
Work support
P

NOTE:

DTC RESULTS
schedule than short-term fuel trim.
fuel schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1
COMBUST CONDITION These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item

Monitor Item Selection A

MAIN
PUT SIG-
SIGNALS
NALS
EC
• Accuracy becomes poor if
engine speed drops below
• Indicates the engine speed computed
the idle rpm.
from the signal of the crankshaft posi- C
ENG SPEED rpm × × • If the signal is interrupted
tion sensor (POS) and camshaft posi-
while the engine is run-
tion sensor (PHASE).
ning, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
D
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V × × E
sensor is displayed. • When engine is running,
specification range is indi-
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the F
• When engine is running,
fuel injection pulse width programmed
B/FUEL SCHDL ms × × specification range is indi-
into ECM, prior to any learned on
board correction.
G
indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio • When engine is running, H
A/F ALPHA-B1 % feedback correction factor per cycle is specification range is indi-
indicated. cated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the
data for the air-fuel ratio I
learning control.
• When the engine coolant
temperature sensor is J
• The engine coolant temperature (de-
open or short-circuited,
termined by the signal voltage of the
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F × × ECM enters fail-safe
engine coolant temperature sensor) is
mode. The engine coolant
displayed.
temperature determined K
• The A/F signal computed from the in-
HO2S1 (B1) V put signal of the heated oxygen sen-
L
sor 1 is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxy-
HO2S2 (B1) V × ×
gen sensor 2 is displayed.
M
• After turning ON the igni-
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 1
tion switch, ″RICH″ is dis-
signal during air-fuel ratio feedback
played until air-fuel
control:
mixture ratio feedback N
RICH: means the mixture became
control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN ″rich″, and control is being affected to-
• When the air-fuel ratio
ward a leaner mixture.
feedback is clamped, the
LEAN: means the mixture became
value just before the O
″lean″, and control is being affected
clamping is displayed con-
toward a rich mixture.
tinuously.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 P
signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN × stopped, a certain value is
small.
indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.


MAIN
PUT SIG-
SIGNALS
NALS
• The vehicle speed computed from the
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph × × vehicle speed signal sent from combi-
nation meter is displayed.
• The power supply voltage of ECM is
BATTERY VOLT V
displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is
• The accelerator pedal position sensor
ACCEL SEN 2 signal voltage is displayed.
nal.
TP SEN 1-B1 × × • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is
• The throttle position sensor signal
TP SEN 2-B1 × × voltage is displayed.
nal.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF]
• After starting the engine,
computed by the ECM according to
START SIGNAL ON/OFF [OFF] is displayed regard-
the signals of engine speed and bat-
less of the starter signal.
tery voltage.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF × × puted by ECM according to the accel-
erator pedal position sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF × × air conditioner switch as determined
by the air conditioner signal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power
steering system (determined by the
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF × ×
signal sent from EPS control unit) is
indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
the electrical load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF × × ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd po-
sition.
OFF: Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ig-
IGNITION SW ON/OFF × ×
nition switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF ×
the heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
the stop lamp switch signal.
• Indicates the actual fuel injection • When the engine is
INJ PULSE-B1 msec pulse width compensated by ECM ac- stopped, a certain comput-
cording to the input signals. ed value is indicated.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed • When the engine is
IGN TIMING BTDC by ECM according to the input sig- stopped, a certain value is
nals. indicated.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve control
value computed by the ECM accord-
PURG VOL C/V %
value increases.

A
MAIN
PUT SIG-
SIGNALS
NALS
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft ad- EC
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA
vance angle.
• The control value of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (deter- C
INT/V SOL(B1)
% signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger
as the value increases. D
• The air conditioner relay control con-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF dition (determined by ECM according
to the input signals) is indicated. E
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF condition determined by ECM accord-
F
• Indicates the throttle control motor re-
lay control condition determined by
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF
the ECM according to the input sig-
nals. G
• Indicates the condition of the cooling
fan (determined by ECM according to
COOLING FAN
HI/LOW/ the input signals). H
OFF HI: High speed operation
OFF: Stop
I
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heat-
ed oxygen sensor 1 heater deter-
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON/OFF
signals. J
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heat-
ed oxygen sensor 2 heater deter-
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF
signals.
K
• The vehicle speed computed from the

VEHICLE SPEED km/h vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
displayed. L
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning
YET/CM- YET: Idle air volume learning has not M
IDL A/V LEARN
PLT been performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
N
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF × × the park/neutral position (PNP) sig-
nal.
• The intake air temperature (deter- O
mined by the signal voltage of the in-
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × ×
take air temperature sensor) is
indicated.
P
• The signal voltage from the refriger-
AC PRESS SEN V
ant pressure sensor is displayed.


MAIN
PUT SIG-
SIGNALS
NALS
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater con-
trol value computed by ECM accord-
O2SEN HTR DTY % ing to the input signals.
• The current flow to the heater be-
comes larger as the value increases.
THRTL STK CNT B1 — • The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item

condition If trouble symptom disappears, • Engine coolant temperature
ENG COOLANT TEMP
• Change the engine coolant tempera- see CHECK ITEM. sensor
ture using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injection see CHECK ITEM.
using CONSULT.
gine at 1,500 rpm.
Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge
to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
volume control solenoid valve open-
ing percent using CONSULT.
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and Fuel pump relay makes the oper- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY
“OFF” using CONSULT and listen to ating sound. • Fuel pump relay
operating sound.
condition
CONSULT.
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Intake valve timing control
• Change intake valve timing using see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve
CONSULT.
engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
• Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE • Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Engine runs rough or dies.
(M/T)
• Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal one
• Ignition coil
at a time using CONSULT.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE A

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from EC
SELF-LEARNING CONT • The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self- C
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning the throttle valve D
closed position
E

ECM

ECM

Remarks:
• Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.

MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-1133, "Component Function Check".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-1133, "Component Function Check".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-1133, "Component Function Check".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
1.0 V
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds
are met.
VHCL SPEED SE

ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2
• Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

• Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

CLSD THL POS

ECM
A
the engine On
EC
• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned Off
PW/ST SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch: ON C
On
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position
Off
switch: OFF
D
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF Off E
F
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
INJ PULSE-B1 tral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec G
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1° - 11°BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu- H
IGN TIMING tral (M/T)
• No load
I
PURG VOL C/V tral (M/T)
J
• No load
INT/V TIM(B1) tral (M/T) K
When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
Quickly
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2% L
INT/V SOL(B1) tral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
Quickly
• No load M
the engine On N
On
O
Engine coolant temperature is 95°C P
Off
(203°F) or less
95°C (203°F) and 99°C (210°F)
HIGH
(212°F) or more

ECM
On
HO2S1 HTR (B1) • Engine speed: Below 3,200 rpm
• Engine speed: Above 3,200 rpm Off
HO2S2 HTR (B1) On
VEHICLE SPEED
YET
formed yet.
CMPLT
Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) On
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above Off
ture.
• Engine: Idle
• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2 SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
• Engine speed: Below 3,200 rpm
NOTE:
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PBIA9221J
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (A), loosen (C) it with
- ECM (1)
- Fasten (B)
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
JMBIA0029ZZ

ECM
Terminal No. Description A

Value
Input/ Condition
Output
2.6 V EC

1 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped C
Output
(L) (B) (Open) • Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
JMBIA0213GB
D
2 108 Throttle control motor pow- BATTERY VOLTAGE
(L/W) (B) er supply (11 - 14 V)
E
2.9 - 9.8 V
[Engine is running]
F
3 108 Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Idle speed
Output
(G) (B) heater
G
JMBIA0030GB
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

• Engine speed: Above 3,200 rpm (11 - 14 V)
H
1.8 V

I
Output
(P) (B) (Close) • Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
J
JMBIA0215GB
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm af- K
L
5 108 Heated oxygen sensor 2 tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
Output minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
(BR/W) (B) heater
der no load
JMBIA0214GB
M
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm N

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
9 108 EVAP canister purge vol- JMBIA0039GB

Output
(SB) (B) ume control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
ing engine.)
JMBIA0216GB
10
(B)
11
(B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G/W) (B)
17 0 - 0.3 V
(V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
18 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depend-
(Y/B)
ing on rpm at idle
JMBIA0219GB
108
Output
21 (B)
(W)
[Engine is running]
(BR)
JMBIA0220GB

• For 1 second after turning ignition
0 - 1.0 V
switch ON
(GR) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch ON

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
25 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 4 EC
(R) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
29
Fuel injector No. 3 The pulse cycle changes depend-
(G)
ing on rpm at idle
D
108 JMBIA0221GB
Output
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) (11 - 14 V)
E
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 1 F
(L)
JMBIA0222GB
G
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
32 108 ECM relay
Output switch OFF H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF I
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
J
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V K
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
L
(B) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
M
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
36 Sensor ground N
— — — —
(W) (B) • Idle speed O
0 - 4.8 V
38 44 Engine coolant tempera-
(LG) (P) ture sensor
coolant temperature. P
Sensor ground
40
— (Knock sensor shield cir- — — —
(B)
cuit)
[Engine is running]
41 48 Refrigerant pressure sen- • Warm-up condition
Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
(GR) (R/B) sor • Both A/C switch and blower fan

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
Sensor ground
44
— (Engine coolant tempera- — — —
(P)
ture sensor)
0.4 V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
45 52
(G/B) (LG)
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in re-
• Engine is revving from idle to about sponse to engine being increased
4,000 rpm to about 4,000 rpm.)
0 - 4.8 V
46 55 Intake air temperature
(V) (O) sensor
air temperature.
Sensor ground
48
(R/B)
sor)
56 [Engine is running]
49 0 - 1.0 V
(G/W)* Heated oxygen sensor 1 — • Warm-up condition
(P) (Periodically change)
(L) • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
rpm quickly after the following con-
ditions are met
50 59
(L/R) (R/W)
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
52 Sensor ground
— — — —
Sensor ground
55
— (Intake air temperature — — —
(O)
sensor)
56
Sensor ground
(G/W)* — — — —
(Heated oxygen sensor 1)
(L)
59 Sensor ground
— — — —

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
4.0 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
ing on rpm at idle
JMBIA2185GB
61 62 Crankshaft position sensor D
Input
(R) (G) (POS)
4.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
JMBIA2186GB
Sensor ground
62
— [Crankshaft position sen- — — — G
(G)
sor (POS)]
Sensor ground
63
— [Camshaft position sensor — — — H
(GR)
(PHASE)]
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running] I
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depend- J
ing on rpm at idle
65 63 Camshaft position sensor JSBIA0718GB

Input
(W/R) (GR) (PHASE) K
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running] L
JSBIA0719GB
M
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(11 - 14 V)
69 108 Park/Neutral position sig- (M/T) N
Input
(BR) (B) nal [Ignition switch: ON]
tion O

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 10 V
2,000rpm quickly
JMBIA0038GB
Sensor power supply

74 48
(W) (R/B)
sor)
Sensor power supply
75 62
[Crankshaft position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (G)
sor (POS)]
Sensor power supply
78 63
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L/W) (GR)
(PHASE)]
83 Input/
(P) Output
84 Input/
(L) Output
88 Input/
(GR) Output
93 108
(11 - 14 V)
99 0V
108 • Brake pedal: Fully released
(P)* Stop lamp switch Input
(B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(L)
Sensor power supply
102 104
(BR) (Y)
sensor 2)
Input
Sensor ground
104
(Y)
sensor 2)
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
106 111
(V) (R)
sensor 1)
108
(B)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V EC
Input
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V C
Sensor ground
111
— (Accelerator pedal position — — — D
(R)
sensor 1)
*: For Indonesia E
NON DTC RELATED ITEM F

items in fail-safe mode G
circuit to the fuel cut system. H
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the ponent Function
by means of operating fail safe function. I
DTC RELATED ITEM J
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve K
P0103 L
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
Engine coolant temperature decided M
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) N
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling O
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. P
P0223 condition.

ECM
malfunction:)
degrees or less.
engine stalls.
or more.
small range.
P2128 condition.
chart.

U1000, U1001 CAN communication line
U1010 CAN communication
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
1 P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0605, P0607 ECM
P1610 - P1612 NATS

ECM
A
P0132, P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC
P1065 ECM C
2
P1122 Electric throttle control function
D
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) E
P1805 Brake switch
F
P0300 – P0304 Misfire
3
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator G
×:Applicable —: Not applicable H
DTC*1 Items
Trip MIL Reference page
CONSULT ECM*2 I
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 × EC-1144
U1001 1001*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-1144

J
U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) 2 — EC-1145
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 — Flashing —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. K
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 × EC-1146
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 × EC-1150
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 × EC-1150
L
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 2 × EC-1155

P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 2 × EC-1155 M
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 × EC-1157
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 × EC-1157
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-1159 N
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-1159
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1162
O
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1166
P0135 0135 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1170
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1172 P
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1176
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-1178
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-1178
P0300 0300 MULTICYL MISFIRE 2 × or — EC-1181
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE 2 × or — EC-1181

ECM
DTC*1 Items
Trip MIL Reference page
CONSULT 2 (CONSULT screen terms)
ECM*
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-1187
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-1187
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-1189
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-1193
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-1196
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-1199
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM 2 × EC-1201
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM 2 × EC-1203
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × or — EC-1205
1 (A/T) × (A/T)
P0607 0607 ECM EC-1207
2 (M/T) — (M/T)
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*4 2 × EC-1208
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM C/CIRC 2 × EC-1209
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR-B1 1 × EC-1211
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-1213
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWP 1 × EC-1217
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWP-B1 1 × EC-1217
P1128 1128 ETC MOT-B1 1 × EC-1220
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-1222
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 — EC-1225
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 — EC-1226
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 × EC-1227
SEC-51
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE 2 —
SEC-326
SEC-52
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM 2 —
SEC-327
SEC-53
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 2 —
SEC-328
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 2 — SEC-332
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-1229
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 2 — EC-1232
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-1234
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-1234
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-1237
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-1237
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 1 × EC-1240
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-1243
*4: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is dis-
played on CONSULT screen.

WIRING DIAGRAM A
EC
C
JRBWC1221GB

JRBWC1222GB

EC
JRBWC1223GB

JRBWC1224GB

EC
JRBWC1225GB

BASIC INSPECTION
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

Sheet".)
EC
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT.) D
- Erase DTC.
With CONSULT: Refer to EC-1091, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to EC-1088, "On Board Diagnosis Function". E
F
G
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). H
1107, "Fail Safe".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. I
>> GO TO 5. J
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-1278, "Description" and EC- K
1107, "Fail Safe".
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. L
>> GO TO 6.
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-1108, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble N
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. O
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR- P
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
With CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
>> GO TO 10.
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
tion".
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to following.
With CONSULT: Refer to EC-1091, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to EC-1088, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary
DTC in ECM. (Refer to EC-1091, "CONSULT Function".)

NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unneces-
sary DTC in ECM. (Refer to EC-1088, "On Board Diagnosis Function".) A
EC
DESCRIPTION
bleshooting faster and more accurate. C
tomer complaint. D
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples: E
SEF907L
WORKSHEET SAMPLE F
MTBL0017

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

×: Applicable
Service performed
Part name Required service Reference
Replacement Removal*1
× Additional service when replacing ECM EC-1121
ECM × Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-1122
× Throttle valve closed position learning EC-1123
Accelerator Pedal × × Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-1122
Electric throttle
× Idle air volume learning EC-1124
× Idle air volume learning*2 EC-1124
Engine assembly × × Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-1122
*1: Harness connector disconnection included.

*2: Replacement of engine with a electric throttle.

A
When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed. EC

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS C
Work Procedure" (TYPE 1) or SEC-324, "ECM : Work Procedure" (TYPE 2).
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING E
Perform accelerator pedal released position learning. Refer to EC-1122, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 3. F
Perform throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-1123, "Work Procedure". G
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H
Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-1124, "Work Procedure".

I
>> END

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
>> END

A
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
C
1.START D
With CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
F
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
I
>> END

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed
1.PRECONDITIONING
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
- A/T models
• With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “ATF TENP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” sys-
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
dure".
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
a malfunction.
dure".

blinking and turned ON. A
EC
SEC897C
E
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING F
cations.
For specification, refer to EC-1284, "Idle Speed" and EC-1284, "Ignition Timing". G
NO >> GO TO 5. H
Check the following
I
YES >> GO TO 6.
K
the incident. L
• Engine stalls. M
• Erroneous idle.
>> INSPECTION END N

This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
1.START
With CONSULT
With GST
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
A
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
D
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N
>> GO TO 3
O
P

BASIC INSPECTION
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
PBIA8513J

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
Check the Following.
YES >> GO TO 9.
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-49, "ECM : Work Proce-
dure" (TYPE 1) or SEC-324, "ECM : Work Procedure" (TYPE 2).
>> GO TO 4.

BASIC INSPECTION
For procedure, refer to EC-1280, "Inspection". A
EC
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
C
MBIB1331E
1. Stop engine.
E
>> GO TO 12.
G
>> GO TO 13.
YES >> GO TO 14.
K
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
L
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. M
N
YES >> GO TO 19.
O
NO >> GO TO 16.
MBIB1331E P
YES >> GO TO 17.

BASIC INSPECTION

YES >> GO TO 18.
"BCM : Work Procedure" (TYPE 1) or SEC-324, "ECM : Work Procedure" (TYPE 2).
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

With CONSULT C
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
2. Start engine.
F
>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
purposes. I
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, J
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
K
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube L
M
To quick connector
C : Hose clamp N
CAUTION:
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E O
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. P
CAUTION:

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.
5 : No.2 spool
CAUTION:
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439

N4710 or 16439 40U00).
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.

5. Connect fuel tube adapter [SST: KV10118400 or KV10120000]
(C) to quick connector (1).

B : Fuel hose for fuel pressure check
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
JSBIA0577ZZ
CAUTION:
false readings.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

NO >> GO TO 2.
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.

EC
MIL.
tion) E
F
1.START
G
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID I
TEMP” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
NOTE:
with CONSULT.
N
YES >> END O

OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2384E

EC
O
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NOTE:

Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
YES >> GO TO 17.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
3. Start engine.
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
NOTE:
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-6, "Exploded


1. Start engine.
the SP value.
EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10. E
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1266, "Component Function Check".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1253, "Component Function Check".)
YES >> Replace fuel injector (Refer to EM-294, "Removal and Installation"), and then GO TO 11.

1. Start engine. I
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION K
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.), L
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 time : RICH → LEAN → RICH M

2 times : RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
Is the inspection result more than 5 times during 10 seconds?
YES >> GO TO 15. N
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT O
Check heated oxygen sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-1162, "DTC Logic".
>> GO TO 14. P
1. Start engine.
the SP value.

NO >> GO TO 15.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
SP value.
- Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine

YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21
1. Stop the engine.

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again. A
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” EC
1. Start engine.
C
the SP value.
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-1150, "DTC D
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” E
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? F
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-284, "Removal and Installa-
tion"), and then GO TO 29. G
24.REPLACE ECM
2. Go to EC-1121, "Work Procedure". H
>> GO TO 29.
I
• Crushed air ducts J
K
YES >> GO TO 27.
L
SP value. M
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27. N
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the O
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 28. P
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-284, "Removal and Installa-
tion"), and then GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.

valve
>> GO TO 30.
indication is within the SP value.

A

YES >> GO TO 2.

ECM
Ground Continuity
10
F9
11 Ground Existed
G
E6 108
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

K
ECM M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
O
• Harness connectors E12, F39 P
• 10 A fuse (No. 51)

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E6 105 Ground
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With Intelligent Key system),
>> INSPECTION END

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 10.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R A

2. Check 20 A fuse.
C
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse. D
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E32. E
ECM IPDM E/R F

Continuity
G
YES >> GO TO 14. H
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With Intelligent Key system),
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal
U1000 Harness or connectors
of OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
CAN communication line (CAN communication
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal line is open or shorted)
U1001
other than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

A
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
U1010 CAN communication bus • ECM
of CAN controller of ECM.
F
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
I
1.INSPECTION START
J
1. Erase DTC.
3. Check DTC. K
Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1283, "Removal and Installation". M
>> INSPECTION END N

P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0011
performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for
intake valve timing control

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
as possible.

P or N position (A/T)
Selector lever
With GST
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT


P0011 IVT CONTROL
D position (A/T)
Selector lever
1st or 2nd position (M/T) A
conditions required for this test.) EC
CAUTION:
2. Check 1st trip DTC. C
With GST
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
E

1. Start engine. F
nated.EM-311, "Exploded View"
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? G
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
I
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE J

YES >> GO TO 3. K
L
YES >> GO TO 4. M
Refer to EC-1195, "Component Inspection". N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". O

Check the following. P

P0011 IVT CONTROL
YES >> GO TO 6.
PBIA9557J

NO >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END



1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

P0011 IVT CONTROL
EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
P0102

1.PRECONDITIONING
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses

YES >> GO TO 3.

C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. D
MAF sensor F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
MAF sensor ECM J

Continuity
F47 4 F6 52 Existed
K
YES >> GO TO 6. L
M
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity N
F47 3 F6 45 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.


>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
45
signal)
NO >> GO TO 2.
- Crushed air ducts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

A
EC
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. C
Without CONSULT
ECM
E
Connector
+ −
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V F
45
signal)
G
NO >> GO TO 4.
I
With CONSULT
K
L
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. M
Without CONSULT
ECM
O
Connector
+ −
P
45
signal)


A
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor C
circuit low input is sent to ECM.
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
circuit high input is sent to ECM. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
G
>> GO TO 2.
J

YES >> GO TO 2. L
M
N
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 3. P

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
F47 1 F6 55 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
View".
>> INSPECTION END



View".

A
P0118
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H

YES >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L
M
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
YES >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
F68 2 F6 44 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END



20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ

A

NOTE:
P0122
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
J
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
N
O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


5. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.

ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
Accelerator
F6 36
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V C
34
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END F

P0132 HO2S1
P0132 HO2S1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 is not inordinately high.
PBIB1848E
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor
high voltage is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
Is 1st trip DTC is detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 3.

P0132 HO2S1
A
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
E
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
F116 4 F6 49 existed F
2. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM G
Ground Continuity
F116 4 F6 49 Ground Not existed H
YES >> GO TO 5. I
J
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 connector for water.
YES >> GO TO 6. K
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View". M

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". N
>> INSPECTION END

O
1.INSPECTION START P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

P0132 HO2S1
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ

NO >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
49
F6 (HO2S1 56
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V →
0 - 0.3 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:

P0132 HO2S1
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service A
tool).
>> INSPECTION END EC

P0134 HO2S1
P0134 HO2S1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approx. 0.3 V.
Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within
200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that
this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly
circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3 V.

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
with CONSULT.
NOTE:
return to step 5.
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
CAUTION:

P0134 HO2S1
ENG SPEED 1,400 - 3,200 rpm A

EC
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. C
NO >> Go to EC-1167, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
NOTE: E
G
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H

Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. I
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage J
Connector
+ −
49 Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm • The voltage dose not remain in the range of 0.2 to
F6 56 K
(HO2S1 signal) constant under no load. 0.4 V.
L
M
2. Check ground connection E78. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. O
P
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity

P0134 HO2S1
YES >> GO TO 3.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
2. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector 49 or HO2S1 harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

P0134 HO2S1
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from A
EC
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ G
NO >> GO TO 4. H
Without CONSULT
I
J
ECM
Connector
+ − K
49 L
F6 (HO2S1 56
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → M
0 - 0.3 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View". O
CAUTION:
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. P
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0135

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.
HO2S1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 20 A fuse (No. 49)
• Harness for open or short between HO2S1 and fuse

P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
4.CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

EC
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity C
F116 3 F9 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View". G
H
>> INSPECTION END


K
2 and 3 8 - 10 Ω
L
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 N

CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard O
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize lubricant (commercial P
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0138 HO2S2
P0138 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
dition such as fuel cut.
PBIB1848E
Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor
circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.

P0138 HO2S2
HO2S2 ECM A
Continuity
E9 1 F6 59 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
D
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity E
E9 4 F6 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. F
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity G
3. Also check harness for short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 4.
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
M
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
>> INSPECTION END O
P
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P0138 HO2S2
With CONSULT
CONSULT.
JSBIA0082GB
NO >> GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
F6 59
NO >> GO TO 4.
ECM
Connector
+ −

P0138 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III A
EC
ECM
Connector
+ − C
F6 59
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.36 V at D
NO >> GO TO 6.
F
CAUTION:
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. G
tool). H
>> INSPECTION END

I

P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0141

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
Is 1st tip DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 20 A fuse (No. 49)
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
4.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

EC
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity C
E9 3 F9 5 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". G
H
>> INSPECTION END


K
2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω
L
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 N

CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 O
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize lubricant (commercial service P
tool).
>> INSPECTION END

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0222
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

nector. A

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
nector. E

Continuity F
YES >> GO TO 5.
I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. J
K
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L
>> INSPECTION END M
N
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. O
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. P

ECM
Connector
+ −

Accelerator
F6 36
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
34
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A

C
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
overheating, the MIL will blink. E
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
• Incorrect fuel pressure J
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted K
• Lack of fuel
• Incorrect PCV hose connection L

1.PRECONDITIONING M
O
>> GO TO 2.
P
NO >> GO TO 3.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE

CAUTION:
driving.
Engine speed Time


NO >> GO TO 2.
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR A

EC
YES >> GO TO 5. C
D
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I E

CAUTION:
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- G
dure.
3. Start engine.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. I
portion as shown in the figure. J
tion. K

CAUTION: L

M
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal- N
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 9. O
NO >> GO TO 6.
P


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
YES >> GO TO 7.
Check".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
SEF156I


Plug".
YES >> GO TO 10.

YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 13.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
13.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

EC
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity C
4 49
F116 F6 Existed
1 56 D
E
HO2S1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
4 F
1
ECM G
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49 H
56
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK HO2S1 HEATER J

YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace HO2S1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR L
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-1152, "Component Inspection".
M
YES >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE N
YES >> GO TO 17. O
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC P
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests.
>> GO TO 18.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
>> INSPECTION END

P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
A
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is C
input sent to ECM.
P0328
high input sent to ECM. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
>> GO TO 2. G
H
J
2. Check ground connection E78. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". K
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. M
N
Knock sensor ECM
Continuity
F2 2 F6 40 Existed O
YES >> GO TO 3. P

P0327, P0328 KS
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
F2 1 F6 37 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END


3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows.
NOTE:

1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ
CAUTION:

A
C
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is
signal is not detected by the ECM during open or shorted.]
the first few seconds of engine cranking. (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) D
• The proper pulse signal from the crank- (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is
Crankshaft position sensor
P0335 shaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to shorted.)
(POS) circuit
ECM while the engine is running. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor E
signal is not in the normal pattern during • Accelerator pedal position sensor
engine running. • Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Signal plate
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- H
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. J
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007748626 L

YES >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I O
P
CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.

NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Continuity
F64 1 F6 75 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECM Sensor
F6
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to EC-1272, "Component Function Check".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-37, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 7.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END


Continuity
F64 2 F6 62 Existed
YES >> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

EC

Continuity
F64 3 F6 61 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
E
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH G

YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-351, "Exploded View".
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. L
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM- N
PBIA9210J
P

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)

A

NOTE:
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 • Camshaft (INT)
(PHASE) circuit during engine running. E
• Starter motor
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- H
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2. I
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. J
YES >> Go to EC-1193, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007748629 N

Turn ignition switch to START position. O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. P

YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
CMP sensor (PHASE)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.

• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
"Exploded View".
C
PBIA9557J
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D

E
>> INSPECTION END
F
G
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to I
PBIA9210J K
Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows. L

1 (+) - 2 (-) M
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)
N
O

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EVAP canister purge volume • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage signal
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
is sent to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
ground.

control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
• Harness connector E12, F39
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
ECM harness connector. EC

ECM
control solenoid valve Continuity C
F117 2 F9 9 Existed
E
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION F
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. G
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
H
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I
YES >> GO TO 6. J
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
>> INSPECTION END L

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE M
With CONSULT
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. O

conditions.

100% Existed
0% Not existed
Without CONSULT JSBIA0653ZZ


Condition
between (A) and (B)
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
YES >> INSPECTION END JSBIA0653ZZ


P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A
cation line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor speed signal is sent to ECM even F
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
G
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
>> GO TO 3.
L
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a M
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. N
should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:

P0500 VSS

Selector lever Except P or N position (A/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

With GST
2. Start engine.
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-40, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
B).
>> INSPECTION END

P0506 ISC SYSTEM
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
operation, etc.).
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
tent)
ISC SYSTEM
The idle speed is less than the target idle • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 (Idle speed control system
speed by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leak H
RPM lower than expected)

1.PRECONDITIONING I
before conducting the next test. J
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1124, "Work Procedure", before con- K
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. L
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
>> GO TO 2. M
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
P


P0506 ISC SYSTEM

P0507 ISC SYSTEM
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
A
operation, etc.).
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:

(Trouble diagnosis content) G
ISC SYSTEM • Electric throttle control actuator
The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 (Idle speed control system • Intake air leak
speed by 200 rpm or more.
RPM higher than expected) • PCV system
H
1.PRECONDITIONING I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1124, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. K
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). L
>> GO TO 2.

3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. N
YES >> Proceed to EC-1203, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
YES >> GO TO 2.

P0507 ISC SYSTEM


P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
A
C
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B I
NO >> GO TO 4. K
L
N
1. Erase DTC.
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM

P0605 ECM
>> INSPECTION END

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
A

P0607 ECM
D
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
G
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-1207, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
I
J

P1065 ECM
P1065 ECM
ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio
PBIA9222J
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
P1065* Engine control module ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly. • ECM
*: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
>> INSPECTION END

A
C
valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
>> GO TO2.
G
H
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. K

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal L
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN P
AND SHORT
ness connector.


Continuity
F23 1 F6 73 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END



1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:


A
C
A)
P1121 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B) D

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
G
2. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds. H
3. Set selector lever to P (A/T) or Neutral (M/T) position.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. I
6. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
9. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3. K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. L
2. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC. M
Is DTC detected?
O
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-284, "Exploded View". P

and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 2.
closed position learning. Refer to EC-1123, "Work Pro-
cedure".
PBIB2974E

>> INSPECTION END

A

NOTE:
D
E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
engine is running.
H
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
N
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage P
F9 2 E6 108
YES >> GO TO 10.

NO >> GO TO 3.
ECM
+ − Voltage
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK FUSE
YES >> GO TO 9.
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.


EC
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
D
E
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. F
nector.
G
Continuity
H
1 Not existed
F115 5 F9
4 Existed
1 Existed I
F115 6 F9
4 Not existed
J
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. K
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) L
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 12.
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve N
cedure".
PBIB2974E O
Refer to EC-1216, "Component Inspection". P
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.

YES >> GO TO 14.
Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-286, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END



NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

A
C
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
G
P1124 >> GO TO 2.
P1126 >> GO TO 3. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. K
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007748649 M

ECM O
+ − Voltage
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
4.CHECK FUSE
YES >> GO TO 8.
1. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.
ECM
+ − Conditions Voltage
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V
F9 2 E6 108
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.

• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM A
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
P1128
(Throttle control motor)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
nector.

Continuity
1 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F115 F9
1 Existed
6
4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-286, "Removal and Installation".
E
>> INSPECTION END
F
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows. G

H
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-286, "Removal and Installation". J
>> INSPECTION END

K

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
rise.
indicated.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly
• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays -1 and -2)
(Overheat).
• Cooling fan relay-3
• Cooling fan system does not operate
• Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature properly (Overheat).
P1217 • Radiator hose
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the
• Radiator
system using the proper filling method.
• Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Reservoir tank
range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
NOTE:
not be confirmed.

WARNING:

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-1223, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2
SEF621W

Did customer fill the coolant? E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F
With CONSULT
G
screen.
Without CONSULT H
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-1223, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
With CONSULT K
Without CONSULT L
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. M
O

With CONSULT P
Without CONSULT
tem).

YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-50, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, Check for CO-35, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END

P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
C
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
performance excessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. E
TESTING CONDITION:
F
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-284, "Exploded View". K
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle M
cedure".
N
PBIB2974E

O
>> INSPECTION END P

P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 2.
cedure".
PBIB2974E

>> INSPECTION END

A
C
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
ECM detects a voltage of power (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Sensor power supply circuit
P1229 source for sensor is excessively [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] D
short
low or high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

2. Check DTC.
I
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
APP sensor O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.

ECM Sensor
72 Electric throttle control actuator F115 1
F6
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

P1706 PNP SWITCH
P1706 PNP SWITCH
A
When the selector lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral position (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) signal is EC
ON.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

D
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal [The park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is E
P1706 Park/neutral position signal is not changed in the process of engine open or shorted.]
starting and driving. • Transmission range switch (A/T models)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)
F
1.INSPECTION START
G
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT K
under the following conditions. L
Selector lever position Known-good signal

N or P position (A/T) M
ON
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O

P
CAUTION:
ENG SPEED 1,800 - 6,375 rpm (A/T)

1,400 - 6,375 rpm (M/T)

P1706 PNP SWITCH
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
2.2 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
NOTE:

ECM
Connector
+ −
P or N (A/T)
69 Selector Battery voltage
F6 108 Neutral (M/T)
(PNP signal) lever
1.CHECK POSITION SWITCH (NEUTRAL SWITCH) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between park/neutral position switch harness connector and ground.
Transmission range switch (A/T) /

PNP switch (M/T) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F133 (A/T) 1
F107 (M/T) 2
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the following

P1706 PNP SWITCH
• Harness connectors E19, M7 (M/T)
• IPDM E/R harness connector E35 (A/T) A
• 10 A fuse (No. 5) (M/T)
• 10 A fuse (No. 52) (A/T)
• Harness for open or short between park/neutral position switch and fuse
EC
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec- D
tor.
Transmission range switch (A/T) / E

ECM
PNP switch (M/T) Continuity
F133 (A/T) 2 F
F6 69 Existed
F107 (M/T) 3
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Check park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-23, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Compo-
nent Inspection". I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-27, "Removal and Installation". J
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". K
>> INSPECTION END

L

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

3. Erase DTC.


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E58 (A/T)
E59 (M/T)
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 10 A fuse (No. 38)

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
EC

Continuity
E58 (A/T)
E6 99 2 Existed
E59 (M/T)
D
YES >> GO TO 5. E
YES >> GO TO 6.
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H
>> INSPECTION END

I

J
K
Fully released Not existed L
1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
N
O
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
P2122
sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

A
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
E
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
E71 3 E6 110 Existed F
YES >> GO TO 5. G
5.CHECK APP SENSOR H
YES >> GO TO 7. I
NO >> GO TO 6.
J
>> INSPECTION END K

L
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007748672 M

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
O
ECM
Connector P
+ −

111
104

NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

A
C
P2127
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) D
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sensor
sensor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
J
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. N
O
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E71 5 Ground Approx. 5 V P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECM Sensor
F6
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
YES >> GO TO 10.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.

8.CHECK APP SENSOR A

YES >> GO TO 10. EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
>> INSPECTION END D

E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007752905 F

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. G
H
ECM
Connector I
+ −

111
E6 Accelerator pedal J
104
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
M
>> INSPECTION END

P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to
Throttle position sensor circuit (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 ECM compared with the signals from
range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
E
Continuity
2 33 F
F115 F6 Existed
3 34
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR J
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
>> INSPECTION END M

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR N

3. Perform EC-1123, "Work Procedure". O
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. P

P2135 TP SENSOR
ECM
Connector
+ −

Accelerator
F6 36
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
34
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
Rationally incorrect voltage is [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor sent to ECM compared with (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2138 E
circuit range/performance the signals from APP sensor 1 • Accelerator pedal position sensor
and APP sensor 2. (APP sensor 1 and 2)
F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?

2. Check ground connection E78. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". M
YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor P
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

P2138 APP SENSOR

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
ECM Sensor
F6
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
YES >> GO TO 9.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
1 104
E71 E6 Existed
2 111

P2138 APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 8. A
EC
APP sensor ECM C

Continuity
3 110
E71 E6 Existed
6 103 D

YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR F
YES >> GO TO 11. G
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY H
>> INSPECTION END I

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". J
>> INSPECTION END

K

L
M
ECM
Connector N
+ −

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V O
104
P
NO >> GO TO 2.

P2138 APP SENSOR
>> INSPECTION END

COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
A
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION EC
With CONSULT
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. C
Without CONSULT D
tem). E
G
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
K
Cooling fan motor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N

O

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

COOLING FAN

• Resistor E24
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and cooling fan motor

5.CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
PCS-73, "Removal and Installation"(Without intelligent key system).

Continuity
31 1
E33 E26 Existed
29 2
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-3 harness connector and cooling fan motor harness con-
nector.
Cooling fan relay-3 Cooling fan motor

Continuity
E72 5 E26 3 Existed
Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal

COOLING FAN
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-3 CIRCUIT EC
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-3 harness connector.

C
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan relay-3 harness connector.
IPDM E/R Cooling fan relay-3

Continuity D
9 2
E34 E72 Existed
15 1 E
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-3 harness connector and ground.
F
Cooling fan relay-3
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E72 3 Ground Existed G
YES >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-3 I
Check cooling fan relay-3. Refer to EC-1250, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
YES >> GO TO 4. J
K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". M
PCS-73, "Removal and Installation"(Without intelligent key system). N
O
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR P

COOLING FAN
Cooling fan motor

terminals Operation
Connector
+ −
E26 1 2 Cooling fan motor operates.
Cooling fan motor

terminals Operation
Connector
+ −
1 4
E26 Cooling fan motor operates.
2 3
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000007748689

2. Remove cooling fan relay-3.
3. Check continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminals under
the following conditions.
Cooling fan relay-3

terminal
Existed
JSBIA0671ZZ

A
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to EC
C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. D
Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
OFF OFF
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-1251, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
H
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3. J
K
Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
OFF OFF
N
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-1251, "Com-
ponent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Refer to DEF-15, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to EXL-48, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END

Refer to HAC-42, "Work Flow" (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING), HAC-120, "Work Flow" (MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONING) or HA-16, "Work Flow" (HEATER AND VENTILATION).
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
A
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F

G
H
I
PBIB3332E
J
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
L
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
1 F14 1 M
2 F20 1
3 F17 1
N
4 F42 1
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
• 10 A fuse (No. 51)
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

FUEL INJECTOR
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
1 F14 2 31
2 F20 2 30
F9 Existed
3 F17 2 29
4 F42 2 25
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-294, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.

1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-294, "Removal and Installation".

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
A
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

C
E
JSBIA1904ZZ
F
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I G

ECM
I
+ − Voltage
F9 23 E6 108 Battery voltage J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. K

M
ECM IPDM E/R
Continuity
F9 23 F103 43 Existed N
O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
• Harness for open or short to ground and short power
FUEL PUMP
5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should for exist 1 second
B1 1 Ground
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK 15 A FUSE
3. Check 15 A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuse.
harness connector.
IPDM E/R Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

Continuity
E32 33 B1 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• Harness connectors E17, B10
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
1. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B1 3 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 9.

FUEL PUMP
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP A

YES >> GO TO 10. EC
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".
C

D
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007748699 E
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

G
2 and 4 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
H
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View"
I

HO2S1
HO2S1
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Select “HO2S1 MNITOR (B1)” in ”DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the monitors fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more
than five times in 10 seconds.
1 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH

2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
SEF217YA
Without CONSULT
3. Set ECM in Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-1088, "On Board
Diagnosis Function".
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the MI comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds.
JSBIA1315ZZ


YES >> GO TO 2.
Loosen and retighten the heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 3.

HO2S1
A
EC
SEC502D
Is exhaust gas leak detected? D

NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK E
Is intake air leak detected? F
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
HO2S1 ECM I
Continuity
J
YES >> GO TO 6. K
1. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. L
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity M
2. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. N
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
3. Also check harness for short to power. P
YES >> GO TO 7.
Check mass air flow sensor.

HO2S1
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
8.CHECK PCV VALVE
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ

HO2S1
NO >> GO TO 4.
EC
Without CONSULT
C
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage D
Connector
+ −
more than 5 times within 10 seconds. E
49
F6 (HO2S1 56
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V F
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V →
0 - 0.3 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 H
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".

CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 I
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service J
tool).
>> INSPECTION END K

HO2S2
HO2S2

ECM
Connector
+ −
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage does not remain in the range of
F6 59
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times 0.2 - 0.4V.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM
Connector
+ −
50 The voltage does not remain in the range of
(HO2S2 signal) 0.2 - 0.4V.
NO >> GO TO 3.
ECM
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage does not remain in the range of
F6 59
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) 0.2 - 0.4V.

YES >> GO TO 2.

HO2S2
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

EC
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity C
E9 1 F6 59 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
E9 4 F6 50 Existed
H
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
YES >> GO TO 4.
K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M

CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 N
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service O
tool).
>> INSPECTION END P

>> INSPECTION END

HO2S2
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
CONSULT.
JSBIA0082GB
NO >> GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
F6 59
NO >> GO TO 4.

HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
+ −
EC
least once during this procedure. C
NO >> GO TO 5. D

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. E
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage F
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position least once during this procedure. G
F6 59
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 I

CAUTION: J
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize lubricant (commercial service K
tool).
>> INSPECTION END L

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
ECM
+ − Voltage signal
17
18
21
F9 E6 108
22
JMBIA0219GB
NOTE:

ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
YES >> GO TO 2.

IGNITION SIGNAL
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

EC
Condenser
Ground Voltage C
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III E

F
IPDM E/R Condenser

Continuity G
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 4. I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
L
Condenser
Ground Continuity M
Connector Terminal
3. Also check harness for short to power. N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-1270, "Component Inspection (Condenser)" P
YES >> GO TO 7.

IGNITION SIGNAL
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
1 F26 3
2 F32 3
3 F29 3
4 F44 3
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
1 F26 2
2 F32 2
Ground Existed
3 F29 2
4 F44 2
YES >> GO TO 9.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.
Ignition coil ECM

Continuity
1 F26 1 17
2 F32 1 18
F9 Existed
3 F29 1 22
4 F44 1 21
YES >> GO TO 10.
Refer to EC-1269, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-299, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

IGNITION SIGNAL
>> INSPECTION END A
EC
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. C
Terminals Resistance D
1 and 3
2 and 3 E
YES >> GO TO 2.
F
lation".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II G
CAUTION:
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- I
dure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. J
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. K
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal L
portion. M

N
CAUTION:
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge O

NOTE: P
functioning.
lation".

IGNITION SIGNAL
1.CHECK CONDENSER

1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ

A
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION EC

2. Make sure that MIL lights up.
D
1.CHECK DTC E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-1144, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO >> GO TO 2.
G
Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform troubleshooting relevant to DTC indicated. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
"Removal and Installation" (TYPE B). For the vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information". J

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
41
F6 48 1.0 - 4.0V

2. Stop engine.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM A

Continuity
E44 1 F6 48 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
D
E
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F
tor.
G
Continuity
E44 2 F6 41 Existed H

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor K
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L


SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-1058
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-1131
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-1282
tem 3 3
EC-1211
EC-1220
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-1141
1
3 EC-1162
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit
EC-1166
1 2 2 2 2 2
EC-1159
EC-1178
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-1225
EC-1226
2 2 EC-1240
EC-1234
EC-1243

SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

EC-1205 F
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-1208
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-1209
cuit G
H
HAC-42
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
HAC-120
I
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-43
(continued on next table) J
K

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Fuel Fuel tank FL-13
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-5
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-284
Air cleaner EM-284
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-284
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-286
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery PG-130
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit CHG-12
Starter circuit 3 1 STR-14
PNP signal circuit 4 TM-23
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-334
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-359
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
mecha-
Camshaft EM-322
nism
Intake valve
3 EM-334
Exhaust valve

SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ F
Gasket EX-7
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EM-288
Three way catalyst
G
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil EM-291
tion filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-347
H
Cooling CO-41
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-41
Thermostat 5 CO-51
I
Water pump CO-49
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-53
Cooling fan CO-46 J
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-37
ed coolant
SEC-46 K
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System) 1 1
SEC-321
L

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
ies based on engine speed.
NOTE:
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description".

IDLE SPEED
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
EC
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT C
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D
>> INSPECTION END

E

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING

JSBIA1905ZZ
2. Check ignition timing.
>> INSPECTION END
MBIB1331E

A
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections, EC
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B). C
Check that air flows freely through port (C). D
JSBIA0335ZZ
F
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing. G
I
SEF989X
b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. J
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi) K
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. L
SEF943S M

1.CHECK PCV VALVE

it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
PBIB1589E

ECM
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

ECM
EC
JSBIA0333ZZ
H
: Vehicle front
I
REMOVAL J
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-149, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Removal
and Installation".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Removal and Installation" (With intelligent key system), PCS-73 K
(Without intelligent key system).
3. Remove mounting nut (A) and bolts (B).
4. Disconnect harness connectors, and then remove IPDM E/R L
cover (1).
6. Remove ECM mounting nuts. M
JSBIA0473ZZ
O
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-1121, "Work Procedure". P



A/T No load* (in P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm
• A/C switch: OFF

A/T No load* (in P or N position) 6 ± 5°BTDC
• A/C switch: OFF

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: D
F
connectors. G
WARNING: H
serious injury.
windshield.
L
PIIB3706J N
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000007829626
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair P
tor".

PRECAUTIONS
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.

running.
nector, turn ignition switch OFF, wait 3 minutes and discon-
nect battery negative cable. Failure to do so may damage the
ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if igni-
tion switch is turned OFF.
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H
MBIB1517E
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (A) it

securely with levers (1) as far as they will go as shown in the
figure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (B)
MBIB1518E

break).
age to IC's.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
SEF291H
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of IC's, etc.

PRECAUTIONS
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft position sensor. A
EC
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the C
ground.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action. D
• Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector.
SEF348N
H
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring.
• Immediately after staring, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown. I
SEF709Y
L
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con- M
trol units.
from the harness of electronic controls. N
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. O
SEF708Y

PRECAUTIONS
• Cylinder NO.1 is at the flywheel end.
-1: Crankshaft pulley
JMBIA0432ZZ
ENGINE RUNNING
• No work should be carried out on the hydraulic system while engine is running.
• Remember that fuel pressure values in hydraulic circuit can reach up to 1,600 bar.
• Keep hands or face (particularly eyes) out of any high pressure leak.
• Recall that fuel is dangerous for health.
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
• Under warranty, do not remove the fuel rail pressure sensor from the rail.
• Do not try to measure the resistance of the fuel rail pressure sensor. This test is destructive for the
internal components.
FUEL INJECTOR
• Fuel injectors are driven by over 100V.
• FUEL injector electronics are polarised. In case of intervention on wiring harness, do not
invertwires. It is destructive for the piezo components.
• Do not drive the fuel injectors if their body is not connected to the battery ground (risk ofelectro-
static discharge). For instance, fuel injector body have to be in contact with cylinder.
• Piezo fuel injector connector must not be unplugged while engine is running. Risk of majordamage
to the engine (fuel injector could stay opened).
Cleanliness INFOID:0000000007829628
Cleanliness
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAMINATION
The high pressure direct injection system is highly sensitive to contamination. The risks associated with con-
tamination are:
• damage to or destruction of the high pressure injection system,
• components jamming,
• components losing seal integrity.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (par-
ticles a few microns in size) should have entered the system during dismantling.
The cleanliness principle must be applied from the filter to the fuel injectors.
What are the sources of contamination?
• metal or plastic chips,
• paint,
• fibres:
- from cardboard,
- from brushes,
- from paper,
- from clothing,
- from cloths,
• foreign bodies such as hair,
• ambient air
• etc.
NOTE:
Cleaning the engine using a high pressure washer is prohibited because of the risk of damaging connections.
In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and create electrical connection malfunction.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY WORK

PRECAUTIONS
NOTE:
Before any work is carried out on the high pressure injection system, protect: A
• the accessories and timing belts,
• the electrical accessories, (starter, alternator, electric power assisted steering pump),
• the flywheel surface, to prevent any diesel from running onto the clutch friction plate.
EC
• Check that you have plugs for the unions to be opened (set of plugs available from the Parts Department).
The plugs are single-use only. After use, they must be discarded (once used they are soiled and cleaning is
not sufficient to make them reusable). Unused plugs must be discarded. C
• Check that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. Stored parts will there-
fore be less subject to the risk of impurities. The bags are to be used once only, and discarded after use.
• Use lint-free cleaning cloths. Using normal cloth or paper is prohibited. They are not lint-free and could con- D
taminate the fuel circuit. Each cloth should only be used once.
• Use fresh cleaning agent for each operation (used cleaning agent is contaminated). Pour it into an uncon-
taminated container.
E
• For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).
• Use a brush and cleaning agent to clean the unions to be opened.
• Blast compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, workbench, the parts, unions and injection system
zones). Check that no bristles remain. F
• Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.
• When wearing leather protective gloves cover them with latex gloves to prevent contamination.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN CARRYING OUT ANY WORK G
• As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system.
The plugs to be used are available from the Parts Department. The plugs must not be reused under any cir-
cumstances. H
• Seal the pouch shut, even if it has to be opened shortly afterwards. Ambient air carries contamination.
• All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once
they have been plugged.
• Using a brush, cleaning agent, air gun, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been I
opened. These items could allow contamination to enter the system.
• A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the
vehicle. J

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000007829629
COMPONENT PARTS LOCATION
JSBIA1978ZZ
1. Fuel injector 2. Camshaft position sensor 3. High pressure pump

4. Fuel flow actuator 5. Fuel temperature sensor 6. Knock sensor (Accelerometer)
7. Fuel rail 8. Fuel rail pressure sensor 9. Turbocharger boost control solenoid
valve
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Turbocharger air temperature sensor 12. Crankshaft position sensor
13. Glow relay 14. Priming pump 15. ECM
16. IPDM E/R 17. Fuel filter (With water in fuel sensor) 18. Turbocharger boost sensor
19. Intake air temperature sensor 20. EGR volume control valve

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
JSBIA1979ZZ
K
1. Camshaft position sensor 2. Fuel injector 3. Fuel rail

4. Fuel rail pressure sensor 5. Knock sensor (Accelerometer) 6. High pressure pump L
7. Fuel flow actuator 8. Fuel temperature sensor 9. EGR volume control valve
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Turbocharger boost control solenoid
valve M
: Vehicle front
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION N
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-1292, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor" O
Camshaft position sensor EC-1292, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Crankshaft position sensor EC-1293, "Crankshaft Position Sensor" P
EGR volume control valve EC-1305, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1293, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
EC-1300, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel injector
scription"
Fuel rail pressure sensor EC-1293, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Reference
Fuel temperature sensor EC-1293, "Fuel Temperature Sensor"
EC-1300, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel pump
scription"
Glow relay EC-1294, "Glow Relay"
Turbocharger air temperature sensor EC-1295, "Turbocharger Air Temperature Sensor"
Turbocharger boost sensor EC-1295, "Turbocharger Boost Sensor"
Water in fuel sensor EC-1295, "Water In Fuel Sensor"

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
PBIB1741E
Barometric Pessure Sensor INFOID:0000000007829632
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
MBIB1517E
Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000007829633
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
shaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position (CMP)
sensor senses the piston position.
change.
changes.
MBIB1532E
Cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000007829635
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. EC
The ECM receives the voltage signal from crankshaft position sensor
and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
C
MBIB1530E
E
ECM INFOID:0000000007829636

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. F
MBIB1517E
I
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies J
a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature
input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance
of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
K
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit,
L
the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow
through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse
duration based on engine fuel needs. M
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000007829639
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The N
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. The ECM controls the
fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.
O
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, P
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
Fuel Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007829641
Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel
pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.

COMPONENT PARTS
Glow Relay INFOID:0000000007829642
When ignition switch is turned ON while cooling temperature is lower than the specified value, ECM actuates
glow plug through glow relay. Because of this, combustion chamber is warmed and stabilized combustion at
starting can be obtained under low cooling temperature. The preheating time is determined according to cool-
ing temperature, inlet air temperature and battery voltage.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. ECM calculates the amount of
intake air, based on the signals of the intake air temperature sensor and the turbocharger air temperature sen-
sor.
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
MBIB1885E
1. Fuel injector 2. Fuel rail 3. Fuel rail pressure sensor

4. Knock sensor
The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control sys-
tem malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the EOBD system is deactivated.
The ECM makes a request for lighting of the MI (Yellow) only where there is a malfunction present at the end
of three consecutive cycles.

COMPONENT PARTS
Turbocharger Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007962620
A
The sensor detects turbocharger air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. ECM calculates the
amount of intake air, based on the signals of the intake air temperature sensor and the turbocharger air tem-
perature sensor. EC
Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000007834718
• The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls vacuum C

signal to the turbocharger boost control actuator. By changing the
variable nozzle vane opening through the rods, the intake air vol-
ume is adjusted.
• The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/ D
OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air
pressure rises.
E
MBIB1521E F
Turbocharger Boost Sensor INFOID:0000000007829648
The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of G

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.
H
MBIB1527E J
Water In Fuel Sensor INFOID:0000000007829649
• Water in fuel sensor detects the water volume increasing in the fuel filter. K
• When water increases in the fuel filter, ECM turns ON the fuel filter warning lamp, according to the signal
from water in fuel sensor.
L

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1981ZZ

SYSTEM
1. ECM 2. EGR volume control valve 3. Fuel rail pressure sensor A

4. Fuel rail 5. Fuel temperature sensor 6. Fuel flow actuator (Fuel pressure
regulator)
7. Turbocharger boost sensor 8. Turbocharger air temperature sensor 9. Charge air cooler
EC
10. Fuel pump 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 12. Crankshaft position sensor
13. Clutch switch 14. Intake air temperature sensor 15. Air cleaner
16. Stop lamp switch 17. Accelerator pedal position sensor 18. Turbocharger
C
19. Turbocharger boost control actuator 20. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 21. Vacuum side
valve
22. Ambient side 23. Glow relay 24. Exhaust gas
D
25. Catalyst 26. Camshaft position sensor 27. Battery
28. Ignition switch 29. Malfunction indicator 30. Glow lamp
31. Glow plug 32. Fuel injector 33. Fuel return
E
34. EGR cooler 35. CAN communication 36. Intake manifold
DESCRIPTION
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and furl pressure control. F
System Overview
The DCM1.2 injection system used on the K9K engine is an electronically-controlled high-pressure injection
system. The fuel is compressed by a high-pressure pump and then stored in a fuel rail that feeds the fuel injec- G
tors. Injection takes place when a current pulse applied to the fuel injector holder. The injection delivery is pro-
portional to the fuel rail pressure and the length of pulse applied, and the start of injection is synchronized with
the start of the pulse. H
The circuit comprises two sub-systems that can be distinguished from one another by the pressure level of the
fuel:
• The low-pressure circuit comprises the reservoir, the fuel filter, the transfer pump and the fuel injector holder
return pipes I
• The high-pressure circuit consists of the high-pressure pump, the fuel rail, the fuel injector holders and the
high-pressure tubes
Finally, there are a certain number of regulation sensors and actuators that allow command and control of the J
system as a whole.

SYSTEM
JSBIA2716GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA2717GB

SYSTEM
JSBIA2718GB
NOTE:
- Starter relay
- BCM
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007829652
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The high pressure injection system is intended to deliver a specific quantity of fuel to the engine at a specific
time.
• DELPHI DCM1.2 Common Rail injection system
Refer to EC-1296, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" for details.
• The system consists of:
- Priming pump on the low pressure circuit
- Fuel filter
- High pressure pump incorporating a low pressure pump (transfer pump)
- Flow actuator (fuel pressure regulator) attached to the fuel pump
- Fuel rail
- Fuel rail pressure sensor located in the fuel rail
- Four fuel injectors

SYSTEM
- Fuel pump temperature sensor
- Engine coolant temperature sensor A
- Intake air temperature sensor, turbocharger air temperature sensor
- Camshaft position sensor (cylinder reference sensor)
- Turbocharger boost sensor
EC
- Knock sensor
- EGR volume control valve
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- ECM C
• The “common rail” direct high pressure injection system works sequentially.
• This new injection system reduces operating noise, reduces the volume of pollutant gases and particles and
produces high engine torque at low engine speeds thanks to a pre-injection procedure. D
• The high pressure pump generates the high pressure sent to the fuel rail. The flow actuator on the pump
controls the quantity of fuel supplied according to the demand determined by the ECM. The fuel rail supplies
each fuel injector through a steel pipe.
• The ECM: E
- Determines the value of injection pressure necessary for the engine to operate well and then controls the
pressure regulator. It checks that the pressure value is correct by analyzing the value transmitted by the fuel
rail pressure sensor located on the fuel rail. F
- Determines the injection time necessary to deliver the right quantity of fuel and the moment when injection
should be started.
- Controls each fuel injector electrically and individually after determining these two values.
• The injected flow to the engine is determined by: G
- The duration of fuel injector control
- The fuel injector opening and closing speed
- The needle travel (determined by a constant for the type of fuel injector) H
- The nominal hydraulic flow of the fuel injector (unique to each fuel injector)
- The fuel rail pressure controlled by the ECM
• The ECM controls:
- The idle speed adjustment I
- The exhaust gas flow reinjected into the intake manifold
- The fuel supply control (advance, flow and fuel rail pressure)
- The cooling fan control J
- The glow plug (pre/post heating) control
• The high pressure pump is supplied at low pressure by an integrated low pressure pump (transfer pump). It
supplies the fuel rail whose pressure is controlled for charge by the flow actuator and for discharging by the
fuel injector valves. Falls in pressure can be compensated for in this way. The flow actuator allows the high K
pressure pump to provide just the amount of fuel necessary to maintain the pressure in the fuel rail. Thanks
to this element, heat generation is minimized and engine output improved.
In order to discharge the fuel rail using the fuel injector valves, the valves are controlled by short electrical L
impulses:
- Short enough not to open the fuel injector, (through the return circuit from the fuel injectors)
- Long enough to open the valves and discharge the fuel rail
M
• The ECM controls the cooling fans and the engine coolant temperature warning light on the instrument
panel.
IMPORTANT
N
• The engine must not operate with:
- Fuel containing more than 10% diester
- Gasoline, even in tiny quantities
• The system can inject the fuel into the engine at a pressure up to 1400 bars. Before carrying out any work, O
check that the fuel rail is not under pressure and that the fuel temperature is not too high.
• You must respect the cleaning and safety advice specified in this document for any work on the high pres-
sure injection system. P
• Removal of the interior of the pump and fuel injectors is prohibited. Only the flow actuator, the fuel pump
temperature sensor and the venturi can be replaced.
• For safety reasons, it is strictly forbidden to slacken a high pressure pipe union when the engine is running.
• It is not possible to remove the fuel rail pressure sensor from the fuel rail because this may cause circuit con-
tamination malfunctions. If the fuel rail pressure sensor fails, the fuel rail pressure sensor, the fuel rail and
the five high pressure pipes must be replaced.
• It is strictly forbidden to remove any injection pump pulley marked number 070 575. If the pump is being
replaced, the pulley must be replaced.

SYSTEM
• It is forbidden to repair the wiring connecting the knock sensor and the crankshaft position sensor. If the wir-
ing should malfunction, it has to be replaced with new wiring.
• Applying 12V directly to any component in the system is prohibited.
• Ultrasonic carbon removal and cleaning are prohibited.
• Never start the engine without the battery being connected correctly.
• Disconnect the injection system ECM when carrying out any welding work on the vehicle.
• It is essential to replace all the disconnected air intake plastic pipes.
FUNCTIONS PERFORMED
FUNCTIONS PERFORMED : System Description INFOID:0000000007829653
Function: Fuel supply management (advance, delivery and pressure).

Quantity of fuel injected and regulation of injection advance.
The injection control parameters are the quantities to be injected and their respective advances.
These are calculated by the ECM on the basis of information from the following signals:
• Engine speed (crankshaft + cam for synchronization)
• Accelerator pedal position
• Charge air pressure
• Intake air temperature
• Charge air pressure
• Fuel rail pressure
• Ambient barometric pressure
The quantities to be injected and their respective advances are converted into:
• Reference tooth
• Time between this tooth and the start of the pulse
• Time for which the fuel injector holder is fed
An electrical current (pulse) is sent to each fuel injector holder as a function of the previously calculated data.
The system performs between one and four injections (a pilot injection, a pre-injection, a main injection and a
post-injection). The general principle is to calculate a total delivery injected which will then be distributed
across the deliveries of the various injections to promote efficient combustion and a reduction in pollutant
emissions.
A knock sensor is used to control some of the deviations when the fuel is injected. This plays a number of
roles:
• Protection of the engine by detecting injection losses (disabled on the basic version)
• Checking of the pilot quantity by measurement of the deviations and dispersions
By modifying the duration on the one hand and the injection advance on the other, it is possible to readjust the
quantity of fuel injected and the instant of ignition of the mixture.
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE CONTROL
The quality of combustion is influenced by the size of the droplets atomized in the cylinder. In the combustion
chamber, smaller drops of fuel will have time to burn completely and not produce smoke or nonburned parti-
cles. To meet anti-pollution requirements it is necessary to reduce the size of the droplets and thus the injec-
tion holes.
The smaller these holes are, the less fuel can be introduced at a given pressure which limits the power. To
overcome this malfunction it is necessary to increase the quantity of fuel injected which in practice means
increasing the pressure (and the number of openings of the fuel injector nozzles). In the case of the Delphi
Common Rail, the pressure can reach 1600 bar in the fuel rail and must be permanently controlled. The mea-
surement circuit is comprised an active fuel rail pressure sensor on the fuel rail linked to an analogue port of
the ECM.
The high-pressure pump is fed at low pressure (5 bar) by an integral transfer pump. This feeds the fuel rail, the
pressure of which is controlled for the charging by the fuel flow actuator (fuel pressure regulator) and for dis-
charge by the fuel injector. This allows drops in pressure to be compensated. The fuel flow actuator (fuel pres-
sure regulator) allows the high-pressure pump to only supply the quantity of fuel necessary to maintain the
pressure in the fuel rail. Thanks to this device, the generation of heat is minimized and the efficiency of the
engine is improved.

SYSTEM
In order to discharge the fuel rail using the fuel injectors, the fuel injectors are operated by means of small
electrical pulses: A
• Sufficiently small not to open the fuel injector (the fuel passes through the return circuit from the fuel injec-
tors)
• Sufficiently long to open the valves and discharge the fuel rail
EC
Surplus fuel is fed back to the fuel filter or to the reservoir according to its delivery. In the event of non-actua-
tion of the fuel flow actuator (fuel pressure regulator), the pressure in the fuel rail is limited by a pressure relief
valve fitted on the pump.
C
IDLING CONTROL
The ECM is responsible for idling control. In practice it has to take into account the instantaneous power level
to be delivered as a function of the following elements:
• Engine coolant temperature D
• Gear ratio selected
• Battery charge
• Whether electrical loads (additional heating, climate control, engine ventilator set, rear window defogger, E
etc.) are on or off
• System malfunctions detected
INDIVIDUAL FUEL INJECTOR CORRECTION F
The fuel injectors of the DCM1.2 system must be calibrated with fuel injector adjusting values in order to accu-
rately set their delivery. Calibration of each fuel injector is performed for various pressures on a test bed and
the characteristics are shown on a label attached to the fuel injector holder body. These fuel injector adjusting G
values are then entered in the ECM memory thereby allowing it to operate the fuel injectors taking into account
their manufacturing variance.
MEASUREMENT OF THE ANGULAR POSITION H
Crankshaft position sensor (CKPS):
Measurement of the angular position is performed by means of a magneto-inductive sensor that is excited by
the teeth machined into the flywheel of the crankshaft. This flywheel comprises sixty teeth with a spacing of six
degrees, less two missing teeth to form a notch. I
Camshaft position sensor (CMPS):
A second sensor (Hall effect) excited by a tooth machined in the drive pulley of the high-pressure pump (in
synch with the camshaft), rotates at half the speed of the engine and provides information on the operation of J
the injection cycle.
By comparing the signals from these two sensors, the angular position subsystem (APS) of the ECM is capa-
ble of providing the system as a whole with the following synchronization information: the angular position of
K
the flywheel, the speed, the number of the active fuel injector and the advance in the injection cycle.
This module also provides the system with information on the speed of rotation.
NEW PUMP HOUSING FUEL FLOW STRATEGY (PUMP FUEL FLOW) L
Lubrication of the pump is by means of a fuel flow cycle during which the pump is filled and comes up to pres-
sure before transferring the fuel to the fuel rail.
This lubrication is performed using a strategy known as “new pump housing fuel flow” which prevents starting
for around 10 seconds, which is the time needed for filling of the pump and starting. M
For vehicles equipped with keys, if the key is released before this “first start-up” phase it is not necessary to
perform a power latch before proceeding to restart the vehicle.
This strategy applies following an initial start-up in the factory and then whenever there is a change of ECM if N
the fuel rail pressure parameters are not copied over to the new ECM, or also following reprogramming of the
ECM.
VARIABLE LOW CAPACITY (VLC) FUNCTION O
Due to the combination of a number of parameters such as the temperature of the fuel, wear of parts, clogging
of the fuel filter, and so on, the system′s limit may be reached during its lifetime. In this case, the pressure in
the fuel rail cannot be maintained because of a lack of capacity of the pump. In the event of a lack of pump P
capacity, therefore, this strategy will reduce the delivery required to a value that allows the pressure controller
to re-check the pressure.
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OPERATION
The EGR system (exhaust gas recirculation) is comprised a direct current proportional EGR volume control
valve with integral potentiometer to read the position of the valve. The EGR volume control position is con-
trolled in a closed circuit via the potentiometer and/or the change in the estimated air deliver

SYSTEM
TURBO CONTROL
The turbo system is self-regulating and does not need to be controlled by the ECM.
FUNCTION: STORED FUNCTIONS
Climate Control Management Assistance
With climate controlled models, the DCM1.2 system offers the possibility of deactivating the air conditioning
under certain usage conditions:
• Intentional interruption by the driver
• During the start-up phases
• In the event of overheating (in order to reduce the power to be supplied by the engine)
• When the speed is maintained at a very high level (protection of the compressor)
• For temporary periods (such as strong acceleration demands during overtaking, anti-stalling and moving
off). These conditions are only taken into account where they occur repeatedly, in order to avoid instability of
the system (untimely deactivations)
• When certain malfunctions arise
Cold Loop Climate Control
The climate control is the cold loop type and its management shared between a number of control units. The
ECM is responsible for:
• Managing the demand for cold as a function of the controls in the passenger compartment and the pressure
value
• Determining the power absorbed by the compressor from the pressure
• Determining the engine ventilator set commands as a function of the speed of the vehicle and the pressure
The driver turns on the climate control from the instrument panel. The information is sent to the ECM via the
CAN system. This demand for cold is authorized or declined as a function of the measured pressure. If this
pressure is outside the operational limits, the cold loop strategy is not activated.
NOTE:
These demands for operation of the air cooling set can be made from the ECM but they pass via the CAN.
These demands are a function of the climate control, but also the engine coolant temperature and the speed
of the vehicle.
Passenger Compartment Climate Control
A direct injection engine is characterized by injection of the fuel directly into the combustion chamber. The
result is a reduction in heat losses from the upper part of the engine and consequently a smaller cylinder head
cooling circuit is needed.
The effect of this reduction is that the temperature of the water passing through is increased more slowly. This
water is then used by the passenger compartment heating system. During severe cold spells, therefore, it
becomes difficult to quickly reach a comfortable temperature in the passenger compartment.
In order to limit the heating delay, air heating resistors are incorporated in the passenger compartment heating
circuit. The passenger compartment heating unit determines the need to operate the heating resistors, the
IPDM E/R physically controls the heating resistors and the ECM determines on the one hand as a function of
the alternator the operational power limits of the heating resistors and on the other when to disable the heating
resistors as a function of the engine speed, the load and the speed of the vehicle.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007834720
VACUUM HOSE DRAWING

SYSTEM
EC
L
JPBIA3021ZZ
1. Cylinder head 2. Turbocharger boost control 3. Vacuum pump M

solenoid valve
4. Turbocharger 5. Turbocharger boost control actuator
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose. N
DESCRIPTION
Turbocharger Boost Control O
The turbocharger system consists of a solenoid valve connected to the vacuum pump circuit; this enables the
vanes to be controlled by a diaphragm so as to adjust the overpressure in the air inlet circuit.
EGR SYSTEM P
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007829654
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

SYSTEM
MBIB1481E
1. Engine 2. Air filter unit 3. Air distributor

4. Exhaust manifold 5. EGR volume control valve 6. Turbocharger
7. ECM A. Air inlet B. Exhaust gas outlet
PURPOSE OF THE EGR SYSTEM

Exhaust gas recirculation is used to reduce the nitrogen oxide (NOx) content of the exhaust gases.
The ECM authoresses gas to pass by controlling an EGR volume control valve.
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
The valve is controlled by an RCO (Opening Cyclic Ratio) signal sent by the ECM. The RCO signal modulates
the opening of the valve and consequently the quantity of exhaust gas directed back to the intake manifold.
The ECM continuously carries out a test to detect the position of the EGR volume control valve.
NOTE:
The position of the EGR volume control valve is determined by the calculation of the amount of air taken in by
the engine.
OPERATING CONDITIONS
The parameters which determine the activation of the EGR volume control valve are as follows:
• Intake air temperature
• Ambient barometric pressure
• Accelerator pedal position
• Injected fuel flow
• Engine speed
Operating point for the EGR volume control valve test:
The EGR volume control valve is activated when:
• Intake air temperature is > 15 °C (59 °F) and engine coolant temperature is > 70 °C (158 °F)
• Intake air temperature is > 50 °C (122 °F) and engine coolant temperature is > 40 °C (104 °F)
• Engine speed is between 850 and 1,000 rpm
• Injected fuel flow is between 2 and 5 mg/stroke
• Ambient barometric pressure is between 980 and 1,000 mbar
In this case, the CONSULT can read an RCO value of the EGR volume control valve equals to 16%.
EGR function is disabled if:
• Battery voltage is less than 9 V
• Engine speed is below 500 rpm
• Mapping (engine speed/load) exceeds a given threshold
• Air conditioning compressor is activated
The EGR volume control valve is not supplied for 2 seconds after the engine starts.
If there is a malfunction in:
• EGR volume control valve

SYSTEM
• Turbocharger boost sensor
the operation of the EGR volume control valve is cut. A
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007829655
EC
The ECM takes over calculation of the idle speed to maintain the idle speed at the recommended level and
tocompensate for any variation in the mechanical or electrical couple as regards:
• Engine coolant temperature C
• Battery voltage
• Gear selected on the transmission
• Electrical loads (climate control system, cooling fan assembly etc.) D
• Any malfunctions found
At the normal operating temperature, without high electrical load, the idle speed is 800 ± 50 rpm.
IDLE SPEED CORRECTION ACCORDING TO ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE E
MBIB1475E
X. Engine speed in rpm Y. Engine coolant temperature in °C

K
SPEED ADJUSTMENT WHEN THERE IS AN ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR MAL-

FUNCTION L
• If one or both terminals of the accelerator pedal position sensor are suspected, the ECM overrides the idle
speed to maintain it at 1100 rpm. This fail-safe mode limits performance. The orange malfunction indicator
lights up and flashes. M
• If the accelerator pedal position sensor is blocked, is no longer being supplied, or is not transmitting an out-
put signal, the ECM overrides the idle speed to maintain it at 1300 rpm. This mode limits performance. The
orange malfunction indicator lights up and flashes.
• In both cases, when the brake pedal is depressed, the idle speed is stabilized at the recommended speed. N
• If the information from the accelerator pedal position sensor and the brake switch information does not cor-
respond, the speed is changed to 1100 rpm.
IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT WHEN THERE IS AN FUEL INJECTOR CODE MALFUNCTION O
When there is an fuel injector code malfunction, the ECM overrides the idle speed to maintain it at 1300 rpm.
This mode limits performance. The orange malfunction indicator lights up and flashes.
P
CORRECTION OF THE IDLING SPEED ACCORDING TO THE GEAR RATIOS
The idling speed is modified according to the gear selected in the transmission:
• in neutral, 1st and 2nd gear, the speed is (at the normal operating temperature) 850 rpm (graph A),
• for the other gears, the speed is (at the normal operating temperature) 900 rpm (graph B).

SYSTEM
MBIB1476E
X. Engine speed in rpm Y. Engine coolant temperature in °C
GLOW CONTROL
GLOW CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007829656
The pre/post heating function is controlled by the glow relay.

PRE/POST HEATING (GLOW PLUG) OPERATING PRINCIPLE
“Preheating” at Ignition Switch ON
1. Variable preheating
The time period for the glow lamp to light up and the feed to heater plugs depends on the engine coolant
temperature and the battery voltage.
MBIB1477E
X. Time in seconds Y. Temperature in °C
Whatever the situation, the preheating glow lamp cannot be lit for more than 10 seconds (except in the
event of an engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction).
2. Fixed preheating
After the glow lamp goes out the plugs remain supplied for a fixed period of 5 seconds.
“Post Heating” With The Engine Running

SYSTEM
During this phase the plugs are supplied continuously according to engine coolant temperature.
For idle speed without depressing the accelerator pedal. A
EC
MBIB1478E
X. Time in seconds Y. Engine coolant temperature in °C G
GLOW PLUGS
The resistance of a glow plug is 0.6Ω. H
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Glow plug: 1.5 N·m, 15 kg/cm, 13 in/lb I
Plugs may be removed without having to open the high pressure circuit.
REMOVAL
J
1. Disconnect the battery.
2. Unclip the plug connector.
3. Clean the outside of the plug to avoid any dirt entering the cylinder. K
4. Loosen and remove the plugs.
MBIB1479E
To undo the plug on cylinder 4 use a 10 mm long radio socket attached to a universal joint. Once the plug
isloosened use a hose to unscrew it completely.
REFITTING
Proceed in the reverse order of removal.

SYSTEM
COOLING FAN CONTROL
The cooling fan motor is controlled by the ECM.

COOLING FAN OPERATION WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING
The cooling fan motor is controlled:
• At slow speed if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 96 °C (205 °F) or if there is an engine coolant tem-
perature sensor malfunction, and is switched off when the temperature falls below 93 °C (199 °F).
• at high speed if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 99 °C (210 °F) or if there is a low speed malfunc-
tion, and is switched off when the temperature falls below 96 °C (205 °F).
The cooling fan motor low and high speeds are controlled when the air conditioning function is selected on the
instrument panel.
If the low speed setting is suspected, the high speed setting operates under the low speed conditions.
MBIB1472E
OPERATION OF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT

The engine coolant temperature warning light remains lit if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 114 °C
(237 °F). It goes out when the temperature falls below 111 °C (232 °F).
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL
SYSTEM
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007829658
A
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL
The compressor is a variable displacement type.
The air conditioning relay is controlled by IPDM E/R. EC
COMPRESSOR OPERATION PROGRAMMING
During certain stages of operation, the ECM stops the compressor from functioning.
C
Engine Starting Program
The compressor is prevented from operating for 4 seconds after the engine has started.
Thermal Protection Program D
The compressor is not engaged when the engine coolant temperature is higher than 115 °C (239 °F) or from
110 °C (230 °F) at high speed, 4500 rpm for more than 3 seconds.
Fan Motor Control Programming E
At idling speed and also when driving, with the air conditioning activated, the speed of the fan motor is deter-
mined according to the refrigerant pressure and the vehicle speed.
Recovery of Performance F
When pressure is applied to the accelerator pedal above 70%, the compressor is disengaged for 5 seconds.
Recovery of Output When The Vehicle Starts Moving
In order to help the vehicle move off, the air conditioning compressor is disengaged if the position of the accel- G
erator pedal is above 35% and the idling speed less than 1250 rpm.
Anti-Stall Protection
H
The compressor is disengaged if the engine speed is lower than 750 rpm.
Engine Overspeed Timed Protection Program
The compressor is disengaged when the engine speed reaches 4500 rpm for more than 3 seconds.
I
NOTE:
The time between the compressor being disengaged twice is always greater than 10 seconds.
OIL VAPOR REBREATHING
J
OIL VAPOR REBREATHING : System Description INFOID:0000000007829659
P
MBIB1480E
1. Cylinder head cover 2. Oil vapour rebreathing duct 3. Oil vapour recirculation valve
4. Air inlet duct 5. Turbocharger
• A: When there is a low charge, the vacuum in the intake air duct is below the spring set point. The oil
vapours are extensively rebreathed by the vacuum in the intake air duct.

SYSTEM
• B: When there is a medium or high charge, the pressure in the intake air duct exhausts the valve diaphragm,
the oil vapours are breathed in small quantities via a calibrated hole.
CHECKING
To ensure the correct operation of the anti-pollution system, the oil vapour rebreathing circuit must be kept
clean and in good condition.
CAN COMMUNICATION

A
The ECM controls the display on the instrument panel of certain information relating to the operation of the EC
engine.
Three functions are involved here: The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] for the EOBD (European On
Board Diagnostics), the pre/post heating and the engine coolant temperature. These three functions are repre-
sented by four lights given out by the ECM C
GLOW LAMP
This lamp indicates that the glow control system has been activated.
D
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE LIGHT
This light is used as an indicator of engine overheating.
• In the event of overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or not. E
The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control sys-
tem malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the EOBD system is deactivated. F
The ECM makes a request for lighting of the MI (Yellow) only where there is a malfunction present at the end
of three consecutive cycles.
The 3-second visual check upon powering up (automatic test procedure controlled by the IPDM E/R) is per-
G
formed by the ECM.
In the event of a confirmed OBD malfunction by lighting of the MI, no flashing of the light must be observed fol-
lowing the lighting test.
H
DTCs Causing MI to Light
DTC Description Characterization Reference page

I
Cylinder 1 injector control circuit
CC
P0201 (Open circuit)
CO
(Short circuit)
Cylinder 2 injector control circuit J
CC
CO
(Short circuit)
EC-1387, "DTC Logic"
Cylinder 3 injector control circuit K
CC
CO
(Short circuit)
Cylinder 4 injector control circuit L
CC
CO
(Short circuit)
P0400
(EGR volume control valve blocked open)
4.DEF EC-1405, "DTC Logic" M

P0403 CO.0 EC-1407, "DTC Logic"
(Open circuit or short circuit to ground)
N
EGR volume control valve control position sensor circuit
CO.0
P0487 (Open circuit or short circuit to ground) EC-1411, "DTC Logic"
CC.1
(Short circuit to +12V)
O
HOW TO ERASE DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND 2ND TRIP DTC
With CONSULT
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec- P
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased)
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)

• If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or “NATS MALFUNC-
TION”is displayed on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with
CONSULT using NATS program card.
• Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DAIG
RESULTS” mode with CONSULT.
• When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must
be carried out with CONSULT using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedure of NATS initial-
ization and all NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT operation manual, NATS.
REPLACING THE ECM
This vehicle is fitted with an engine immobilizer system which is controlled by a key recognition system.
The ECM is supplied without a code but they must all be programmed with one.
If an ECM is replaced, it must be programmed with the code of the vehicle and the correct operation of the
engine immobilizer function must be checked.
WARNING:
These vehicles have a special ECM which does not function unless it is coded.
Consequently, it is strongly recommended that you do not carry out tests using ECMs borrowed from
the warehouse or on another vehicle to prevent coding and uncoding malfunctions which may leave
the ECM useless.
UNCODING PROCEDURE
If the ECM has learnt a code and must be returned to the workshop, it is imperative that you uncode it before
removing it.
FUNCTION

Ecu Identification ECM part number and homologation number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support
the indications on the CONSULT unit.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to EC-1341, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR MODE
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS

Engine speed computed from crankshaft position sensor
ENGINE SPEED rpm
is displayed.
States whether the immobilizer code has been pro-
grammed by the ECM or not.
CODE PROGRAM Yes/No
• Yes: Code programmed
• No: Code not programmed by the ECM.
Indicates the status of the immobilizer system.
• INACT: The ECM has recognized the immobilizer code
ENG IMMOBILIZ ACTIV/INACT transmitted by the Intelligent Key unit or BCM.
• ACTIV: The ECM does not recognize the immobilizer
code transmitted by the Intelligent Key unit or BCM.
IDLE REG REF rpm —

A
ACCEL/PDL POS % Accelerator pedal position is displayed.
+ after ignition feed/
CRANKING/RUNNING/
MOTOR Engine status is displayed. EC
MAINTAINED SUPPLY/
Stalled/PROTECTED
States whether the vehicle is fitted with air conditioning or
not. C
PRSNC CLMTSTN Yes/No
• Yes: Air conditioning is detected by the ECM.
• No: Air conditioning is not detected by the ECM.
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the sig- D
WATER TEMP °C or °F nal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is
displayed.
Indicates the ambient air temperature in °C. This informa-
EXT. AIR TMP °C or °F E
tion is provided by BCM via CAN communication line.
Indicates the condition of the EGR volume control.
EGR SOL/V CNT ACTIV/INACT • INACT: The valve is not controlled by the ECM.
• ACTIV: The valve is controlled by the ECM. F
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R (via CAN communica-
tion line) to start the compressor
• ACTIV: The CAN communication should not be sus- G
pected on the Automatic Transmission, IPDM E/R or In-
telligent Key unit or BCM system.
The Intelligent Key unit or BCM should request the
DMND LNK COMP ACTIV/INACT ECM to be engaged. H
The refrigerant pressure sensor should not be suspect-
ed. Satisfactory engine operating conditions (engine
coolant temperature, engine load etc.).
• INACT: One of the above conditions has not been ful- I
filled or no request has been made by the driver so A/C
AUTHOR = NO.
The intake air temperature (determined by the signal volt- J
INLET AIR TEMP °C or °F
age of the intake air temperature sensor) is displayed.
Fuel temperature is displayed.
FUEL TEMP °C or °F The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of
the fuel temperature sensor) is displayed.
K
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R to start the fan.

• INACT: The request is not made by the ECM because
DMND LNK COMP = INACTIVE and A/C AUTHOR = L
NO.
FAN UNIT LOW ACTIV/INACT
• ACTIV: The request is made by the ECM.
DMND LNK COMP = ACTIVE and A/C AUTHOR =
YES. (correct refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed = M
0 km/h or high engine coolant temperature).
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R to start the fan.
• INACT: The request is not made by the ECM because N
DMND LNK COMP = INACTIVE and A/C AUTHOR =
NO.
FAN UNIT HIGH ACTIV/INACT • ACTIV: The request is made by the ECM.
DMND LNK COMP = ACTIVE and A/C AUTHOR = O
YES.
Refrigerant pressure > 15 Bar, vehicle speed = 0 km/h
or high engine coolant temperature.
P
BATTERY VOL V Battery voltage is displayed.
The atmospheric pressure (determined by the signal volt-
ATOMOS PRESS mbar
age of the atmospheric pressure sensor) is displayed.

The Intelligent Key unit or BCM requests fast idle speed
from the ECM.
• ABSNT: The Intelligent Key unit or BCM did not make
ACCEL IDL RQ ABSNT/PRESENT
the request.
• PRESENT: The Intelligent Key unit or BCM has made
the request.
A/C AUTHOR Yes/No Air conditioning request status is displayed.
INLET PRESS mbar Indicates the pressure in the turbocharger in mbar.
AIR FLOW mg/cp Total fuel flow is displayed.
C/U+AFTR IGN MISS/PRESENT Ignition switch status is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speedsig-
VEHICLE SPEED km/h
nal sent from combination meter is displayed.
Indicates whether or not starting has been authorized by
the ECM.
AUTHORISED: The ECM has given starting authoriza-
STARTING ATHRD/PROHIVITED
tion.
PROHIBITED: The ECM has not given starting authoriza-
tion.
The fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage of
RAIL PRESSURE bar
the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.
MAIN BRAKE SW ACTIV/INACT Stop lamp switch status is displayed.
CLUTCH PEDAL ACTIV/INACT Clutch pedal position switch status is displayed.
The fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage of
RAIL PRES SET bar
the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.
FUEL FLOW mg/cp Total fuel flow is displayed.
CRS CN/S LMTR — This item is not used.
2ND BRK CNTCT ACTIV/INACT —
Indicates the actual value of the EGR volume control
EGR PO RECOPY % valve position.
EGR PO RECOPY = EGR/V OPN REF
EGR volume control valve opening reference is dis-
EGR/V OPN REF %
played.
RFRGERNT PRSS bar Refrigerant pressure is displayed.
PWR ABSOB A/C W Indicates the power used by the compressor
PL PTNMR T1 V % Indicates the voltage supply percentage for the accelera-
tor pedal position sensor 1 and 2.
PL PTNMR T2 V % 10% < PL PTNMR T1 V < 20%
5% < PL PTNMR T2 V < 15%
Indicates the EGR volume control valve control position
EGR POS SE VO V sensor voltage according to the valve position.
0.5V < EGR POS SE VO < 4.8V
INLET TMP S V V Intake air temperature sensor voltage is displayed.
Indicates the voltage delivered by the ECM on the fuel rail
RAIL PRESS S V V pressure sensor.
0.5 V (0 bar) < RAIL PRES S V < 4.5 V (1600 bar)
H R ATHD MX P W —
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) A

PREHEATER UNIT — — —
EGR SOLENOID VALVE — — —
INJECTOR CYLINDER1 — — —
EC
INJECTOR CYLINDER3 — — — C
• Turn fuel pump (High pres- • Harness and connector D
Fuel pump makes an operating
HIGH PRESSURE PUMP sure pump) ON and OFF • Fuel pump (High pressure
sound.
with the CONSULT and lis- pump)
ten to operation.
E
STATIC TEST — — —
HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T — — —
WORK SUPPORT MODE F
Work Item
G
WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE
PROGRAMMED VALUES — —
SAVIG DATA FOR REPLC CPU • In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.* H
• In this mode, write data stored by “SAVIG DATA FOR REPLC
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When ECM is replaced.*
CPU” in work support mode to ECM.
ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA — — I
EGR ADAPTIVES — —
RESET PUMP FORCEFEEDING — —
J
RESET INJCTR ADAPTATIVE — —
*: The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always perform the operation
according to procedures. Refer to EC-1358, "Work Procedure".
K

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

ECM

Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer Almost the same speed as the tachom-
ENGINE SPEED
indication. eter indication
CODE PROGRAM No
(Engine stopped)
ENG IMMOBILIZ INACT
(Engine stopped)
IDLE REG REF Approximately 800 rpm
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load
ACCEL/PDL POS Accelerator pedal: Fully released Approximately 0%
(Engine stopped)
##
(Engine stopped)
MOTOR • Engine speed: Idle

CRANKING
• No load
No
(Engine stopped)
PRSNC CLMTSTN • Engine speed: Idle

##
• No load
WATER TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
EXT. AIR TMP Approximately -40°C (-40°F)
(Engine stopped)
EGR SOL/V CNT INACT
(Engine stopped)
INACT
(Engine stopped)
DMND LNK COMP • Engine speed: Idle

ACTIV
• No load
INLET AIR TMP Indicates intake air temperature
(Engine stopped)
FUEL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)
FAN UNIT LOW INACT
(Engine stopped)
FAN UNIT HIGH INACT
(Engine stopped)
BATTERY VOL • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

ECM
A
ATOMOS PRESS Idle Approximately 1000 mbar
• No load EC
ACCEL IDL RQ ABSNT
(Engine stopped)
• Ignition switch: ON C
A/C AUTHOR Yes
(Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approximately 980 mbar
• Air conditioner switch: OFF D
INLET PRESS
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm Approximately 1,010 mbar
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approximately 200 mg/cp
• Air conditioner switch: OFF E
AIR FLOW
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm Approximately 270 mg/cp
• No load
C/U+AFTR IGN
MISS
F
(Engine stopped)
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speed- Almost the same speed as the speed-
VEHICLE SPEED
ometer indication ometer indication G
STARTING ATHRD
(Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approximately 230 bar H
RAIL PRESSURE
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm Approximately 450 bar
• No load
I
• Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released INACT
MAIN BRAKE SW
(Engine stopped) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ACTIV
• Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully released INACT J

CLUTCH PEDAL
(Engine stopped) Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed ACTIV
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approximately 230 bar
• Air conditioner switch: OFF K
RAIL PRES SET
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm Approximately 450 bar
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approximately 4.9 mg/cp L
FUEL FLOW
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 mg/cp
• No load
• Ignition switch: ON M
Off
(Engine stopped)
CRS CN/S LMTR • Engine: After warming up

##
N
• No load
• Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released INACT

2ND BRK CNTCT O
(Engine stopped) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ACTIV
• Air conditioner switch: OFF P
EGR PO RECOPY Idle Approximately -50 %
• No load
EGR/V OPN REF Idle Approximately -50 %
• No load

ECM
RFRGERNT PRSS Idle Approximately 8.0 bar
• No load
PWR ABSOB A/C Idle Approximately 0 W
• No load
PL PTNMR T1 V Accelerator pedal: Fully released Approximately 15 %
(Engine stopped)
PL PTNMR T2 V Accelerator pedal: Fully released Approximately 6 %
(Engine stopped)
EGR POS SE VO Idle Approximately 3.0 V
• No load
INLET TMP S V Idle Approximately 1.6 V
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approximately 1 V
RAIL PRESS S V
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm Approximately 1.5 V
• No load
H R ATHD MX P Idle Approximately 20 W
• No load
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA1070ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (1), loosen (B) it with
2 : ECM
A : Fasten
MBIB1518E
ECM Inspection Table

ECM
Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC
Description
Terminal Wire Value
Input/ Condition
No. Color Signal name (Approx.) C
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 G Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
D
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
6 R/B — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.3V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE E
7 G Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
10 V Water in fuel sensor Input • Warm-up condition Approximately 11 - 14V F
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch OFF gose to ON]
11 R/W Glow relay Input Approximately 0 - 1V
• Glow ON
G
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.4V
• For a few seconds after turning
ignition switch OFF H
12 P ECM relay (self-shutoff) Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after
(11 - 14V)
turning ignition switch OFF I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
15 B — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.3V
(Water in fuel sensor)
• Idle speed J
[Ignition switch OFF gose to ON]
18 G Glow relay Input Approximately 0 - 1V
• Glow ON
Sensor power supply K
21 W — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition L
22 GR Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower fan Approximately 2.3V
switch: ON (Compressor oper-
ates)
M
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed N
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
O
36 P Fuel injector power supply MBIB1514E
Output
No. 1
5 - 10V
P
[Engine is running]
MBIB1515E

ECM
Description
Terminal Wire Value
Input/ Condition
No. Color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
Sensor power supply
37 L/R (EGR volume control valve — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
control position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approximately 4.1V
EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
38 L Input
control position sensor [Engine is running]
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
39 P (EGR volume control valve — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.5V
control position sensor) • Idle speed
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
MBIB1512E
40 L Fuel injector No. 1 Output
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
MBIB1513E
Sensor power supply

41 V — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(Turbocharger boost sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
42 O Turbocharger boost sensor Input
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
43 G — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.3V
(Turbocharger boost sensor)
• Idle speed

ECM
Description
Terminal Wire Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
5 - 10V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
ing on rpm at idle.
MBIB1514E
Fuel injector power supply D
44 O Output
No. 3
5 - 10V
[Engine is running] E
F
MBIB1515E
Sensor power supply

45 L — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(Fuel rail pressure sensor) G
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed H
46 R Fuel rail pressure sensor Input
[Engine is running]
I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
(Fuel rail pressure sensor)
• Idle speed
J
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed K
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
L
MBIB1512E
48 P Fuel injector No. 3 Output
0 - 9V
M
[Engine is running]
N
MBIB1513E

ECM
Description
Terminal Wire Value
Input/ Condition
Output
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
MBIB1510E
50 Y Camshaft position sensor Input
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
MBIB1511E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
51 LG — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.3V
(Camshaft position sensor)
• Idle speed
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
MBIB1514E
Fuel injector power supply
52 R Output
No. 4
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
MBIB1515E
Sensor ground
53 R — [Engine is running] Approximately 0.3V
(Knock sensor)
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
MBIB1508E
54 R Crankshaft position sensor Input
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
MBIB1509E

ECM
Description
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground EC
(Crankshaft position sensor)
• Idle speed
0 - 9V
[Engine is running] C
• Idle speed
NOTE:
D
ing on rpm at idle.
MBIB1512E
56 G Fuel injector No. 4 Output E
0 - 9V
[Engine is running] F
G
MBIB1513E
[Engine is running]
57 G Knock sensor Input Approximately 0.3V
• Idle speed H
Approximately 0.3 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
58 P Fuel temperature sensor Input Output voltage varies with fuel
pump temperature
I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 G — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.3V
(Fuel temperature sensor)
• Idle speed
J
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed K
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
L
Fuel injector power supply MBIB1514E
60 V Output
No. 2
5 - 10V
M
[Engine is running]
N
MBIB1515E
Approximately 0.3 - 5.0V O

Engine coolant temperature [Engine is running]
62 P Input Output voltage varies with engine
sensor • Warm-up condition
coolant temperature
Sensor ground [Engine is running] P
63 B (Engine coolant temperature — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.25V
sensor) • Idle speed

ECM
Description
Terminal Wire Value
Input/ Condition
Output
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
MBIB1512E
64 L Fuel injector No. 2 Output
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
MBIB1513E
[Engine is running]
Turbocharger air temperature
66 Y Input • Warm-up condition Approximately 3.0V
sensor
• Idle speed
67 G (Turbocharger air tempera- — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.5V
ture sensor) • Idle speed
69 B — Approximately 0.2V
(Knock sensor shield circuit) • Idle speed
[Engine is running]
70 R Intake air temperature sensor Input • Warm-up condition Approximately 2.0V
• Idle speed
71 L/W (Intake air temperature sen- — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.5V
sor) • Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approximately 0.7 - 1.9
• Idle speed
76 W EGR volume control valve Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approximately 1.5 - 1.9V

• Idle speed
JSBIA0098GB
Turbocharger boost control
78 R Output
solenoid valve

JSBIA0099GB

ECM
Description
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approximately 1.1V EC
• Idle speed
79 B EGR volume control valve Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approximately 0.78V C
0 - 12.5V
D
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed E
MBIB1506E
80 BR Fuel pump Output
F
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
G
H
MBIB1507E
CAN communication line Input/

83 P — —
(low) Output
I
CAN communication line Input/
84 L — —
(high) Output
88 GR Data link connector — — —
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
93 O Ignition switch Input [Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE K
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)
99 BR Stop lamp switch Input
Approximately 0V
L
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
100 L Stop lamp switch Input
[Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
M
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
Sensor power supply
102 BR (Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 4.6V
sensor 2) N
• Engine stopped Approximately 0.4V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released O
103 GR Input [Ignition switch ON]
sensor 2
• Engine stopped
Approximately 2.0V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
P
pressed
104 Y (Accelerator pedal position — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2) • Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 V (Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
sensor 1)

ECM
Description
Terminal Wire Value
Input/ Condition
Output
107 B [Engine is running]
108 B ECM ground — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
109 B • Idle speed
• Engine stopped Approximately 0.76V
110 SB Input [Ignition switch ON]
sensor 1
• Engine stopped
Approximately 4.2V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
111 R (Accelerator pedal position — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.24V
sensor 1) • Idle speed
[Engine is running]
112 B ECM ground — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
Conformity Check INFOID:0000000007829664
ECM STATUS AND PARAMETERS

Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
In the event of a malfunction, perform
1 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12 V < BATTERY VOL < 14.4 V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.
Indicates the engine's rotational
2 Engine speed ENGINE SPEED the trouble diagnosis for CKP sensor
speed in rpm.
circuit.
Indicates the position of the acceler- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS
3 ator pedal as a%. the trouble diagnosis for APP SENSOR
position 0%
ACCEL/PDL POS = 0% (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120).
Indicates the engine coolant temper-
Engine coolant WATER TEMP ature in °C.
4 the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
temperature Warm: 90°C
ETC SENSOR.
Default value: 80°C
Indicates the intake air temperature In the event of a malfunction, perform
Intake air tempera-
5 INLET AIR TMP in °C. This value is given by the IAT- the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070
ture
sensor. IAT SENSOR.
Indicates the fuel temperature in °C.
FUEL TEMP In the event of a malfunction, perform
This value is given by the fuel tem-
6 Fuel temperature Cold = WATER TEMP the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0180
perature sensor.
Warm: 50C FT SENSOR.
Default value: 30°C.
Indicates the ambient barometric If not consistent, check ATOMOS
ATOMOS PRESS pressure in mbar. The sensor is in- PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA
7 Intake air pressure corporated in the ECM. MONITOR mode) and local ambient
Indicates the pressure in the turbo- barometric pressure, with the engine
INLET PRESS stopped and ignition switch ON.
charger in mbar.

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action A
Indicates the fuel rail pressure in
RAIL PRESSURE
Bar. In the event of a malfunction, perform
Warm or cold
8 Fuel rail pressure This pressure is supplied by the fuel the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190 EC
- 90 bar < RAIL PRES-
rail pressure sensor. FRP SENSOR.
SURE > 90 bar
Default value: 2000 Bar.
Indicates the current status of the
engine.
C
• + after ignition feed
• CRANKING
• RUNNING D
• MAINTAINED SUPPLY: Supply
MOTOR
maintained during the power latch
9 Engine Engine NONE.
phase.
+ after ignition feed
• Stalled: When the engine has E
stalled.
• PROTECTED: When a level 2
malfunction appears or when the
engine speed is limited to a certain F
engine speed.
Indicates the status of the immobiliz-
er system. G
• INACTIVE: The ECM has recog-
nized the immobilizer code trans-
ENG IMMOBILIZ mitted by the Intelligent Key unit or If ACTIVE, perform the trouble diagno-
10 Immobilizer
INACTIVE BCM. sis for NATS. H
• ACTIVE: The ECM does not rec-
ognize the immobilizer code trans-
mitted by the Intelligent Key unit or
BCM. I
States whether the immobilizer code
has been programmed by the ECM
11 Code programmed
CODE PROGRAM or not.
If NO, replace ECM. J
YES • YES: Code programmed
• NO: Code not programmed by the
ECM.
K
Indicates the vehicle speed in mph.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN
This parameter is transmitted by the
12 Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED communication line. Perform the trou-
combination meter via CAN commu-
ble diagnosis for combination meter.
nication line. L
Test Condition: Engine at Idle
Parameter or status M
check or action
1 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12V < BATTERY VOL < 14.4V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING N
SYSTEM.
ENGINE SPEED In the event of a malfunction, perform
2 Engine speed Cold: 900 rpm the trouble diagnosis for CKP sensor
speed in rpm. O
Warm: 805 rpm circuit.
Indicates the position of the acceler- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS
3 ator pedal as a%. the trouble diagnosis for APP SENSOR
position 0% P
ACCEL/PDL POS = 0% (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120).
Indicates the engine coolant temper- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant WATER TEMP
4 ature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
temperature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ETC SENSOR.
Indicates the ambient air tempera-
External air ture in °C. This information is provid-
5 EXT. AIR TEMP the trouble diagnosis for this malfunc-
temperature ed by BCM via CAN communication
tion.
line.

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action
INLET AIR TEMPCold Indicates the intake air temperature In the event of a malfunction, perform
Inlet air tempera-
6 = EXT AIR TEMP- in . This information is provided by the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070
ture
Warm: 30°C the IAT sensor.Default value: 20°C. IAT SENSOR.
This value is given by the fuel tem-
7 Fuel temperature Cold = WATER TEMP the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0180 FT
perature sensor.
Warm: 50°C SENSOR.
Indicates the ambient barometric
pressure in mbar. The sensor is in-
ATOMOS PRESS corporated in the ECM. If not consistent, check ATOMOS
600 mbar < Cold < 1050 mbar 600 PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA MON-
8 Intake air pressure mbar < Warm < 1050 mbar ITOR mode) and local ambient baro-
Indicates the pressure in the turbo- metric pressure, with the engine
charger in mbar. stopped and ignition switch ON.
INLET PRESS
INLET PRESS = local ambient baro-
metric pressure
Indicates the fuel rail pressure in Bar.
RAIL PRESSURE In the event of a malfunction, perform
This pressure is supplied by the fuel
9 Fuel rail pressure Cold: 260 Bar the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190
rail pressure sensor.
Warm: 230 Bar FRP SENSOR.
START SUBFUNCTION
Parameter or status
check or action
Indicates that the ECM is supplied
ECM + after ignition C/U+AFTR IGN with a + after ignition feed.
1 the trouble diagnosis for battery volt-
feed PRESENT • PRESENT
age or P0685 ECM RELAY.
• MISS
Indicates whether or not starting has
been authorized by the ECM.
STARTING AUTHORISED: The ECM has given If PROHIBITED perform the trouble di-
2 Starting
AUTHORISED starting authorization. agnosis for preheating system.
PROHIBITED: The ECM has not giv-
en starting authorization.
Indicates the current status of the en-
gine.
• + after ignition feed
• CRANKING
• RUNNING
MOTOR • MAINTAINEDSUPPLY: Supply
3 Engine Engine maintained during the power latch NONE.
+ after ignition feed phase.
• Stalled: When the engine has
stalled.
• Protected: When a malfunction ap-
pears or when the engine speed is
limited to a certain engine speed.
4 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12V < BATTERY VOL < 13.5V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.

ECM
Parameter or status A
check or action
Indicates that the ECM is supplied
Computer + after C/U+ AFTR IGN with a + after ignition feed.
1 the trouble diagnosis for battery voltage EC
ignition feed PRESENT • PRESENT
or P0685 ECM RELAY.
• MISS
Indicates whether or not starting has
been authorized by the ECM. C
STARTING AUTHORISED: The ECM has given If PROHIBITED perform the trouble di-
2 Starting
AUTHORISED starting authorization. agnosis for preheating system.
PROHIBITED: The ECM has not giv-
en starting authorization.
D
Indicates the current status of the en-
gine.
• + after ignition feed E
• CRANKING
• RUNNING
• MAINTAINED
MOTOR F
SUPPLY: Supply maintained dur-
3 Engine Engine NONE.
ing the power latch phase.
+ after ignition feed
• Stalled: When the engine has
stalled.
G
• Protected: When a malfunction
appears or when the engine speed
is limited to a certain engine
speed. H
4 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 13V < BATTERY VOL < 14V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.
I
PROTECTION SUBFUNCTION
J
Parameter or status
check or action
Indicates the status of the immobilizer K
system.
nized the immobilizer code trans- L
ENG IMMOBILIZ mitted by the Intelligent Key unit or If ACTIVE, perform the trouble diagno-
1 Immobilizer
INACTIVE BCM. sis for NATS.
• ACTIVE: The ECM does not recog-
nize the immobilizer code transmit- M
ted by the Intelligent Key unit or
BCM.
States whether the immobilizer code
has been programmed by the ECM or
N
CODE PROGRAM not.
2 Code programmed If NO, replace ECM.
• NO: Code not programmed by the O
ECM.
3 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12V < BATTERY VOL < 13.5V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM. P

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action
Indicates the status of the immobi-
lizer system.
nized the immobilizer code
ENG IMMOBLIZ transmitted by the Intelligent Key If ACTIVE, perform the trouble diagno-
1 Immobilizer
INACTIVE unit or BCM. sis for NATS.
• ACTIVE: The ECM does not rec-
ognize the immobilizer code
transmitted by the Intelligent Key
unit or BCM.
States whether the immobilizer
code has been programmed by the
CODE PROGRAM computer or not.
2 Code programmed If NO, replace ECM.
• NO: Code not programmed by
the ECM.
3 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 13V < BATTERY VOL < 14V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.
SUB SYSTEM COLD LOOP

Parameter or status
check or action
States whether the vehicle is fitted
with air conditioning or not.
If not consistent with the vehicle equip-
Air conditioning PRSNC CLMTSTN • YES: Air conditioning is detected
1 ment, perform the trouble diagnosis for
present YES by the ECM.
CAN communication line.
• NO: Air conditioning is not detect-
ed by the ECM.
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R
(via CAN communication) to start
the compressor
• ACTIVE: The CAN communica-
tion should not be suspected on
the Automatic Transmission,
IPDM E/R or Intelligent Key unit
or BCM system.
Compressor DMND LNK COMP The Intelligent Key unit or BCM
2 NONE.
engagement request INACTIVE should request the ECM to be en-
gaged.
The refrigerant pressure sensor
should not be suspected. Satis-
factory engine operating condi-
tions (engine coolant
temperature, engine load etc.).
• INACTIVE: One of the above
conditions has not been fulfilled.
Non operational information, de-
signed solely for trouble diagnosis
purposes.
• YES: Satisfactory engine operat-
ing conditions (engine coolant
Air conditioning A/C AUTHOR
3 temperature, engine load etc.). NONE.
authorization YES
The vehicle is not in a specific
movement phase (hill start or
stop etc.).
• NO: One of the above conditions
has not been fulfilled.

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action A
Indicates the value in Bar for the re-
frigerant fluid in the system. In the event of a malfunction, perform
4 Refrigerant pressure RFRGERNT PRES 2 Bar < RFRGERNT PRES < 27 the trouble diagnosis for REFRIGER- EC
Bar ANT PRESSURE SENSOR.
Default value: 0 Bar
5 Engine speed ENGINE SPEED
the trouble diagnosis for CKP sensor
C
speed in rpm.
circuit.
The Intelligent Key unit or BCM re-
In the event of a malfunction, perform D
quests fast idle speed to the ECM.
the trouble diagnosis for CAN commu-
Fast idle speed re- ACCEL IDL RQ • ABSENT: The Intelligent Key unit
6 nication line. Perform the trouble diag-
quest ABSENT or BCM did not make the request
nosis for the Intelligent Key unit or
• PRESENT: The Intelligent Key
BCM. E
unit or BCM has made a request
Indicates the engine coolant tem- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
7 perature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ETC SENSOR. F
Indicates the vehicle speed in mph. Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN
This parameter is transmitted by the communication line.
8 Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED
combination meter via CAN com- Perform the trouble diagnosis for com- G
munication line. bination meter.
Power used by the PWR ABSOB A/C Indicates the power used by the
9 NONE.
AC compressor 0 WATT compressor
H
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R to
start the fan.
• INACTIVE: Engine speed = 0
rpm. I
FAN UNIT LOW
10 Fan speed request* • ACTIVE: Engine speed = idle NONE.
INACTIVE
speed, correct refrigerant pres-
sure and vehicle speed = 0 km/h
or high engine coolant tempera- J
ture.
start the fans. K
• INACTIVE: Engine speed = 0
rpm.
FAN UNIT HIGH
11 Fan speed request* • ACTIVE: Engine speed = idle NONE.
INACTIVE L
speed.
Refrigerant pressure > 15 Bar,
vehicle speed = 0 km/h or high
M
*: When climate control is requested with the engine at idle speed and vehicle speed = 0 km/h, FAN UNIT LOW will always be “ACTIVE”
and FAN UNIT HIGH “INACTIVE” (except refrigerant pressure> 15 bar, vehicle speed = 0 km/h and high engine coolant temperature).
The fan is prevented from operating under certain engine coolant temperature conditions when driving.
N

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action
States whether the vehicle is fitted
with air conditioning or not.
If not consistent with the vehicle equip-
Air conditioning PRSNC CLMTSTN • YES: Air conditioning is detected
1 ment, perform the trouble diagnosis
present YES by the ECM.
for CAN communication line.
• NO: Air conditioning is not detect-
ed by the ECM.
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R
(via CAN communication line) to
start the compressor
• ACTIVE: The CAN communica-
tion should not be suspected on
the Automatic Transmission,
IPDM E/R or Intelligent Key unit
or BCM system.
The Intelligent Key unit or BCM
Compressor DMND LNK COMP IN- should request the ECM to be en-
2 NONE.
engagement request ACTIVE gaged.
The refrigerant pressure sensor
should not be suspected. Satis-
factory engine operating condi-
tions (engine coolant
conditions has not been fulfilled
or no request has been made by
the driver so A/C AUTHOR = NO.
Non operational information, de-
signed solely for trouble diagnosis
purposes.
• YES: Satisfactory engine operat-
ing conditions (engine coolant
Air conditioning au- A/C AUTHOR The vehicle is not in a specific
3 NONE.
thorization YES movement phase (hill start or
stop etc.).
conditions has not be fulfilled or
no request has been made by the
driver so DMND LNK COMP =
INACTIVE.
Indicates the value in Bar for the re-
frigerant fluid in the system. In the event of a malfunction, perform
4 Refrigerant pressure RFRGERNT PRES 2 Bar < RFRGERNT PRES < 27 the trouble diagnosis for REFRUGER-
Bar ANT PRESSURE SENSOR.
5 Engine speed Cold: 900 rpm the trouble diagnosis for CKP sensor
speed in rpm.
The Intelligent Key unit or BCM re-
quests fast idle speed from the
ECM.
the trouble diagnosis for CAN commu-
Fast idle speed re- ACCEL IDL RQ • ABSENT: The Intelligent Key unit
6 nication line. Perform the trouble diag-
quest ABSENT or BCM did not make the request.
nosis for the Intelligent Key unit or
• PRESENT: The Intelligent Key
BCM.
unit or BCM has made the re-
quest.
Default value: 80°C. ECT SENSOR.

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action A
Indicates the vehicle speed in mph. Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN
This parameter is transmitted by the communication line.
8 Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED
combination meter via CAN com- Perform the trouble diagnosis for com- EC
munication line. bination meter.
Power used by the PWR ABSOB A/C Indicates the power used by the
9 NONE.
AC compressor 0 WATT compressor
C
start the fan.
• INACTIVE: The request is not
made by the ECM because D
DMND LNK COMP = INACTIVE
and A/C AUTHOR = NO.
FAN UNIT LOW
• ACTIVE: The request is made by
INACTIVE E
the ECM.
DMND LNK COMP = ACTIVE
and A/C AUTHOR = YES. (cor-
rect refrigerant pressure and ve-
F
hicle speed = 0 km/h or high
engine coolant temperature).
10 Fan speed request* NONE.
start the fan. G
• INACTIVE: The request is not
made by the ECM because
DMND LNK COMP = INACTIVE
H
and A/C AUTHOR = NO.
FAN UNIT HIGH
• ACTIVE: The request is made by
INACTIVE
the ECM.
DMND LNK COMP = ACTIVE I
and A/C AUTHOR = YES.
Refrigerant pressure > 15 Bar,
vehicle speed = 0 km/h or high
engine coolant temperature. J
*: When climate control is requested with the engine at idle speed and vehicle speed = 0 km/h, FAN UNIT LOW will always be “ACTIVE”
and FAN UNIT HIGH “INACTIVE” (except refrigerant pressure > 15 bar, vehicle speed = 0 km/ h and high engine coolant temperature).
The fan is prevented from operating under certain engine coolant temperature conditions when driving. K
HEATING SUBFUNCTION
L
Parameter or status
check or action
M
N
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis O
check or action
Default value: 80°C. ECT SENSOR. P
FUEL CIRCUIT SUB FUNCTION

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action
Warm: 50°C FT SENSOR.
FUEL FLOW Indicates the fuel flow injected in
2 Fuel flow 0.0 mg/piston mg/piston stroke for each injector. NONE.
stroke FUEL FLOW = 0 mg/piston stroke
RAIL PRESSURE
Bar. In the event of a malfunction, perform
Cold and warm:
3 Fuel rail pressure This pressure is supplied by the fuel the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190
- 90 bar < RAIL
rail pressure sensor. FRP SENSOR.
PRESSURE < 90 bar
RAIL PRES SET
375 bar (Engine start- Indicates a theoretical pressure val-
Fuel rail pressure set ing pressure instruc- ue for optimum engine operation.
4 NONE.
point tion) 300 bar < RAIL PRES SET < 500
Cold: 500 Bar bar.
Warm: 300 Bar
Indicates the voltage delivered by
RAIL PRES S V the ECM on the fuel rail pressure
Fuel rail pressure
5 Cold: 0.5V sensor. NONE.
sensor voltage
Cold: 4.5V 0.5V < RAIL PRES S V < 4.5V
Default value: 4.5V
speed in rpm.
circuit.
Parameter or status
check or action
Warm: 50°C FT SENSOR.
FUEL FLOW
10 < Cold < 2 mg/pis-
Indicates the fuel flow injected in
2 Fuel flow ton stroke NONE.
mg/piston stroke for each injector.
4 < Warm < 6 mg/pis-
ton stroke
RAIL PRESSURE Bar. In the event of a malfunction, perform
3 Fuel rail pressure Cold: 260 Bar This pressure is supplied by the fuel the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190
Warm: 230 Bar rail pressure sensor. FRP SENSOR.
RAIL PRES SET
375 bar. (Engine start-
Fuel rail pressure ing pressure specifi- Indicates a theoretical pressure val-
4 NONE.
set point cation). ue for optimum engine operation.
Cold: 260 Bar
Warm: 230 Bar
the ECM on the fuel rail pressure
Fuel rail pressure
5 RAIL PRES S V sensor. NONE.
sensor voltage
0.5 V (0 bar) < RAIL PRES S V < 4.5
V (1600 bar)
6 Engine speed Cold: 900 rpm V the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
speed in rpm.
Warm: 805 rpm ECT SENSOR.

ECM
PRE-HEATING/IGNITION SUBFUNCTION
A
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis EC
check or action
Default value: 80°C. ETC SENSOR. C
Indicates the ambient air tempera-
External air ture in °C. This information is provid-
2 EXT. AIR TEMP the trouble diagnosis for this malfunc-
temperature ed by BCM via CAN communication D
tion.
line.
Indicates the intake air temperature
INLET AIR TEMPCold In the event of a malfunction, perform
Intake air tempera- in °C. This information is provided
3 = EXT AIR TEMP- the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070 E
ture by the IAT sensor.
Warm: 30°C IAT SENSOR.
4 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12V < BATTERY VOL < 14.4V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING F
SYSTEM.

G
Parameter or status
check or action
Indicates the engine coolant In the event of a malfunction, perform H
1 temperature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
Default value: 80°C. ETC SENSOR.
Indicates the ambient air temperature In the event of a malfunction, perform I
External air
2 EXT. AIR TEMP in °C. This information is provided by the trouble diagnosis for this malfunc-
temperature
BCM via CAN communication line. tion.
Intake air tempera-
INLET AIR TEMPCold
in °C. This information is provided by
In the event of a malfunction, perform J
3 = EXT AIR TEMP- the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070
ture the IAT sensor.
In the event of a malfunction, perform K
4 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12 V < BATTERY VOL < 14.4V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.
AIR CIRC SUBFUNCTION (TURBOCHARGING/INLET.) L

M
Parameter or status
check or action
INLET AIR TEMPCold In the event of a malfunction, perform N
Intake air tempera- in °C. This information is provided by
Indicates the ambient barometric If not consistent, check ATOMOS O
2 Intake air pressure corporated in the ECM. MONITOR mode) and local ambient
INLET PRESS stopped and ignition switch ON. P
charger in mbar.
3 Air flow AIR FLOW Mass air flow estimated by the ECM. NONE.

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action
Indicates the voltage delivered by the
Intake air tempera-
4 INLET TMP S V ECM to supply the intake air temper- NONE.
ture sensor voltage
ature sensor.
speed in rpm.
circuit.
Parameter or status
check or action
INLET AIR TEMPCold In the event of a malfunction, perform
Intake air tempera- in °C. This information is provided by
Indicates the ambient barometric If not consistent, check ATOMOS
2 Air circuit pressure corporated in the ECM. MONITOR mode) and local ambient
INLET PRESS stopped and ignition switch ON.
charger in mbar.
AIR FLOW
350 < Cold< 400 mg/
3 Air flow piston stroke Air flow estimated by the ECM. NONE.
300 < Warm < 350
mg/piston stroke
Intake air tempera-
4 INLET TMP S V the ECM to supply the intake air NONE.
ture sensor voltage
temperature sensor.
5 Engine speed Cold: 900 rpm V the trouble diagnosis for CKP sensor
speed in rpm.
ENGINE COOLING SUB FUNCTION

Parameter or status
check or action
Default value: 80°C ECT SENSOR.
Parameter or status
check or action
Default value: 80 °C. ECT SENSOR.
DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB FUNCTION


ECM
Parameter or status A
check or action
Indicates the percentage of the ac-
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS celerator pedal position between no
1 the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN- EC
position 0% load and full load position.
SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120).
0% < ACCEL/PDL POS < 100%
PL PTNMR T1 V Indicates the voltage supply percent-
Accelerator pedal 16% age for the accelerator pedal posi- In the event of a malfunction, perform C
2 position sensor volt- tion sensor 1 and 2. the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
age PL PTNMR T2 V 10% < PL PTNMR T1 V < 20% SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120).
7% 5% < PL PTNMR T2 V < 15%
D
Parameter or status E
check or action
1
the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN- F
SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120).
0% < ACCEL/PDL POS < 100%
PL PTNMR T1 V Indicates the voltage supply per-
Accelerator pedal 16% centage for the accelerator pedal In the event of a malfunction, perform G
2 position sensor volt- position sensor 1 and 2. the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
age PL PTNMR T2 V 10% < PL PTNMR T1 V < 20% SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120).
7% 5% < PL PTNMR T2 V < 15%
H
ANTIPOLLUTION/OBD SUBFUNCTION
I
Parameter or status
check or action
Indicates the condition of the EGR J
volume control.
EGR SOL/V CNT • INACTIVE: The valve is not con-
1 EGR volume control NONE.
INACTIVE trolled by the ECM.
K
• ACTIVE: The valve is controlled
by the ECM.
If not consistent, check ATOMOS
Indicates the ambient barometric PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA L
Ambient barometric
2 ATOMOS PRESS pressure in mbar. The sensor is in- MONITOR mode) and local ambient
pressure
corporated in the ECM. barometric pressure, with the engine
stopped and ignition switch ON.
M
3 Mass air flow AIR FLOW Air flow estimated by the ECM. NONE.
FUEL FLOW Indicates the fuel flow out of the fuel
4 Fuel flow NONE.
0.0 mg/piston stroke pump in mg/piston stroke.
N
Indicates a theoretical EGR volume
EGR/V OPN REF control valve opening value for opti-
EGR volume control
5 Warm or cold mum engine operation. NOTE.
valve control O
= - 50 EGR/V OPN REF = EGR PO RE-
COPY
Indicates the actual value of the
EGR volume control EGR PO RECOPY
EGR volume control valve position. P
6 valve position feed- Warm or cold NOTE.
EGR PO RECOPY = EGR/V OPN
back = - 50
REF

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action
Indicates the EGR volume control
valve control position sensor volt-
age according to the valve position.
EGR volume control
EGR POS SE VO • INACTIVE: The valve is not con-
7 valve control posi- NOTE.
1.09 V trolled by the ECM
tion sensor voltage
by the ECM.
0.5V < EGR POS SE VO < 4.8V
8 the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120).
ACCEL/PDL POS = 0%
Parameter or status
check or action
Indicates the condition of the EGR
volume control.
EGR SOL/V CNT • INACTIVE: The valve is not con-
1 EGR volume control NONE.
INACTIVE trolled by the ECM.
by the ECM.
If not consistent, check ATOMOS
Indicates the ambient barometric PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA
Ambient barometric
2 ATOMOS PRESS pressure in mbar. The sensor is in- MONITOR mode) and local ambient
pressure
corporated in the ECM. barometric pressure, with the engine
stopped and ignition switch ON.
AIR FLOW
350 < Cold < 400
3 Air flow mg/piston stroke Air flow estimated by the ECM. NONE.
300 < Warm< 350
mg/piston stroke
FUEL FLOW
10 < Cold < 12
Indicates the fuel flow out of the fuel
4 Fuel flow mg/piston stroke NONE.
pump in mg/piston stroke.
4 < Warm < 6
mg/piston stroke
Indicates a theoretical EGR volume
EGR volume control EGR/V OPN REF
5 control valve opening value for opti- NONE.
valve control Warm: 20%
mum engine operation.
EGR volume control Indicates the actual value of the
EGR PO RECOPY
6 valve position feed- EGR volume control valve position. NONE.
Warm: approx. 20%
back Default value: 30%
Indicates the EGR volume control
valve control position sensor volt-
age according to the valve position.
EGR volume control
• INACTIVE: The valve is not con-
7 valve control position EGR POS SE VO NONE.
trolled by the ECM.
sensor voltage
by the ECM.
0.5 V < EGR POS SE VO < 4.8 V

ECM
Parameter or status
check or action A
Indicates the percentage of the In the event of a malfunction, perform
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS pedal position between no load and the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
8
position 0% full load position SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and EC
0 < ACCEL/PDL POS < 100% P2120).
Indicates the engine coolant In the event of a malfunction, perform
9 temperature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
C
D
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
Items
DTC* Trip MI lighting up Reference page
(CONSULT screen item) E
P0016 COHERENCE CMSFT/SN 3 – EC-1368
P0045 TURBO ACT CIRC 3 – EC-1370
P0070 AIR TEMP SEN CIRC 3 – EC-1372 F
P0089 RAIL PRESS REGULTN 3 – EC-1374
P0100 AIR FLOW SEN CIRC 3 – EC-1375
G
P0101 AIR FLOW SEN CIRC 3 – EC-1376
P0110 IN AIR TMP SEN CIR 3 – EC-1377
P0115 WATER TMP SEN CIRC 3 – EC-1379 H
P0180 FUEL TEMP SEN CIRC 3 – EC-1381
P0190 RAIL/PRESS SEN CIR 3 – EC-1383
I
P0200 INJECTOR CTRL CIRC 3 – EC-1385
P0201 CYL 1 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × EC-1387
P0202 CYL 2 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × EC-1387 J
K
P0225 PDL POTEN CIRC TK1 3 – EC-1390
P0231 L/PR ACTR CTRL CIR 3 – EC-1392
P0235 IN-MANI PRES CIRC 3 – EC-1394 L
P0263 MISFIRE ON CYL 1 3 – EC-1396
P0269 MISFIRE ON CYL 3 3 – EC-1396 M
P0325 ACCELEROMETER CIRC 3 – EC-1398
N
P0340 CAMSHAFT SEN CIRC 3 – EC-1400
P0382 PRHT UNIT CTRL CIR 3 – EC-1403
P0400 EGR SOL/VLV CIRC 3 × EC-1405 O
P0403 EGR COMMAND CIRC 3 × EC-1407
P0409 EGR POIFTN SEN CIR 3 – EC-1409
P
P0487 EGR POSITN OFFSET 3 × EC-1411
P062F MEMORY SAVED 3 × or – EC-1413
P0651 SEN SUPPLY N-2 VOL 3 – EC-1414
P0685 MAIN RLY CTRL CIRC 3 – EC-1416
P2120 PDL POTEN CIRC TK2 3 – EC-1418
P2226 ATMOS PRES ASE CIR 3 – EC-1420

ECM
Items
DTC* Trip MI lighting up Reference page
(CONSULT screen item)
P2263 TURB SOL VLV CNTRL 3 – EC-1421
P2413 EGR SYSTEM 3 × EC-1423
*: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [K9K]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
EC
C
JRBWC0917GB

JRBWC0918GB

EC
JRBWC0919GB

JRBWC0920GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
BASIC INSPECTION A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000007829670
EC
PREREQUISITES FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

To begin trouble diagnosis, it is essential to have the following items available: C
Documentation Type
Diagnostic procedures:
• Assisted with CONSULT, Service Manual. D
• Wiring diagrams.
Special tool required PLUGGED RAIL tools
E
REMINDERS
Trouble Diagnosis:
There are present DTCs and stored DTCs (which appeared in a certain context and have since disappeared F
or which are still present but have not had trouble diagnosis performed on them in the current context).
The “present” or “stored” status of DTCs must be considered when activating the diagnostic tool after power is
supplied to the ECM (without activating the system components).
Deal with present DTCs according to the procedure specified in the corresponding DTC trouble diagnosis. G
For stored DTCs, note the DTCs displayed and follow the instructions in the Notes section.
If the DTC is confirmed when the instructions in the Notes section are applied, the malfunction is present. Deal
with the DTC. H
If the DTC is not confirmed, check:
• Electrical lines which correspond to the malfunction
• Connectors for these lines (for oxidation, bent pins, etc.) I
• Resistance of the malfunction component
• Condition of the wires (melted or cut insulation, wear)
Conformity Check J
The conformity check is designed to check the states and data monitor items which do not display any DTCs
on the diagnostic tool when inconsistent. This phase therefore allows:
• Diagnoses malfunctions that do not have a DTC display, and which may correspond to a customer com- K
plaint.
• Checks that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a DTC reappearing after repairs.
This section gives the trouble diagnosis procedures for states and parameters and the conditions for checking
them. L
If a state is not operating normally or a data monitor value is outside permitted tolerance values, you should
consult the corresponding trouble diagnosis page.
Customer Complaints - Trouble Diagnosis M
If the test with the CONSULT is OK, but the customer complaint still present, the malfunction should be treated
by customer complaints.
N
A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is pro-
vided on the next page in the form of a flow chart.
O

OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSBIA1592GB
Wiring Control
Diagnostics malfunctions
Removing the connectors and/or handling the wirings may temporarily remove the origin of a DTC. The mea-
surements of the electrical voltages, resistance and insulation are generally correct, especially when the DTC
is not present at the time of the analysis (stored DTC).

Visual Check
Look for impacts under the bonnet and in the passenger compartment. A
Perform a careful check of the protections, insulation and correct running of wirings.
Look for traces of oxidation.
Tactile Check
EC
While manipulating the wirings, use the diagnostic tool to detect a change in DTC states from “stored” to
“present”.
Ensure that the connectors are correctly engaged.
Apply light stresses to the connectors. C
Gently manipulate the wiring harness.
If a change of state occurs, try to isolate the origin of the incident.
Examination of Each Element D
Disconnect the connectors and check the appearance of the clips and blades and their crimping (no crimping
on the insulating part).
Check that the clips and blades are properly engaged in the receptacles.
Ensure that there is no rebounding of clips or blades at the time of connection. E
Check the contact pressure of the clips using a suitable model blade.
Resistance Control
Test the continuity of the lines in their entirety, then section by section. F
Try to create a short-circuit to earth, on the + 12 V or with another wire.
If a DTC is detected, repair or replace the wiring.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS G
All work on components requires that the safety rules be obeyed to prevent damage or injury:
• Make sure the battery is properly charged to avoid damaging the ECM with a low charge.
• Use the proper tools.
H
Cleanliness instructions which must be followed when working on the high-pressure direct injection system:
Risks Relating to Contamination:
The system is very sensitive to contamination. The risks caused by the introduction of contamination are dam-
I
age to or destruction of the high-pressure injection system and the engine, seizing or incorrect sealing of a
component.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (par-
ticles a few microns in size) get into the system during dismantling or into the circuits via the fuel unions. J
The cleanliness guidelines must be applied from the filter through to the injectors.
• What are the sources of contamination?
Contamination is caused by: K
- Metal or plastic chips
- Paint
- Fibres from cardboard, brushes, paper, clothing, cloths
- Foreign bodies such as hair L
- Ambient atmosphere, etc.
WARNING:
Before working on the injection system, ensure that the system pressure is nearing 0 bar. M
CAUTION:
it is not possible to clean the engine using a high-pressure washer because of the risk of damaging
the connections. In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and cause electrical connection
N
malfunctions.
Instructions to Be Followed before Any Work is Carried Out on The Injection System:
• Ensure that you have the plugs for the unions to be opened (bag of plugs available from the Parts Stores, O
NISSAN part No:16830 BN700, Renault part No: 77 01 206 804). Plugs are to be used once only. After use,
they must be thrown away (once used they are soiled and cleaning is not sufficient to make them reusable).
Unused plugs must be thrown away.
• Ensure that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. There is less risk of P
parts stored in this way being exposed to contamination. The bags must be used only once, and after use
they must be thrown away.
• Ensure that lint-free towelettes are used for injection pump related service purposes. The use of a normal
cloth or paper for cleaning purposes is prohibited. They are not lint-free and may contaminate the fuel circuit
of the system. A lint-free cloth should only be used once.
Instructions to Be Followed before Opening The Fuel Circuit:
Use new thinner for each operation (used thinner contains impurities). Pour it into a clean receptacle.

For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).
Use a brush and thinners to clean the connections to be opened.
Blow compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, cleaned the same way as the parts, connections and injec-
tion system zone). Check that no bristles remain adhering.
Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.
When wearing leather protective gloves, cover them with latex gloves.
Instructions to Be Followed During The Operation:
As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system.
The plugs to be used are available from the Parts Stores. They must not, under any circumstances, be reused.
Close the resealable bag, even if it has to be reopened shortly afterwards. The ambient atmosphere carries
impurities.
All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once
the plugs have been inserted.
The use of a brush, thinner, bellows, sponge or normal cloth is strictly forbidden once the circuit has been
opened.
These items are likely to allow contaminants to enter the system.
A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the
vehicle.
ECM REPLACEMENT, PROGRAMMING OR REPROGRAMMING OPERATION
Following items can be (re)programmed via the DLC using the CONSULT.
• System configuration
• Injector adjustment value
Before replacing the ECM in after-sales operations, the following data must be readout using CONSULT:
• The injector adjustment values to be noted to appropriate paper or CONSULT copying function.
NOTE:
The injector adjustment value for each fuel injector must be entered manually after the ECM has been
replaced or (re)programmed by reading the injector adjustment value on each fuel injector.
IMPORTANT: It is not possible to test an ECM from the parts stores because it cannot be fitted to any other
vehicle.
REPLACING THE INJECTORS
NOTE:
The injector adjustment value is a calibration made on each fuel injector in the factory in order to adjust its flow
precisely.
These injector adjustment values are written on a label affixed to each fuel injector then entered into the ECM
which then controls each fuel injector taking into account its individual manufacturing variations.
When replacing one or more fuel injectors, the parameters of the fuel injector output concerned must be mod-
ified. The system can be configured using the CONSULT.

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Basic Test Procedure INFOID:0000000007829672
DESCRIPTION EC
NOTE:
Only consult the tests after following the diagnostic procedure chart.
Some specific checks are grouped under the “tests” heading and are used as required in different diagnostic C
charts.
Basic test Trouble diagnosis Reference page

D
"TEST 1: LOW
Low pressure circuit check TEST 1 PRESSURE CIR-
CUIT CHECK"
"TEST 2: ELEC-
E
Electrical circuit check TEST 2 TRICAL CIRCUIT
CHECK"
"TEST 3: FUEL IN- F
Fuel injector check TEST 3
JECTOR CHECK"
"TEST 4: PARAM-
Parameter check TEST 4
ETER CHECK" G
"TEST 5: AIR IN-
Air inlet circuit check TEST 5 LET CIRCUIT
CHECK"
H
"TEST 6: ECM
ECM check TEST 6
CHECK"
"TEST 7: HIGH I
High pressure pump check TEST 7 PRESSURE SYS-
TEM CHECK"
"TEST 8: HIGH-
PRESSURE CIR- J
High pressure circuit leak check TEST 8
CUIT LEAK
CHECK"
"TEST 9: FUEL IN- K
Fuel injector leak check TEST 9 JECTOR LEAK
CHECK"
"TEST 10: FUEL L
INJECTOR RE-
Fuel injector return flow in starting phase TEST 10 TURN FLOW IN
STARTING
PHASE" M
"TEST 11: FUEL
Fuel filter check TEST 11
FILTER CHECK"
TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK N
1.CHECK CONFORMITY
Check the conformity of the low pressure connections. O
Is the low pressure circuit connection correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. P
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
2.CHECK FOR LEAK
Look for leaks on the unions.
Are there leaks in the hoses and unions?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.

BASIC INSPECTION
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Check the correctness of the fuel filter.
Is the fuel filter correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Replace the fuel filter with an original part. Refer to FL-21, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK FOR WATER
Check for water in the fuel filter.
Is there water in the fuel filter?
Yes or No
Yes >> Drain the water from the fuel filter.
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FOR AIR BUBBLES
Check for air bubbles in the fuel filter.
Are there any air bubbles in the low pressure circuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 7.
6.BLEED AIR
Bleed the low pressure circuit.
Place a container under the fuel filter:
• Disconnect the return hose at the fuel filter and block the fuel filter.
• Pump using the vacuum pump until there is no air left.
• Reconnect the return hose immediately.
>> INSPECTION END

7.INSPECTION END
Low pressure circuit OK.
>> INSPECTION END

TEST 2: ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT CHECK
1.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR
Check the battery charge and ensure that the alternator is working properly.
Is the charge circuit correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
Check the fuses.
Are the fuses correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY
Check that the ECM relay is in working order.
Is the ECM relay working properly?
Yes or No

BASIC INSPECTION
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Replace the relay. A
4.CHECK ENGINE GROUND
Test the engine ground.
EC
Is the engine ground correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
C
5.INSPECTION END
The electrical circuit is OK. D
>> INSPECTION END

E
TEST 3: FUEL INJECTOR CHECK
1.VISUALLY CHECK
Visually inspect the fuel injector wells. F
Is there fuel in the fuel injector wells?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the fuel injector. Refer to EM-419, "Exploded View". G
No >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST H
Perform “ACTIVE TEST”.
Can you hear the fuel injector valve moving?
Yes or No I
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Carry out test 11. If test 11 is OK, replace the fuel injector. Refer to EM-419, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK RETURN FLOW J
Compare the return flow of the four fuel injectors when hot using a measuring cylinder. See TEST 9.
Does one of the four fuel injectors have a greater return flow than the others?
Yes or No K
Yes >> Replace the fuel injector with an unusually high return flow (leak at the valve). Refer to EM-419,
"Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK NO.1 CYLINDER
Disconnect cylinder No. 1 fuel injector. M
Is there a noticeable change in engine noise?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5. N
No >> Replace fuel injector No.1 with a new part. Refer to EM-419, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK ANOTHER CYLINDER
Reconnect cylinder No. 1 fuel injector. O
Carry out the same test on the other cylinders to identify a possible suspected fuel injector.
The injector is sound.
P
>> INSPECTION END
TEST 4: PARAMETER CHECK
1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Use the CONSULT to check that injector adjustment value corresponds to the fuel injectors.
Is injector adjustment value correctly filled in?

BASIC INSPECTION
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.ENTER INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Use the CONSULT to program injector adjustment value into the memory, paying attention to the cylinder
numbers.
>> INSPECTION END

3.INSPECTION END
Check that the “DATA MONITOR” value (parameter) are consistent.
>> INSPECTION END

TEST 5: AIR INLET CIRCUIT CHECK
1.CHECK AIR LEAK
Check for the presence of a leak/intake of air.
Presence of a leak/intake of air.
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FILTER
Check the condition of the air filter.
Air filter OK.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Replace the air filter with a new part. Refer to EM-404, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD
Check that the intake manifold is not obstructed (dirty).
Is the intake manifold blocked?
Yes or No
Yes >> Clean the intake manifold.
No >> Air circuit OK.
TEST 6: ECM CHECK
1.CHECK ECM CONNECTOR
Check that the ECM connectors are locked correctly.
Are the connectors poorly locked?
Yes or No
Yes >> Lock the connectors correctly.
No >> Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-1453, "Removal and Installation".
TEST 7: HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM CHECK
NOTE:
Certain malfunctions make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them first.
It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more than 5 seconds.
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP
It is possible to check the high pressure supply pump capacity by carrying out the following procedure:
• Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the low pressure actuator from the fuel pump (IMV brown connec-
tor) and connect a test adaptor (test IMV).
• Disconnect the 4 fuel injectors.
• Turn the ignition switch ON, connect CONSULT and select “RAIL PRESSURE” in DATA MONITOR mode.

BASIC INSPECTION
• Apply brake and start engine. The starter will cut out automatically after 5 seconds.
• Read “RAIL PRESSURE” indication and confirm that maximum value during the test. A
Is the rail pressure greater than 1050 bar?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. EC
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE
C
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. D
No >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE
Repeat the test when cold. Engine coolant temperature = Intake air temperature. E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. F
No >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR SEALING
G
The pump can supply the operating pressure.
Turn the ignition switch OFF and reconnect the 4 fuel injectors and low pressure actuator electrically.
Turn the ignition switch ON, and erase DTCs using the CONSULT.
Carry out the trouble diagnosis on the fuel injectors by checking the return volume of the 4 fuel injectors (See H
TEST 9 fuel injector sealing check).
>> Repair or replace. I
5.CHECK STARTING CIRCUIT

Make sure that the starting circuit is working correctly (minimum engine speed 200 rpm). J
Turn the ignition switch OFF and reconnect the 4 fuel injectors and low pressure actuator electrically.
Turn the ignition switch ON, and erase the DTCs using CONSULT.
K
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL FILTER
L
Carry out TEST 11.
>> GO TO 7. M
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RETURN VOLUME
Carry out the trouble diagnosis on the fuel injectors by checking the return volume of the 4 fuel injectors.
See TEST 9 or TEST 10 if the engine does not start. N
Is TEST 9 or TEST 10 correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the high pressure pump. Refer to EM-419, "Exploded View". O
No >> Replace the suspected fuel injector(s). Refer to EM-419, "Exploded View".
TEST 8: HIGH-PRESSURE CIRCUIT LEAK CHECK
NOTE: P
There is a command that performs a leak test on the high-pressure circuit when the engine is running.
This command can detect a leak on the high-pressure circuit if a union is improperly fitted or bolted, but cannot
detect a small leak if a union is not torque tightened.
This command can only be used if the engine temperature is above 60°C.

BASIC INSPECTION
Perform “HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T” in ACTIVE TEST mode, the engine will automatically carry out one
cycle of 4 accelerations to raise the pressure in the fuel rail and check whether there are leaks in the high
pressure circuit.
Watch out for any objects (tools, etc.) on the sides of the engine housing during the four accelerations (vibra-
tions possible).
TEST 9: FUEL INJECTOR LEAK CHECK
NOTE:
“HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T” in ACTIVE TEST mode also allows you to check the return volume of each fuel
injector to detect a leak inside the fuel injectors.
Tooling required:
• It is essential to use 4 transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of approximately 50
cm.
• 4 graduated measuring cylinders.
PROCEDURE
• Check that the engine coolant temperature is above 60°C.
• Turn ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect the return pipes from the 4 fuel injectors.
• Fit a plug in the pump venturi tube to prevent the low-pressure circuit from depriming.
• Connect the 4 transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of 50 cm in place of the
return pipes.
• Immerse these 4 pipes into 4 graduated measuring cylinders.
Having carried out these preparations, start the engine, then let it run for 2 minutes at idle speed.
• Perform “HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T” in ACTIVE TEST mode: the engine will automatically perform one
cycle of 4 accelerations to raise the pressure in the fuel rail and measure the leaks inside the fuel injectors in
these conditions.
• Once the cycle is complete, perform “HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T” in ACTIVE TEST mode again for the cor-
rect reading of the return volume of each fuel injector.
At the end of both cycles, the return volume of each fuel injector should be 35 ml at maximum. If the return
volume of one of the fuel injectors is above 35 ml, replace the suspected fuel injector.
• Disconnect the 4 transparent pipes and reconnect the fuel injector return circuit.
Watch out for any objects (tools, etc.) at the sides of the engine housing during the four cycles (vibrations pos-
sible).
TEST 10: FUEL INJECTOR RETURN FLOW IN STARTING PHASE
NOTE:
It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more that 5 seconds.
In the event the engine does not start, only the static leak can be measured, that is the leak with the fuel injec-
tor closed, inactive and not subject to any high pressure.
Make sure that the starting circuit is working correctly (minimum speed 200 rpm).
Tooling required:
• It is essential to use four transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and approximately 50 cm long.
• A test adapter (TEST IMV)
PROCEDURE:
2. Disconnect the four fuel injector return pipes.
3. Fit a plug in the pump venturi tube to prevent the low-pressure circuit from depriming.
4. Connect the four transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of approximately 50
cm.
5. Disconnect the low pressure actuator from the pressure (brown IMV connector) and connect the test
adapter (test IMV).
6. Electrically disconnect the 4 fuel injectors.
7. Turn ignition switch ON, apply brake and start engine. The starter cuts in automatically after 5 seconds.
8. Measure the amount of fuel in each pipe.
Replace the fuel injector(s) whose leak return is greater than 10 cm.
Disconnect the four transparent fuel pipes and reconnect the fuel injector return circuit.
Disconnect the test IMV and reconnect the low pressure actuator to the pump.

BASIC INSPECTION
TEST 11: FUEL FILTER CHECK
A
1.CEHCK FUEL FILTER
Check the conformity of the fuel filter.
Is the fuel filter correct? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Replace the fuel filter with an original part. Refer to FL-21, "Exploded View". C
2.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Turn ignition switch OFF, analyses the fuel in the fuel filter.
• Disconnect the fuel supply and return hoses from the fuel filter. D
• Block the fuel filter inlets and outlets straight away with appropriate plugs.
• Remove the fuel filter from its holder and shake it well, keeping the caps in place and empty the contents of
the fuel filter into a glass container by lifting up a protective cap and undoing the bleed screw. E
Can you see at the bottom of the container a deposit of black particles?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. F
No >> Fuel filter correct.
3.CHECK METAL PARTICLES
Pass a magnet beneath the container to collect only all the metal particles. Take the magnet away from the G
container.
Do the particles collected using the magnet cover a surface area greater than 1 cm2?
H
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the entire injection system. Refer to EM-419, "Exploded View".
No >> Fuel filter correct.
I


1.PRECONDITIONING
• Connect a CONSULT
• Connect a battery charger
• Electric load switch is OFF
NOTE:
The system can be reprogrammed using CONSULT.
Before an ECM is replaced in after-sales, the following must be done.
>> GO TO 2.
Check the injector adjustment value using “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
>> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1453, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 4.
4.ENTER INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
After replacing ECM, enter each injector adjustment value using “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
>> GO TO 5.
5.SET SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Also set the system configuration using “CONFIGURATION” mode with CONSULT.
>> END

INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
A
There is a 16 digit code on the fuel injectors called injector adjustment value. This code is specific to each fuel EC
injector, and takes into account differences in manufacture and specifies the flow injected by each of them.
When a fuel injector is replaced, it is necessary to program the injector adjustment value of the new fuel injec-
tor into the ECM.
When an ECM is replaced, it is necessary to program the injector adjustment values of the four fuel injectors. C
There are two possibilities:
• If it is possible to communicate with the ECM:
- Read out the data from the ECM using the “SAVIG DATA FOR REPLAC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode D
with CONSULT.
- Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Remove battery negative cable.
- Change the ECM. E
- Reprogram the data from the “WRITING DATA FOR REPLAC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT to the replaced ECM.
- After replacement, ensure that the ECM has not detected malfunctions relating to the injector adjustment F
value and check that the MI is turned OFF.
• If it is not possible to communicate with the ECM:
- Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Remove battery negative cable. G
- Change the ECM.
- Read the data on the fuel injectors.
- Enter the data in the ECM using the “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- H
SULT manually.
- Reconfigure the different elements such as the power-assisted steering pump assembly and the ther-
moplungers etc.
I
- Using CONSULT, ensure that the ECM has not detected malfunctions relating to the injector adjustment
value and check that the MI is turned OFF.

REPLACING FUEL INJECTORS
REPLACING FUEL INJECTORS
NOTE:
Injector adjustment value is a factory calibration carried out on each fuel injector to adjust the flow of
each one precisely, taking into account differences in manufacture.
The injector adjustment values are written on a label affixed to each fuel injector then entered in the ECM
which can then control each fuel injector by taking account of their differences in manufacture.
The system can be programmed “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
The injector adjustment values (16 digit code) must be replaced after replacing a fuel injector.
• Entering each injector adjustment value, when replacing the ECM.

FUEL FILTER
FUEL FILTER
A
A water draining cock is on the lower side. EC
G
JSBIA1013GB
1. Priming pump 2. Fuel filter H
Work Procedure (Air Bleeding) INFOID:0000000007829678
I
Refer to FL-22, "Air Bleeding".
Work Procedure (Water Draining) INFOID:0000000007829679
J
Refer to FL-21, "Water Draining".

CHECKING SEALING AFTER REPAIR
CHECKING SEALING AFTER REPAIR
After any operation, check that there are no fuel leaks.

Reprime the circuit using the priming pump.
Start the engine and allow to warm up at idle speed, visually inspecting for any fuel leaks.
Apply tracing fluid around the high pressure connections of the pipe that has been replaced.
Once the engine coolant temperature is above 50 °C and provided there are no malfunctions present, carry
out a road test, taking the engine speed up to 4,000 rpm at least once to check that there are no leaks.
Perform a visual inspection after the road test to make sure that there are no high pressure leaks.
Clean off the tracing fluid.

TIGHTENING THE HIGH PRESSURE PIPES
TIGHTENING THE HIGH PRESSURE PIPES
A
All the high pressure pipe removed must be systematically replaced along with the clips. EC
NOTE:
Fit the pump/rail pipe before the rail/injector pipes.
RAIL-PUMP PIPE C
• Undo the rail,
• Grease the threads of the high pressure pipe nuts,
• Insert the high pressure pipe olive into the taper of the high pressure pump outlet,
D
• Insert the high pressure pipe olive into the taper of the high pressure rail inlet.
• Move the nut into position by hand, on the rail side then the pump side,
• Tighten the rail,
• Tighten the high pressure pipe nuts on the rail side then on the E
pump side.
MBIB1483E H
RAIL/INJECTOR PIPES
• Undo the rail,
• Grease the threads of the high pressure pipe nuts, I
• Insert the high pressure pipe olive into the taper of the high pressure injector inlet,
• Insert the high pressure pipe olive into the taper of the high pressure rail outlet,
• Move the nuts into position by hand, on the injector side then the rail side, J
• Tighten the rail,
• Ensure that the new clip, supplied with the new high pressure pipe, is fitted,
• Tighten the nuts of the high pressure pipes on the injector side first and then on the fuel rail side.
NOTE: K
Before fitting a new high pressure pipe, move back the nuts on the pipe then lightly lubricate the nut
threads with the oil from the sachet (1) provided in the parts kit.
L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent incidents
occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred
may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indi-
cate the specific malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-1313, "Diagnosis Description".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
2. Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace.

A
Start engine.
Is engine running?
C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I D
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I F
G
ECM
+ – Voltage
H
107
108 I
E8 93 E8 Battery voltage
109
112
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. K
• 10A fuse (No. 52) L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. N
ECM O
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
107
108 P
E8 Ground Existed
109
112
YES >> GO TO 6.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
3 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery volt-
F11 Ground age will exist for a few seconds, then drop ap-
7 proximately 0 V.
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO-1 >> Battery voltage does not exist: GO TO 7.
NO-2 >> Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds: GO TO 10.
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
3 F104 75
F11 Existed
7 E32 35
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 9.
• Harness or connectors E13, F41

ECM IPDM E/R A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 12. C
NO >> GO TO 11.
D
E
12.CHECK 20A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 49) from IPDM E/R. F
2. Check 20A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 15. G
NO >> Replace 20A fuse.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-II
H
I
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II J
K
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
L
107
108
E8 Ground Existed
109 M
112
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short power in harness or connectors.
O
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” and “GROUND INSPECTION”.
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-39, "Exploded View" for the one with I-KEY, or PCS-73,
"Exploded View" for the one without I-KEY.

P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

(CMP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELA- (CKP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0016
TION • Camshaft position sensor
• Timing belt
• Signal plate
NOTE:
• If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present when cranking the engine or at idle speed.
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-425, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK SPROCKET
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket. Refer to EM-453, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-413, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-453, "Disassembly and Assembly".
5.CHECK TIMING BELT
Refer to EM-425.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace timing belt. Refer to EM-425, "Removal and Installation".
Refer to EC-1364.
>> INSPECTION END

A
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: 760 Ω
C
3. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-413, "Exploded View".

P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

(The solenoid valve circuit is open or short-
TURBO ACT CIRC ed.)
P0045 • C0.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground • Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V • Turbocharger
• Air inlet circuit
NOTE:
The DTC is declared present when ignition switch is in the ON position.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, air flow regulation is cut, EGR volume control valve is closed and turbocharger boost
pressure regulation is cut.
- Suspected injection message displayed on the instrument panel and reduced performance.
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
• Harness for open and short between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check continuity between ECM harness connector and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness
connector.
ECM Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

Continuity
F12 78 E15 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

YES >> GO TO 5. EC
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
5.CHECK OTHER ITEMS
C
• Turbocharger
• Air inlet circuit (for obstructions, etc.)
• Turbocharger boost pressure sensor signal D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace. E
>> INSPECTION END

G
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

H
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
I
Terminals Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
-30 (-22) 18.6 ± 1.8
J
1 and 2 23 (73) 21 ± 2.1
110 (230) 18 ± 1.8
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
L

P0070 IAT SENSOR
P0070 IAT SENSOR

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0070 • CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12V (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.1: Short circuit to ground • Intake air temperature sensor
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
1. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between intake air temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
Intake air temperature sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F123 1 Ground Approx. 5.0V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connectors.
3. Check the continuity between intake air temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Intake air temperature sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EM-404, "Exploded View".
Refer to EC-1364.

P0070 IAT SENSOR
>> INSPECTION END
A

EC
1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ C

-40 (-40) 50,000 ± 6,800
-10 (14) 9,500 ± 900
25 (77) 2,051 ± 120
D
50 (122) 810 ± 47
80 (176) 310 ± 17 E
2. If NG, replace intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EM-404, "Exploded View".

P0089 FUEL PUMP
P0089 FUEL PUMP

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION
• 1.DEF: At minimum limit
• 2.DEF: At maximum limit
• Fuel pump
• 3.DEF: Below minimum threshold
• Air mixed with fuel
P0089 • 4.DEF: Above maximum threshold
• Lack of fuel
• 5.DEF: High flow current < minimum
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• 5.DEF: High flow current > maximum
• 7.DEF: Low flow current < minimum
• 8.DEF: Low flow current > maximum
NOTE:
EC-1381.
EC-1383.
The DTC is declared present with engine running.
1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-1351, "Basic Test Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-419, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace Fuel pump. Refer to EM-421, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK FUEL FILTER
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace fuel filter. Refer to FL-21, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK FUEL LINE
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair fuel line. Refer to FL-20, "Checking Fuel Line".
5.PERFORM HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM CHECK
>> INSPECTION END

P0100 MAF SENSOR
P0100 MAF SENSOR
A
EC
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF: Permanent low level
C
• 2.DEF: Permanent high level
• Air filter obstructed
P0100 • 3.DEF: Below minimum threshold
• Intake air duct obstructed
• 4.DEF: Above maximum threshold
• 5.DEF: Permanent at minimum limit D
• 6.DEF: Permanent at maximum limit
NOTE:
• If DTC P0100 is displayed with DTC P0235, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0235. Refer to E
EC-1394.
• Special notes: F
- If this DTC is present, EGR volume control valve is closed.

P0101 MAF SENSOR
P0101 MAF SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

AIR FLOW SENSOR INFORMATION
P0101 • Intake air leaks
• 1.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
• Intake air duct obstructed
• Air filter obstructed
1.CHECK AIR FILTER

Check that air filter is not obstructed.
Yes >> Repair or replace.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR DUCT
Check that intake air duct is not obstructed.
Yes >> Repair or replace.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. Check ground connection E78. Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
>> INSPECTION END

P0110 IAT SENSOR
P0110 IAT SENSOR
A
EC
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT (TURBOCHARGER
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT) • Harness or connectors
C
P0110 • CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12V (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.0: Short circuit to ground • Turbocharger air temperature sensor
• DEF: Inconsistency, not plausible
D
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS E

Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections. G
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect turbocharger air temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between turbocharger air temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
Turbocharger air temperature sen- I

sor Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
YES >> GO TO 3. K
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger air temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector. M
Turbocharger air temperature sen-

ECM
sor Continuity N
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace turbocharger air temperature sensor. Refer to EM-405, "Exploded View".

P0110 IAT SENSOR

>> INSPECTION END


1. Check resistance between turbocharger air temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 under the following con-
ditions.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

-40 (-40) 50,000 ± 6,800
-10 (14) 9,500 ± 900
25 (77) 2,051 ± 120
50 (122) 810 ± 47
80 (176) 310 ± 17
2. If NG, replace turbocharger air temperature sensor. Refer to EM-405, "Exploded View".

P0115 ECT SENSOR
P0115 ECT SENSOR
A
EC
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0115 • CC.0: Short circuit to ground (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
C
• CO.1: Short circuit to +12V or open circuit • Engine coolant temperature sensor
NOTE:
• Special notes:
D
- If this DTC is present, cooling fan motor is activated at low speed for vehicles fitted with air conditioning.
E
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. F
YES >> GO TO 2. G
H
I
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
YES >> GO TO 3. K
L
M
ECT sensor ECM
Continuity
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR P

YES >> GO TO 5.
P0115 ECT SENSOR
>> INSPECTION END

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

-40 (-40) 76,000 ± 7,000
-10 (14) 12,500 ± 1,130
25 (77) 2,252 ± 112
50 (122) 810 ± 40
80 (176) 280 ± 8
110 (230) 115 ± 3
120 (248) 88 ± 2
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-73, "Exploded View".

P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
EC
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0180 • CC.0: Short circuit to ground (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
C
• CO.1: Short circuit to +12V or open circuit • Fuel temperature sensor
D
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. E
YES >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect fuel temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between fuel temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
H
Fuel temperature sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal I
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
3. Check the continuity between fuel temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. L
Fuel temperature sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
O
4.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-1290, "Component Parts Location".
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between fuel temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 2.2 kΩ at 25°C (77°F)

2. If NG, replace fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-1290, "Component Parts Location".

P0190 FRP SENSOR
P0190 FRP SENSOR
A
EC
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF: Inconsistency
C
• 2.DEF: Below minimum threshold • Harness or connectors
P0190 • 3.DEF: Above maximum threshold (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• 4.DEF: Value outside of tolerance • Fuel rail pressure sensor
• CC.0: Short circuit to ground D
• CO.1: Short circuit to +12V or open circuit
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs: E
The DTC is declared present after the engine started.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, engine stops and is impossible to restarted.
F
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION G

Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections. I
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
Fuel rail pressure sensor K

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM O

Continuity
P
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

P0190 FRP SENSOR
Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-419, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 46 (Fuel rail pressure sensor signal) and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage V
Idle Approximately 1.0
2,000 rpm Approximately 1.5
4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and connect it
again. Then repeat above check.
5. If NG, replace fuel rail pressure sensor. Refer to EC-1290, "Component Parts Location".

P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
A
EC
FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0200 • CC.0: Short circuit to ground (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
C
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V • Fuel injector
NOTE:
• If DTC P0200 is displayed with DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, first perform trouble diagnosis for
D
other DTC. Refer to EC-1387.
• Special notes: E
- If this DTC is present, the engine stops.
F
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT
G
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
H
ECM Fuel injector
Cylinder Continuity
I
52 F43 1 No.4
44 F18 1 No.3
F12 Existed
60 F21 1 No.2 J
36 F15 1 No.1
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK FUEL INJECOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
ECM Fuel injector
Cylinder Continuity
N
56 F43 2 No.4
48 F18 2 No.3
F12 Existed
64 F21 2 No.2 O
40 F15 2 No.1
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
Refer to EC-1364.

P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
1. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EM-419, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1359, "Description".
>> INSPECTION END

P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A
EC
NO. 1 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
• CO: Open circuit
C
P0201 • CC: Short circuit
• 1.DEF: At minimum stop
• 2.DEF: At maximum stop
NO. 2 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT D
• 2.DEF: At maximum stop • Harness or connectors E
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
NO. 3 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT • Fuel injector
P0203 • CC: Short circuit F
• 2.DEF: At maximum stop
NO. 4 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT G
• 2.DEF: At maximum stop H
NOTE:
The DTC is declared present with engine running. I
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the idle speed is stuck at 1,000 rpm with engine noise, unstable engine speed,
reduced engine performance. J
- Malfunction indicator lights up.
K
1.CHECK DTC
Make sure that which malfunction (DTC second line indication) is displayed.
L
A CO or CC
B 1.DEF or 2.DEF
M
A or B
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 5. N
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. O
P

ECM Terminal
DTC Cylinder
Connector Terminal Connector Fuel injector
P0201 36 F15 1 No.1
P0202 60 F21 1 No.2
F12
P0203 44 F18 1 No.3
P0204 52 F43 1 No.4
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
ECM Fuel injector

DTC Cylinder
P0201 40 F15 2 No.1
P0202 64 F21 2 No.2
F12
P0203 48 F18 2 No.3
P0204 56 F43 2 No.4
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel injector ECM

DTC Cylinder
1 Except 36
P0201 F15 No.1
2 Except 40
1 Except 60
P0202 F21 No.2
2 Except 64
F12
1 Except 44
P0203 F18 No.3
2 Except 48
1 Except 52
P0204 F43 No.4
2 Except 56
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair circuit short in harness or connectors.
Make sure that all injector adjustment values are registered correctly.
Refer to EC-1359, "Description".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1359, "Description".

6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

Check knock sensor shield circuit for open and short.
Refer to EC-1343, "Wiring Diagram".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INSTALLATION C
Check that knock sensor is installed securely on the engine.
Refer to EC-1290, "Component Parts Location".
YES >> GO TO 8.
E
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR G
H
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. J
2. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist. K
3. If NG, replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-419, "Removal and Installation".

L

P0225 APP SENSOR
P0225 APP SENSOR

APP SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
• CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground • Harness or connectors
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0225
• 1.DEF: Inconsistency between APP sensors 1 and 2 • Accelerator pedal position sensor
• 2.DEF: No signal (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
• 3.DEF: Blocked component
NOTE:
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine speed is maintained above 1,000 rpm, the engine performance is reduced.
- If this DTC is present with DTC P2120, the engine speed is fixed at 1,800 rpm, the engine performance is
reduced.
1.CHCEK GROUND CONNECTIONS

YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E71 4 Ground Approx. 5.0V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM
APP sensor ECM

Continuity

P0225 APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> GO TO 5.
EC
C
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. D
APP sensor ECM

Continuity E
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. G
Check the following. H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
J
YES >> GO TO 9.
K
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Disconnect APP sensor harness connector. N
2. Check resistance between the APP sensor terminals 2 and 4, 1 and 5.
Terminals Resistance O
2 and 4: 1.7 ± 0.9 kΩ
1 and 5: 2.4 ± 1.2 kΩ
P
3. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".

P0231 FUEL PUMP
P0231 FUEL PUMP

FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0231 • CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V • Fuel pump
NOTE:
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the fuel pump is fully opened and the engine is stopped to prevent it from revving.
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel pump harness connector and ground.
Fuel pump
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
• Harness for open or short between fuel pump and IPDM E/R
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel pump ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to EM-421, "Removal and Installation".
P0231 FUEL PUMP
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector. C
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: 5.3 ± 0.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] D

3. If NG, replace fuel pump. Refer to EM-421, "Exploded View".

P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR

TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF: Permanent low level
• 2.DEF: Permanent high level
• 3.DEF: Below minimum threshold
• 4.DEF: Above maximum threshold
• 5.DEF: Inconsistency
• 6.DEF: Permanent at maximum limit
• 7.DEF: Permanent at minimum limit

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect turbocharge boost sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between turbocharge boost sensor harness connector and ground.
Turbocharger boost sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Turbocharger boost sensor ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 5. C
D
YES >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-404, "Exploded View". E


P0263 NO. 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE • Incorrect valve clearance
P0266 NO. 2 CYLINDER MISFIRE • Intake air leak
P0269 NO. 3 CYLINDER MISFIRE • EGR volume control valve
P0272 NO. 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
NOTE:
• If DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272 is displayed with DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204, first per-
form the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204. Refer to EC-1387.
• If DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272 is displayed with DTC P0089, first perform the trouble diagno-
sis for DTC P0089. Refer to EC-1374.
The DTC is declared present when the engine speed is at idle speed.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine is maintained at 1,000 rpm and engine performance is reduced.

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2.CHECK FOR EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
1. Stop engine.
2. Visually check EGR volume control valve.
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
>> INSPECTION END

Check compression pressure.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair.

6.CHECK VALVE CLEARANCE A

Check valve clearance.
Refer to EM-395, "Valve Clearance".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
D
>> INSPECTION END

P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name Possible Cause

P0325 KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Knock sensor
NOTE:
• If DTC P0325 is displayed with DTC P0115 or P0180, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0115 or P0180. Refer to EC-1379 or EC-1381.
A malfunction for these sensors could lead to an incorrect trouble diagnosis on the knock sensor.
The DTC is declared present when the engine speed is at idle speed.

YES >> GO TO 2.
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
F4 1 F12 53 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
F4 2 F12 57 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check the continuity between knock sensor terminals 1 and 2.

Knock sensor A
Continuity
Terminal
1 and 2 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-453, "Disassembly and Assembly". C
D
>> INSPECTION END

E

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS ..................................................24 EGR Temperature Sensor .......................................41

Revision: 2012 July EC-1 N17

OPERATION ...................................................... 86 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-

Revision: 2012 July EC-2 N17

THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 193 C

Revision: 2012 July EC-3 N17

Revision: 2012 July EC-4 N17

Revision: 2012 July EC-5 N17

Revision: 2012 July EC-6 N17

STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP ................... 424 APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 444

STOP/START SYSTEM ................................... 432 PREPARATION ......................................... 449

Revision: 2012 July EC-7 N17

SYSTEM ........................................................... 464 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 482

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................464 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 482

Revision: 2012 July EC-8 N17

Revision: 2012 July EC-9 N17

P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 637 P0607 ECM ....................................................... 675

Revision: 2012 July EC-10 N17

Revision: 2012 July EC-11 N17

Revision: 2012 July EC-12 N17

P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 870 L

Revision: 2012 July EC-13 N17

Revision: 2012 July EC-14 N17

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 998 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1031

Revision: 2012 July EC-15 N17

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............1070

Revision: 2012 July EC-16 N17

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................1111 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................1145

BASIC INSPECTION ................................1116 P0011 IVT CONTROL ....................................1146 N

P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .........................1157

Revision: 2012 July EC-17 N17

P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................1159 P0500 VSS ......................................................1199

P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................1170 P0605 ECM .....................................................1205

Revision: 2012 July EC-18 N17

COOLING FAN ...............................................1247 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............1281

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................1251 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1283

Revision: 2012 July EC-19 N17

CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................1312

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1296 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING

Revision: 2012 July EC-20 N17

Revision: 2012 July EC-21 N17

COOLING FAN ...............................................1426 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1453

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ..........................1431 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

Revision: 2012 July EC-22 N17

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

Revision: 2012 July EC-23 N17

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000007701563

Revision: 2012 July EC-24 N17

• Do not disassemble ECM. G

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or O

Revision: 2012 July EC-25 N17

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Revision: 2012 July EC-26 N17

Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000007701565

Revision: 2012 July EC-27 N17

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000007701567

Tool name Description

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

Revision: 2012 July EC-28 N17